Author: admin

  • I Discovered Gay Porn on My Step Brother’s I Phone

    Tyler lies back down on the bed totally naked with his 7 inch cut  iron hard cock as he masturbates while watching his older sexy step brother Brandon wildly undressing while gazing at Tyler’s leaking cock. As Brandon approaches the bed with pure seductive lust in his eyes while jerking his own huge 9 inch cut cock, they both are horny as hell with raging hormones, running wild adrenaline and off the chart testosterone eager to devour each other like no other sexual experience they have had. Tyler see his big Bro as a hunk and eager to be man handled by him. “OH FUCK Bro, please use me. I am hot as a dog in heat. Man I had no idea you liked men. Show me all the tricks and make me cum over and over. I want your big dick deep in my ass and oh please breed me tonight. I want to feel your thick warm wet cum grease my man pussy. OH MY GOD BRANDON I Am SHIVERING AND FEEL EVERY NERVE ENDING IN MY BODY WANTING YOU TO USE ME FOR YOUR PLEASURE. PLEASE GET ON THE BED AND GIVE ME YOUR COCK. MAN I AM SO HOT AND HORNY RIGHT NOW. YOU’RE SUCH A STUD AND I LOVE BIG CCOKS JUST LIKE BO HAS. MY PUSSY BELONGS TO YOU NOW. FUCK MDE, FUCK ME, FUCK ME, BRO.”

    “OH Tyler I want you so bad but I have lots of plans before I fuck that amazing beautiful man pussy. Man that pussy is so smooth, hairless, pink and fuck look it is puckering begging for my cock. I want to fuck you rough and long before dumping my DNA load deep in that ass tunnel.”

    I get upon the bed and lie down on top of my step brothers very warm, slick, smooth and hairless  body as our crotches meet spewing precum on our pubes giving us such a sexy wet feeling and smell. I lower my face and begin to plant my big thick lips on Tyler’s soft wet red lips and soon I use my tongue to part his lips and drive my wet tongue to the back of the young throat. Soon our mouths are filled with gobs of salvia and our tongues begin to battle for position. As we French kiss and become very loud and sloppy, salvia runs out of your mouths, down our chins and soon our chests are covered in all that slick salvia. This so turns us on as we begin to hump with our cocks driving into each other causing more spewing of precum. The feel and smell has us in pure ecstasy ready for a long night of man sex and shooting load after load of semen. I have never been more horny or lustful for a man or woman. Tyler is equally horny and wild with the need to be fucked and used. My step brother is so gorgeous with all that blond hair and deep blue eyes piercing my soul wanting sex, sex, sex and more sex. We squirm, pant and moan.

    After some ten minutes of wild kissing, humping and sweating, I begin to use my lips and tongue to start a wet trip down his warm young body. I suck and lick his rock hard nipples, lick and suck for the longest time on his blond fuzzy underarms (mmmm the smell of his underarms has me so hard) as he thrust his hips up causing my cock to wildly throb and then I make him wild for me as I begin to lick his inner thighs causing his cock to jerk. I slowly move my mouth over to take his blood filled steel hard cock in my mouth and slowly clamp my lips down on his wet great smelling cock head while I use one hand to play with his cum filled balls. He begs me not to stop. Next I slowly begin to swallow that entire 7 inch dong until I am all the way down on that manhood with my nose in his blond warm wet pubic hair. I go up and down on my step brother’s cock over and over. I also run my tongue up and down the underside of that cock shaft causing Tyler to scream as if he is being killed while I also play with his nuts. After a long time of playing with his balls and sucking that cock, I use two fingers to open his puckering ass and finger fuck that pussy while I give him his best ever blowjob. Then I use his big thick black dildo to fuck his ass while I still suck that young fresh cock until he says: “OH MY GOD BRANDON, THIS IS THE BEST SEX I HAVE HAD IN MY SHORT LIFE OF MAN SEX. PLEASE DON’T STOP. I AM IN HEAVEN, GIVE ME ALL YOU HAVE.”

    After some 20 minutes of servicing his cock, balls and using my fingers and that dildo to fuck his man pussy, I stop and say: “Now Bro I want you to suck my cock and make me real hard to penetrate that eager ass of yours. Give me the best blowjob you have.”

    I lie down on my back, spread my legs wide, Tyler gets between my legs, looks into my eyes and with a huge sexy seductive grin, lowers his mouth down on my diamond hard cock and so turned on that he swallows my whole 9 inches with a rapid swallow. He begins to give me the most sloppy and wild blowjob ever going all the way down and off that big dick for the longest time enjoying the taste of my precum and soon as he continues to blow me, he begins to finger fuck my ass making me come close to shooting my load. I manage to hold back enjoying his amazing blowjob on my very experienced cock for the longest time.

    Then both my brother and me can not wait any longer. It is time to focus on that young great soft pussy. I put him on his back, I use lube to soak my cock and his ass before I give him a bottle of poopers that make him even more needing of my cock up his ass (It is the first time for him to experience the influence of poopers). “OH MAN Bro these poopers has me crazy for that big dick, fuck me now, please fuck me.” But I make him want my cook even more as I go down on that pussy and eat his hole for some five minutes before I place my cock head on that ass crack, rub my cock up and down that as crack driving Tyler so intense for my dick. As his ass opens up and puckers, I slide my cock in inch by inch until I am balls deep in that young pussy. I begin slow but soon I am rapidly plunging my cock deep and out over and over as Tyler feet and legs are upon my broad shoulders giving me a great access to that ass. He pushes his hips up welcoming me deep inside.

    After some five minutes of this missionary position, I put him on his stomach, spread his young sexy legs and I ram my dick deep inside that pussy. I lie down on top of his back and fuck him hard as I kiss his neck and ears making him so horny. He then turns his head and we kiss and moan as he feels my cock deep in that ass. Tyler feels my precum wet his silk like ass making it easy for my cock to slide in and out over and over.

    Buy I am not finished with some of my favorite positions. I pull out my wet hard cock and  get down on my back with my diamond hard cock pointing up to the ceiling and order Tyler to mount me facing me. He slowly slides his ass down my pole until I am all the way inside that pussy with my pulsating cock. My young step brother is a a natural as he begins to ride my cock like a pro cowboy riding a bull. We moan, grunt and yell for the longest time. Then Tyler brings his mouth  down and we kiss as he rides my cock for the longest time.

    Then finally I have Tyler stand up facing the wall, spread his legs and feet wide, I take hold of his shoulders as I drive my cock deep in that now very wet pussy and I ram my dick in and out until I feel my cock head swell inside that pussy that sets off Tyler as he erupts with a huge cum load on the wall as I empty my load deep in his ass. When spent, I pull out, get down on my knees and suck my cum out of that young ass, turn Tyler around and kiss him sharing my DNA with him. He is so turned on that I can not believe it when he goes over and licks his cum off the wall and we share his cum also as we kiss. We shower and order a pizza. Will the pizza guy be Joel. We hope so.

     

  • Antiquer’s Delights

    James Tung had just raised his paddle to bid on what was claimed to have been a rosewood throne chair looted during the English expedition takeover of China’s Imperial Summer Palace in 1860, when a willowy feminine figure slipped in beside him in the other chair he had reserved at the San Francisco auction house. Tung, a tall, gaunt, bald-headed Asian gentlemen of obvious command and wealth and handsome in an austere way, turned his head and looked at the new arrival with a piercing, assessing gaze.

    “Cath?” he asked.

    “Yes,” came back the answer from a mere slip of a figure a good foot shorter than the Asian, dressed expensively in mostly black—a black suit with a skirt reaching just below the knees, and black mesh stockings, but with red highlights—a scarf around the shoulders, a red blouse under the suit, and red spike heels. The matching red of these matched the lipstick on generous lips. The black, wavy hair reached down to the shoulders. “Mr. Tung?”

    “Yes. Shall we go for a drink?”

    “You’ve bid on that chair. Don’t you wish to stay through the bidding?”

    “Not really. I was establishing interest for a friend. I have three like it in my shop on Grant Avenue.”

    Twenty minutes later, their drinks having been delivered, Tung leaned forward, placed a hand on Cath’s knee under the table in the dimly lit Blue Lotus Lounge, sharpened his gaze, and eschewed chatty preliminaries. “You are quite beautiful. I was quite explicit in what I wanted. You have—?”

    “Yes.”

    “Fully?”

    “Yes, the works.”

    “How recently?”

    “A year ago. All healed. Fully done.” The fingernails scratching across the back of the fifty-year-old Asian’s strong hand gripping the knee were long and enameled in the same vermillion as the lips. It was, in fact a masterful job.

    “And endurance? I specified—?”

    “If you can do it, I can take it.”

    “So, good. We will go to my Grant Avenue antique shop. There are private galleries—and rooms—above it.”

    “Certainly, Mr. Tung. Whatever you say . . . whatever you want.”

    James Tung smiled at Cath, for the first time breaking his ramrod-stiff, austere manner. The smile was closer to a lustful leer than anything else. “You will suffer deliciously,” he murmured.

    “As you wish,” she answered.

    * * * *

    “The galleries are in front and my in-town apartment is at the back,” Tung said, as he guided Cath up the stairs to the second floor of the Grant Avenue Chinese Antique shop. The material was tight across Cath’s buttocks. Tung was guiding her with the palm of his hand applied there, and Cath was not resisting. “As you can see, I handle as much artwork as antiques. The art and antiques up here are more specialized to the tastes of my major buyers, and some of it, as you will see, isn’t shown to just anyone.”

    Cath could see why. As they moved further from the front from one gallery to another and Tung turned lights on in entering and off in leaving, the art became more explicit and moved into the pornographic. At last they arrived at the Shunga art—an oriental art form of coupling couples in traditional Chinese or Japanese robes. The ones in this gallery were of the male-on-male variety.

    The room was about eighteen by twenty feet, the walls covered in a red grass cloth. The plush carpet under foot was red as well. Track light highlighted each of the water colors and wood block prints. A brown leather-covered ottoman of a good size sat in the center of the room. The oriental furniture here appeared to be antique and went to the sexual torture theme that dated to a highly sophisticated but decadent, early nineteenth-century period of the Shang Dynasty in China. A rosewood prayer bench with stocks for the neck and wrists centered one wall. Opposite that was an X-frame, the Chinese version of the Saint Andrew’s cross, the beams intricately carved. A stock-like contraption, that Cath wondered aloud how it would work, centered on another wall. The question brought a slight smile and a flash of the eyes to Tung’s otherwise inscrutable face as he was showing Cath around the room.

    The artwork was all of male couples, in provocative poses, if partially covered. It was clear in all, though, that the men were fucking.

    “This is what I call my pillow-talk art room,” Tung said. “The artwork on the wall presents male versions of Shunga, the ancient Japanese woodblock art dating back to the fourteenth century of men in a sexual embrace with other men. As you will note, billowy silk robing was used to accentuate areas of the body that weren’t clothed, focusing on men fucking other men. The furniture you see is all antique—taken from chambers of pleasure in ancient China and Japan.”

    “Will we be—?” Cath started to ask, as she ran a hand over the surface of a low credenza that unmistakably had two full-sized backward-curved phallic projections jutting out a good foot and a half each rising from the middle of each end.

    “Oh, yes, we will be using some of these pieces,” Tung interjected. “Please make yourself comfortable. There is a chair over there where you can place your clothes—down to your slip, bra, and panties for now, please” This was an obvious indication that Cath was to strip here and begin to earn her fee. “I’ll get us something to drink as we discuss the art in this room.” He had made a few comments on the art in every other room, but it was evident that the art in this room was to be discussed in more detail as a form of foreplay.

    When he was gone and Cath had stripped down to the black slip, lace bra, panties, black mesh stockings, and red spike heels she had been told were part of the preparation for this assignment, her attention went to the sex equipment. They were antiques, but were they really what Tung had said they’d been used for and were they still in use? Would they be in use tonight or was the tall, somewhat intimidating Chinese client teasing?

    If they were to be used, that was part of the service, with any damage done being added to the fee, which would include covering her medical and recovery expenses.

    Before she could dwell further on that question, though, Tung returned, carrying a tray with a martini shaker and two glasses on it. He was wearing a blue silk robe with oriental designs over it—and, as far as Cath could discern, only the robe. He was a tall, gaunt but hard-bodied man, in splendid muscularity for a man in his fifties. His robe opened enough as he walked for Cath to see that he was in erection. His cock was thick and quite long. Cath was neither surprised nor upset. That’s what she was here for—to take care of his erection. She had been told he would require special preparation to be able to perform multiple times. And he had paid to have multiple climaxes.

    He obviously had already taken enhancement pills. He would be in huge erection for hours.

    Tung put the tray down on the antique credenza with phallic protuberances centered on the top surface of the sides that Cath had easily been able to imagine could be used as impaling dildos for someone stretched out on top of the credenza, held in place by the dildo up their ass or their cunt, while a sex partner hovered over them, working them over in inventive ways. The phalluses were curved a bit toward the center of the table and Cath could well imagine how they would fit in either cunt, which Cath now proudly owned, or ass. Tung poured two drinks into the glasses, took a long, assessing look at Cath.

    “Gorgeous,” he whispered. “You could easily pass.” His hands were shaking as he handed Cath one of the glasses. Cath took a sip and felt the effect of whatever had been added to mellow her out almost immediately. She wasn’t pleased she wouldn’t be in full control of her faculties for this encounter, but she wasn’t surprised either. The use of loosening and enhancement drugs had been specified in the contract. They were to be limited, more relaxing than incapacitating, though. Cath just had to rely on the client fully understanding the limitations of what his contract with the escort agency permitted.

    Tung reached out to touch Cath on one of her breasts, still covered by the bra and the slip. The bra had cutouts at the nipples, and she gave him a low moan as his hand brushed one of hers.

    “Magnificent,” he murmured. “They did an excellent job.” Then he sighed, leaned down and gave a long, lingering kiss on the lips, which she fully opened to, and, coming out of the kiss, and taking a drink from his glass, turned toward one of the walls where the art was displayed. “Shall we examine the artwork more closely?” he said, with a smile. He tossed off the drink in his glass, put an arm around Cath, his hand palming one of Cath’s butt cheeks, and began guiding her around the room. A bit weak on her feet now, Cath was being supported in the walk as much physically as sexually. She was fully under the man’s control.

    The drugs were working in her system. As well as mellowing her out and loosening her up, she felt her nipples puff up and become more sensitive and her labia to swell and her clit to tingle as well.

    When he got to the other end of the room, He slid open the pocket doors in the far wall, revealing that there was a bedroom beyond, one that was dominated by a carved Teakwood four-poster antique Chinese platform bed, with a canopy. Lush silk drapes hung from the canopy. This isn’t what caught Cath’s attention, though. She saw that there were restraints tied to the bed’s posts, both above and below. A horsehair hand whip was artfully fanned out on the bed.

    “Shall we begin?” Tung asked, drawing Cath into the room with strong hands. He purposely brushed a nipple with the back of his hand and Cath moaned in arousal. This wasn’t going to be the usual assignment.

    * * * *

    Cath entered the bedroom with apprehension, eyes darting from the restraints on the bed posters to the horsehair hand whip on the bed.

    “Not that. Not yet—unless you want it already,” Tung murmured, as he picked up the hand whip and moved it to a nearby chair. “Come, sit in my lap,” he said as he sat at the foot of the bed.

    Cath moved into his lap, and Tung readjusted her position, so that she was facing away from him and her legs strung out around his hips to behind him. She was inclined forward, hands on his knees to support herself. She was trembling a bit, apprehensive about what came next.

    He’d brushed open his robe and was naked underneath—and in an erection that was encased between her thighs and pressed into her belly. She arched her back, locking her fists behind his neck, and mewing, as his hand moved all over her body, gliding and fondling, finding and exploring creases and mounds.

    He reached up from under her slip and unhooked her bra where it attached between her breasts, exposing her melon-plump tits. She moaned again as he thumbed her puffy nipples. He buried his face in the hollow of her throat, kissing and teething her there, and working her breasts with his hands, as she increasingly moved against his body, moaning and groaning. The writhing increased and her moaning deepened, as his hand moved down, under the waistband of her panties. They were of flimsy material, with loose seam stitching—on purpose—so Tung just ripped at the material and shredded it away from the fully transformed T-girl’s body. His fingers then went to working her reconstructed snatch, worrying the vestigial penis clit at the top of the vagina opening, the puffy folds, and the interior of the reconstructed cunt. His rubbing and probing became increasingly intimate and intense. She gasped as he penetrated deep with one finger and then another.

    Cath writhed against the man’s attention, but he worked her relentlessly until she shuddered and exploded—writhed, and shuddered and exploded again. She was limp as a rag when he lifted her, set her down, with his cock sliding up into her snatch, deep and raised and lowered her in increasing frenzy until he too exploded inside her.

    He held her in his embrace, both of them concentrating on his shaft going flaccid inside her, until they had cooled off. Then he released her and helped her, still in her slip, but pantyless and her bra open with her breasts swinging free, to move over to a small table, with two chairs, at the side of the room. Two brandy snifters and a bottle of brandy sat on the table. Tung helped both of them to a good-sized slug of the brandy.

    The first thing he said was, “You are covered now for the escort agency contract. You can dress and leave, if you like. If you wish to earn $1,000 more and would like to see how the furniture in the other room can be used, you can stay a while longer.” He looked expectantly at her.

    She didn’t take much time to respond. “I’ll stay.”

    “You’ll be sorely taxed, and once we start, no safe words will save you.”

    “I’ll stay,” she repeated.

    James Tung smiled his inscrutable smile.

    “Lie on the floor on your back for me, please. Yes, like that. Strip off your bra and panties, please. Just for now. Gorgeous. Spread and bend your legs. Raise your hips, showing me your lovely new cunt, please. Finger yourself, spreading your labia. Yes. Very nice. Cup and squeeze your breasts. Yes, like that. Move your body. Show me what ecstasy looks like. Beautiful. You are gorgeous. The surgeons were artists. You may put the bra and panties back on now.”

    Tung stood over her undulating body, stroking his shaft. He didn’t go to completion, though. He wanted to savor the arousal.

    * * * *

    “Shall we go out to the gallery again then?” James Tung said, closing his blue robe about him, and walking back into the adjacent gallery. Cath rose from the carpet, sighed, looking down at the $1,000 in bills Tung had dropped on the table, and, still shaky from the effects of the sedating drugs he’d given her, followed the tall, ramrod-straight, Asian man.

    The three pieces of sexual torture equipment Cath had spied in the gallery weren’t the only ones there, and none of them were what Tung used with Cath to this point. After they’d walked around the room, looking at and discussing the artwork again, dwelling on the sensuality and sexual aspects of the pieces and pausing to kiss and fondle, including Cath running a hand into the folds of Tung’s robe and fondling the man’s balls and stroking his still-hard, long cock, Tung guided Cath back to the center of the room.

    Tung sat on the ottoman and, taking her cue, Cath knelt in front of him, brushed the sides of robe open, took the man’s cock in her mouth, and as Tung ran his fingers through the T-girl’s hair, gave him expert head.

    At length, Tung brushed Cath back on her heels and stood. “This ottoman is quite special” he said. “It’s from the palace of the Shang Dynasty Chinese emperors.”

    As Cath watched, Tung lifted off the top of the ottoman and set that aside. The platform under it was lower to the ground. “Happily set to my height,” Tung said, with a low laugh. “I’m pleased to know that some Chinese emperor and I were the same height.”

    It took Cath a moment to figure out what she was looking at in the configuration of what had been under the ottoman lid, but, when she did, she let out a little gasp and shivered. There were indentations in the wood at the bottom corners of the compartment where one’s knees fit, and there were velvet straps, with gold buckles to hold the legs in place there. At the other end of the ottoman, on the edge, at the center, there was an indentation for the chin to fit. And there was another velvet strap and gold buckle there to hold the neck in place. Other velvet straps were set at the bottom from leg corners of the ottoman. The wrists could be restrained here. Two footholds pulled out at the side of the ottoman. The figure on top could either just stand behind the bound figure, or he could put his feet into the footholds and be in the position of riding the bound figure high like a jockey would a horse.

    “I’m sure this was made for the emperor to ride his favorite concubines. You can be my favorite concubine of the day. Shall we try it out?”

    Try it out they did. Cath was bound on it at her knees and wrists. Before her head was lowered and put into the restraint, though, Tung came around in front of her and showed her the antique Oriental toy he’d had in his pocket—a carved ivory cock cage. It was a dildo, but Cath could see that it was of a special variety—that there was a groove on the top of it and red string loops. It wasn’t designed to extend the cock. Tung had more than enough length. It was designed to thicken the cock. Whereas Cath had assumed the taxing the cock would give her would be in length, she now knew that it would be in girth too. She’d be stretched to the max. She gave a little moan, and Tung smiled as he then gently pushed Cath’s head down to restrain her neck on the edge of the ottoman platform.

    Cath saw the blue robe floating to the ground on one side of the ottoman and a slit condom packet on the other side right before she began to moan and writhe as she could, as Tung’s fingers slid into the T-girl’s vagina through a slit in the panties and he began to prepare it for mounting.

    Tung mounted and rode Cath’s cunt in the jockey position for a good twenty minutes before switching to the T-girl’s ass, with Cath crying out and writhing more at the invasion of this orifice, and coming there. As he rode her, Tung’s hands went everywhere on the T-girl’s body, and Cath gave him appropriate responses of pain-pleasure at the taking. Cath would have in any event, but this positioning was so unusual that she was fully aroused by the exotic nature of it. She’d never been positioned and fucked like this before. Tung didn’t remove her slip and bra, enjoying the feel of running his hands under them to fondle the underlying flesh. As he rode her, he cupped and squeezed her melon breasts and sensitive nipples, working them in cadence with the thrusts of his cock. Cath writhed and groaned in his controlling embrace and the captivity of the Chinese fuck stool.

    It was as he freed Cath from the ottoman that he asked her to disrobe entirely other than the high heels. The bra would go in the man’s souvenir drawer along with those of other young men and women and T-girls Tung had introduced to his antique furniture.

    Eyeing the credenza against the wall of the room, Tung said, “Shall we try something different now?”

    Cath gave a little moan, as Tung picked her up, stripped her of everything but her high-heel shoes, cradling her in his arms, and moved toward the credenza. She should have known, she thought, that the $1,000 wouldn’t be easy to earn.

    * * * *

    The Chinese antique gallery owner carried a collapsed and burbling Cath over to the ancient wooden sideboard that had the two foot-plus phallic protuberances in the middle of the side edges on either side. He lifted Cath and lowered her onto the top of the credenza at one side, facing the ceiling, sliding the greased, phallic protuberance up into her cunt as she weakly struggled against the wooden curve of the impaling shaft. Her legs draped down the side, finding that curves carved into the side of the credenza fit to her thighs. Grabbing her waist between his hands, and leaning over her, taking the nipples of her surgically augmented breast into his mouth and sucking on them hard, he raised and lowered her on the wooden phallus, using it as a dildo, fucking her on it, as she cried out, “Fuck! Shit!” The cap of the wooden phallus pounded against the glans at the top of her vagina, and with a cry she climaxed.

    After a few minutes of holding her, still impaled on the wooden phallus, while they both cooled down, he reversed her, belly down on the top of the credenza, her cunt still sheathing the wooden phallus. While he was doing this, Tung restrained her wrists together and stretched her body out on top of the ancient sideboard so that the wrists were pulled over the phallic outcropping on the other side and held in place. Tung came up on the top of the credenza on his knees, mounted on top of Cath’s hips. Leaning over her and penetrating her ass deep, with his thick, long cock, he rode her, moving her body so that the wooden phallus would fuck her in the cunt simultaneously with his thrusts in her ass. His hands went under her, cupping her melon breasts and working them in the rhythm of the ride. She lay, limp under him, murmuring “Oh shit, oh fuck,” but offering no resistance. There was no resistance to offer; she was trussed and skewered.

    As the pace of the thrusts became frenzied, Cath cried out in pain-passion, but she held, giving the man value for his money.

    Did the man have another cum dump in him, she wondered? Yes, he did.

    After this fucking, Tung lifted Cath off the credenza. He looked across the room at the carved-wood X-frame. Cath saw where his gaze went, and she whimpered, “That? Are you going to put me on that now?”

    “Do you want me to . . . but, no, I want something else . . . unless you want to clean up and leave now. You’ve earned your money. You can leave now—unless, for another $1,000 you want to stay through the night. Do you want—?”

    “Whatever you want, baby. Whatever you want,” Cath murmured.

    Tung gave a low, guttural laugh. He picked Cath up again, cradling her in his arms, and returned to the room with the Chinese platform bed. He set her down on her feet at the foot of the bed between the two thick posts, facing the bed. Cath looked up at the velvet loops hanging high on the pillars as Tung restrained her wrists there and then down to where he restrained her spread-eagled ankles. She moaned as he stood close behind her, burying his face in the hollow of her neck, kissing her there, and cupping and working her breasts yet again. She jerked as he entered her cunt from behind and fucked her, bareback, changing to her ass when he was about to shoot off.

    When he’d ejaculated, he pulled out of her, leaned around her to pick the horsehair hand whip up from the bed, and stood back from her.

    “Now we begin anew,” he murmured.

    Cath groaned and writhed as best she could within her spread-eagled bonds as the whipping began.

  • A Mann’s World

    Chapter 11

    Stepping Back

    “Albert,” Robert said with a fondness their new relationship didn’t deserve.

    “But you said!” Toby stuttered in protest as Robert held his arm back to keep the boy at bay.

    “Next time, shorty. This one’s mine. Take a hike.”

    “My name is Toby. Bastard!” was the hiss that came from Toby’s lips, but Robert wasn’t listening because Albert had his undivided attention. “Albert, shame on you. What are you doing out here cruising?”

    “Bobby!” Albert’s voice was filled with unexpected surprise. “Step into my chariot, won’t you? Please, join me for a cup of coffee at my place. I found some exquisite beans you’ll absolutely adore.” The aire of the continent was thick in Albert’s voice.

    Toby knew he’d been suckered again and didn’t listen to the conversation. It didn’t pay to let anyone distract you. He could have scored a meal and more and now he was just the audience for another boy’s success. He’d been pushed out of the way enough times to know when resistance was useless. He eased himself dejectedly back up on the wall, hoping the driver would pick him but knowing he wouldn’t.

    “Albert, there’s a strangler loose. Why are you taking this kind of risk?”

    “My friend, I am not above delivering a meal and a caress on occasion, but I assure you I can sort out the riffraff from the rose blossoms. I’m an exceptional judge of character. Please, won’t you enter so we don’t appear as common pick-up artists in the middle of where so much history has been written?”

    “What told you this guy was okay, Albert?” Robert slid into the seat as he spoke. Albert leaned forward to look up so he could see the boy who was now back on the wall.

    Taking this as one last opportunity to reverse his fortunes, Toby leaped down from his perch, rearranging his pants for effect. He walked, more strutted, hips thrust forward in an exaggerated attempt to get the attention he wanted. His hands were thrust deep into his pockets to further draw his trousers tight to accent the object he hoped would create some interest.

    Robert watched the sexual walk and noticed the forlorn look on Toby’s face and then the finger that told the story as the car started to move. Albert took it all in but he couldn’t bring himself to ask Robert to let the boy ride along for fear he’d be viewed as just another old queen. And he desperately didn’t want to be perceived that way by someone he liked.

    “You see, he’s of no danger. The boy only seeks to make contact with another of his species and poor Albert is powerless to say no. He is lovely, no? You do not know how difficult it is to leave this one at the curb,” Albert said, driving away disappointed, with regret in his heart for the lonely looking lad.

    “I know this one is of no danger but I worry that one you pick up will be. It isn’t safe. I wish you wouldn’t do it again until this guy has been caught.”

    “I’m flattered that you are concerned for my well-being. I don’t do this often.”

    “I am concerned. You’re a nice man and I don’t want to see you hurt.”

    “Yes, and I’ve caught up on my reading. One must practice what one preaches, Bobby. Now I see your scars of war more clearly.”

    “The Post?”

    “Yes. My maid collects them from the front stoop and saves them for me to peruse once I’ve returned after being away.”

    “Maid?”

    “Certainly! You don’t think I keep the house spotless myself, do you? It’s especially clean after I’ve been away because I’m not there to be in the way.”

    “I never thought about it at all. I’ve never had a house or nice things.”

    “Well then you should come to mine more often. I believe in sharing.”

    “I’m straight, Albert.”

    “Yes, well, I haven’t held that against you. Can I then ask you why you are taking time out to defend the honor of gay men at the most popular queer bar in town?”

    “No!”

    “I thought not.”

    “I know the piano player.”

    “Ah, Philip. He’s a most charming chap.”

    “You know Phil?”

    “Ah yes. After Howard died, he played at Leon’s, an old haunt of mine from when I could still hold my own on the bar scene, Phil became the best man among the gay set. Howard died at his piano. Dedicated artist to the end.”

    “So you do know him?”

    “Phil? Only by reputation and from a distance. When one only hears nice things said about someone, he must assume there is a ring of truth in what’s said. Why, do you have any gossip I should know?”

    “I don’t gossip, Albert.”

    “I am finding it difficult to believe that I found you loitering on the street. I know times are hard but I’ve offered you gainful employment, my boy. Why have you sunk so low so quickly?”

    “It’s not what you think, Albert. I was not selling it.”

    Albert looked at Robert’s face and questioned in his own mind what he had seen and where he had seen it. He didn’t doubt that it was true but it was very confusing, if only because Robert was a mystery.

    “You know, had I not spent an evening in your pleasant company, I wouldn’t believe you so easily, but I do. It is none of Albert’s business what your business is, although I do know I don’t have a clue what that business might be. You certainly could curry favor with any number of gay establishments if you liked.”

    “I’m straight.”

    “I’m not and I don’t go to gay clubs, so why shouldn’t you go? And to answer your question and so you’ll know, I’d have taken him for a meal. They’re always hungry. I don’t know if they eat from day to day. We would have chatted. He’d have told me something about himself and I’d tell him something about me. If I felt the least bit ill at ease he’d have been dropped off with a handshake and a smile and a fresh new ten dollar bill that I keep here in my shirt pocket for such eventualities. Had I not felt ill at ease, he’d have gone home with me and we’d have continued our chat over drinks and a hot Jacuzzi, or television, or whatever he so desired. Communication with someone you don’t know is not all that complicated if you keep in mind that the other person is much like yourself except for background and current circumstances.”

    “It’s still dangerous and I wish you wouldn’t do it.”

    *****

    “Who was the dude that got into that car?”

    “What car?” Toby said, leaning on the open window of Bland’s car.

    “The young guy that was sitting here with you. What do you know about him?”

    “Nothing,” Toby said, liking being questioned even less than being robbed out of a trick.

    The car lurched forward, forcing Toby out of the window as he watched it chase after the silver Mercedes.

    *****

    Robert and Albert were pleased to see each other in spite of the questionable circumstances that brought them together. Albert pointed the car into the driveway and the garage door closest to the staircase opened automatically. The Mercedes came to rest beside a classic Corvette. It looked as though it was right off the showroom floor.

    It was Robert’s color, black, and he jumped right out and walked around the sports car with reverence. “Remarkable condition. It has really been taken care of. I’ve always wanted one of these. They are a man’s car!” He said.

    “Yes, I’m led to believe that is so. I’ve not driven it myself. It’s somewhat spirited for my taste.”

    “Let me get this straight, you have a Corvette in your garage and you haven’t driven it?”

    “It’s a long story, Bobby. If we spend more time together I may tell you some of the assorted details about my past, the Corvette being a remnant of one. For now it should remain a mystery.”

    “Hell of a remnant,” he quipped as he followed Albert to the interior staircase.

    “How fortuitous that we’ve met today. I’ve acquired some new artifacts that I think you might find interesting. In fact I thought of you the very moment they arrived. Allow me to show you.”

    Once they ‘d removed their shoes, Albert led him straight back to the room where he’d seen the breastplate, only this time they got to it from the opposite side of the house. Robert drew a picture of the house in his head and realized a single hallway connected three of the four sides. “This is also the room I use as my photographic studio. If I take pictures of a piece or a person, this is where I do it.”

    Robert stood in the middle of the room and more carefully examined the deeply grooved faces of the Indians whose pictures decorated the walls.

    “Here Bobby, isn’t this magnificent?” Albert turned from the table after unwrapping a package carefully before handing it to him. It was a shield that had been finely decorated and obviously belonged to someone of importance.

    They both held it reverently but this was a different kind of reverence than Robert felt for the classic Corvette. This feeling of awe was connected to something he had never been allowed to be a part of even though it was part of him. The shield was a powerful symbol and he felt its history.

    “It’s a fine piece, Albert. I think only a Chief or a Shaman would carry it.”

    “Yes!” Albert agreed. “I thought the same thing. You’ve seen something like this at home?”

    “Nothing as elaborate as this. Shields I’ve seen were used and saved because they belonged to someone from our history before it was taken from us.”

    “I’m having it researched and I should know more about its owner in a few days. I just thought that you would be the only one to appreciate it as I do.”

    “Yes. Yes, I do, Albert. It’s beautiful. Thanks for sharing it with me. I can see why you wanted it,” he said, handing the shield back to Albert. Even after the shield was out of his hands, its effect was not lost on a part of him that he couldn’t keep at bay. His heart was now in the white man’s world but his soul was Indian through and through, and he’d yet to face up to it.

    Albert placed the piece back on the workbench. “Let’s go to the kitchen and have that coffee I promised you.” They continued down the corridor until it led them to the kitchen. By the time the coffee was brewed and poured, Robert’s mouth was watering from the smell of the fresh ground beans that filled the room.

    “See if you aren’t dazzled by the fragrance and flavor of this superior brew,” Albert said as he sipped. It was everything he promised it would be and they sat at the table and talked until all the coffee in the pot was gone. Albert was excited by his purchases and spoke of the history of the pieces he had previously acquired.

    Daylight had given way to dark without their help and Albert brought out some small photographs of the Plains tribes taken long ago. Both looked into each picture, creating personal conceptions of who the native peoples might be.

    Robert found himself able to relax around Albert. The man was full of stories and experiences that were fascinating and he obviously delighted in telling them. Having always lived in a very narrow spectrum, and mostly inside of himself, the stories gave new meaning to his own limited experience. Albert’s love for the Indian cultures expanded Robert’s own understanding about who he was. It left him feeling good about the Indian half he now rarely acknowledged.

    “You’ve told me about everything but the Corvette.”

    “Hardly everything, dear Robert. The Corvette?”

    “How is it you have a Corvette you’ve never driven?”

    “This is not a story I tell easily. There was a young man, a beautiful young man. He had a brain like no other I’ve known. He wanted to be a surgeon and Albert helped to make it possible. When he became a doctor I gave him the Corvette to show him how proud I was. He did love that car.”

    “No doubt!” Robert said.

    “His country called. He said it was his duty. He never returned and the car is now his memorial. I can neither drive it nor can I sell it. We are prisoners of our love you see, even when the love has gone.”

    “I’m sorry,” Robert said as Albert faded almost completely inside himself. They sat in silence, the coffee gone and the house quiet. Albert finally collected the pictures and returned them to their place.

    “I’m sorry I didn’t let you pick him up.”

    “Pick whom up?”

    “Toby. That was his name. If I hadn’t been there you wouldn’t be upset and he’d be keeping you company.”

    “But you don’t even approve of a man my age picking up a boy his age. Why are you such a willing participant now?” There was a new accent. It certainly wasn’t continental. It was neutral but very American and the first time Albert had spoken without his facade.

    “I can see how upset you are about your friend. I just thought maybe being with Toby might help.”

    “Nothing can do anything about that pain. But at times I need someone to get me from one day to the next. That’s when I go looking for company, unless I just happen by and someone is waiting for me.”

    “Waiting for you? They wait for you?” Robert questioned.

    “Perhaps not waiting for me but it’ll do and I pretend. Some times life is about pretending. Pretending you’re happy. Pretending you have a home and a family. Pretending you have a friend. Pretending you’re going to eat tonight. The boys and I each pretend whatever it is that needs pretending at any given time. It’s harmless if you don’t think too much.”

    “Yes, but quite illegal, Albert.”

    “Yes, true. A lonely old man tempers the emptiness while giving a lad who has no place and no food a little of each, and if after we’ve eaten and laughed, we decided to share a bed, who is harmed? Certainly when I think I need to find a boy, lust takes me out, but once I’ve met him and addressed his needs, it’s only my concern for him that matters, not me. Everything else that follows is by mutual agreement. I would never do harm to anyone.”

    “Yeah, but it can still get you into trouble. The harm is that you are violating a law.”

    “Yes, and is it the law that allows the waifs to haunt our streets, hungry, lost, in search of themselves or a human contact.”

    “They have options, Albert. They should be home. If they stayed home there would be less trouble for everyone and you wouldn’t be tempted.”

    “What do you suppose makes them leave happy homes to live lives of misery in our gutters?”

    “I don’t know… they don’t like being told what to do.”

    “Yes, the family must be right and they wrong. Even now I have cause to worry about the boy we left at the curb. Will he eat today or will he sleep tonight with his jagged belly tearing at his insides? If my concern was only for lust, Bobby, you’d be at the curb and he’d be here drinking my coffee. You might give that some thought before judging me so harshly. I just regret I can’t offer more of them some comfort.”

    “You aren’t that old Albert and I know you wouldn’t harm anyone. I’m worried about you. I’m not judging you.”

    “You are that young, Bobby. The world is not perfect and if we don’t reach out for one another in spite of the law, it’s all quite pointless. The law has no heart or soul and it is never hungry or lonely. I’ll stand by my efforts to help take care of the boys and I’ll accept whatever comes out of it. The law will take care of itself.”

    “It’s there to protect us.”

    “Yes.”

    “You must stay for dinner so we can fix the rest of societies ills. I should be forced to eat a TV dinner if you don’t. You wouldn’t want to be responsible for such a thing, would you?”

    “I’ve got things I should do.”

    “Of course, you have someone to meet. I should have known you only have so much time to dally with Albert.”

    “It’s not because I wouldn’t like to. I have stuff to do. I wish I did have more time. I’d gladly stay for dinner and more of that coffee. I am very glad we ran into each other. Seeing you was a pleasant surprise and I didn’t want to pass up a chance to talk.”

    “What do we have to talk about, Bobby? I’m curious.” Albert stopped his work in the kitchen and sat across from him, trying to see through the dark lenses to the boy’s eyes.

    “Not anything in particular. I mean, I liked our conversation before. I was glad to see you today. That’s all.”

    “You haven’t called. I would make time for you. You won’t even stay for dinner. Let go of whatever it is and just spend an evening dallying with an old man who is full of stories he hardly ever gets to tell. You never can tell what hidden secrets you might get Albert to confess.”

    “You’re not that old, Albert. Why do you keep calling yourself old?”

    “Today I am old. Tomorrow I’ll be renewed. We are much alike, you and I. You are not so young tonight. We are both something, but appear to be something we are not.” Albert got up to start preparations for dinner.

    “How so?” Robert asked. “I appear to be me.”

    “That will require dinner, some wine, and a hot Jacuzzi to get my mind in the proper frame. I’ve selected this marvelous cut of beef that I’ll braise and I’ll prepare a light béarnaise sauce. I shan’t burn my meat, not even for you, but you’ll absolutely love it. I promise.”

    “I really shouldn’t.”

    “Ah, but you shall. I can hear the resistance fading. Just mention beef to an All-American boy and he’s all yours. I’ll bake potatoes and you can bury yours in sour cream and butter. I won’t even look or make any snide remarks about how you smother the natural flavor of things with common condiments.”

    “How did we get from potatoes to condoms?” Albert laughed and Robert liked seeing him happy. He would stay for dinner but he didn’t know why. There would be another visit to the room that was filled with objects that reminded Robert of his past. It drew him back now. The resistance, which seemed so powerful on the first visit, was fading and being replaced with curiosity.

    It was quite late when they leaned back in the Jacuzzi, Albert with his martinis and Robert with his Miller beer. “I should like to hear about the reservation.”

    “I’m white, Albert. My Indian half is dead.”

    “No. You have white blood in your veins, but you are as much

    Indian as your father before you.”

    “He is full blood and I never fit. I’m better off not thinking about it.”

    “You never think about your father? About going back to see him?”

    “He’s never expressed any desire to see me.”

    “How would he know where you are? You said he didn’t have a phone. Couldn’t you at least make an effort?”

    “No.”

    “You are a hard case. A person gets one shot and if you get displeased they’re out, that it? It’s a hard way to be Bobby. It’s a long life and we need to cling desperately to those we love and who love us. There won’t be many. I can guarantee you that.”

    “He sent me away.”

    “Did you ever ask him why?”

    “No.”

    “Now that you’re a man, don’t you think it’s time you asked?”

    “No.”

    “I see you as a thoroughbred, headstrong and determined. But some times, even with someone pure bred, and there are damn few of those, he must learn to bend a little to survive. When you learn to bend, you’ll be a better man for it.”

    Robert sat silent. He only knew how to go straight ahead. It’s how he had made it this far. He did think about his father, but it always came back to exactly the same place. He wouldn’t bend and he wasn’t a thoroughbred. He was just a man doing the best he knew how to do.

    “He broke horses?”

    Robert reached into the bucket filled with ice to retrieve another beer. He rolled it across his face before he opened it. His temple was starting to throb again. He thought it might be the heat but he didn’t care. It wasn’t the deep relentless pain any longer and it would pass.

    “Your father?”

    “Yeah, that’s how he earned a living mostly. He’d go out and bring in the mustangs and break them. White folks would come out to buy them. They knew a pony Pa broke wouldn’t ever throw one of their kids.”

    “Pony? I thought you said horses.”

    “Mustangs are small and powerful, but they’re horses. We call them ponies. The elders didn’t think much of the white folks coming there but Pa wouldn’t go to them. Word gets out and they’d just show up for one or two or three. He’d tell them to come back in a week. He’d see what he could do.”

    “White folks?”

    “Townspeople.”

    “You said you were white folks. Did the white people treat you white?”

    “No. I was a breed. I wore long black hair. I looked good.”

    “I bet you did.”

    “I got beat for it more than once.”

    “Sounds like you took your beatings on both ends,” Albert said. “So why were the white beatings easier to take than the ones the Indian boys gave you?”

    “I was one of them, an Indian. They beat me any way. I can pass as white and I do pass. I’m just a guy getting along who prefers not to be beat if he can help it.”

    Albert looked at the bruise and the beer bottle that kept going to it. His companion looked weary and the beer had made his relaxing easier. “I know the lines of a thoroughbred when I see them. It doesn’t matter which world you choose. You can be anything you decide.”

    “What makes you such an expert anyway?” Robert gazed across the pool at his inquisitor. The words were bittersweet and harsh even to him.

    “I’ve told you who I am. I am a student of your people. I’m a photographer. I am a dealer in fine artifacts and antiquities. I know a bargain from a bust. I recognize character when I see it. I’ve made my fortune knowing what will be of value tomorrow.”

    “And I am an unemployed half breed. There is no noble Indian waiting to surface in my character, Albert. He is dead. It and he died at a bus stop in North Dakota.”

    “As you say,” Albert saluted him with his glass and didn’t want to annoy him any further.

    “I watched my father break ponies for the white eyes until his bones broke and it didn’t matter because we had to eat. I watched my father’s shame from having a white son. I watched him drink until he couldn’t stand and then I watched him fall down. I found him in more than one gutter when he hadn’t come home to sleep. No nobility here.”

    “The white men would laugh at him after they bought him enough booze but they didn’t dare laugh at him sober. It was all a game to them. And so you see, there is no noble Indian here, no matter how badly you want to believe it.”

    “I know of that which you speak, Bobby,” Albert said. He was reflecting back on his own childhood when he said it. It wasn’t exactly as he had led people to believe it was. The door had been opened and while there were few people Albert told the truth about himself, he thought he would tell Bobby one day. He knew it takes one to know one and they shared more than the illusion they furnished for others.

    “Give me a break,” Bobby said in his all knowing demeanor. “How could a guy like you possibly know what it’s like being stuck between two worlds? Only my mother was there for me and she died.”

    “Perhaps if you could walk a mile in my moccasins, you might see the similarities.”

    Robert put his beer down and waited, sensing there was even more to the man than he had suspected. He did want to know more about how Albert got where he was and so he did something quite unusual for him, he listened.

    “Yes, I know about that which you speak. You see I was an outcast too. I liked pink shirts with frills and I played with dolls and girls, a double curse for a little boy. Later they’d curse me for not liking little girls in the right way. The way they liked them, as a receptacle for their libido.”

    “They marked me early, the religious and the pure of heart. Their children taunted me and beat me up. I was the queer boy and they were all sure of that. I was the sissy everyone hated,” Albert brooded, sipping from his martini. “Made them feel so damn superior, picking on a helpless child.”

    Robert listened more carefully once he realized that the continental aire had completely gone out of Albert’s voice. His drawl was southern and it ran very deep. “Yeah, they marked me early, and when the smoke cleared, I outclassed them, out invested them, and was more than willing to let them know the difference. My revenge didn’t come from hate. I was never built for hatred, but I was built for success. They tempered my steel so that no one could ever hurt me like that again. I suppose in some way they made me who I am.”

    “When I come to town now, they can’t do enough for me, and I let them do anything they want and I’m oh so gracious, but I don’t give them a dime. Oh, we talk about it but my memory runs long.”

    Robert smiled deep inside. There was something about Albert’s revenge that tickled him. “All this refinery, this is the payback, huh?”

    “Yes, I suppose it is. I try not to become too attached to things because I lived so many years not having much of anything.”

    “I can relate to that.”

    “One day, Bobby, you will do the same thing in your own way, after you find what it is that you are searching for. You will go back and all those thorns that pricked your side will have to look at what you’ve become. The great part is that they’ll still be living with their tiny little minds, and when you get the opportunity, you’ll kick sand in their faces. You will make them eat your dust. They’ll smile and pretend they love it and hope a little of your success, or preferably some of your money, will rub off on them.” Albert laughed boldly and drank freely. “Too much alcohol bares the soul.”

    “You’ve really succeeded.”

    “That’s the nice thing about being well known. People call for me when Momma or Grandma kick the old bucket. Please come. Now! Can’t wait to get their hands on the cash. Mercenary bastards. Not all of them, I guess, but too many for my taste. I should talk. I don’t come cheap.”

    “You certainly come to earth when you drink, Albert.”

    Robert couldn’t help but show his amusement. He enjoyed seeing Albert unwind. He was tempted to tell him the truth about himself, the rest of it, but he drank beer and listened instead.

    Albert continued in the pleasant and unmistakable southern drawl, “I suppose I do. My family, really Sister and her husband, raised me. He was a textile factory worker. She was a seamstress. Never knew my old man at all. Mom died of TB when I was four and some. I didn’t know her very well either,” Albert tailed off and looked into his glass.

    It was empty and so was the martini pitcher and he got up to refill it, bringing back more ice and beer for Robert’s beer bucket. He eased himself back into the bubbling pool. He continued to look deeply into the glass after it was renewed.

    “How did you do it? I can see you did. How’d you pick antiques? It would never cross my mind.”

    Albert settled back in the tub, setting the quickly emptied glass beside the pitcher. He watched the water ripple and the years melt away. He went somewhere he hadn’t been in ages and he could see what he spoke of as clearly as if he was there.

    “There was this guy that owned the antiques store. Anderson. Anderson, South Carolina. That’s where I hail from. Heart of the fiber belt. His shop was just off Main Street, maybe a block. It had been there as long as I can remember. I walked by it all the time when I was little but I never paid it any mind.”

    “When I was twelve, I was looking for work. You know, riding my bike, no shoes, nice clothes though. Sister always made nice clothes for me to wear. Man could she sew. Lord knows where I’d a been without her. Family is important, Bobby, especially in my case.”

    “Anyway, this antiques store is the most fascinating place in the world to me by the time I’m twelve. Every day I am out looking for stairs to sweep or trash to move. Anything for a nickel or a dime. Never thought of asking in there but every other day I go in and look at all that history. The old fellow that runs the place keeps seeing me day after day, and he starts telling me the history of this piece or that piece. You know, just the thing to get a kid’s imagination going. Man, did he know stuff and I was mesmerized. Of course he was a lonely old man and no one could afford antiques back then. It was the depression.”

    “He tells me the difference between the junk in the window and on the shelves and the really valuable stuff in the back rooms. Hell, no one gave a shit in Anderson, South Carolina. I rarely even saw a customer, but the store had been there forever and it was absolute magic for me.”

    “When I was fourteen, he up and hires me one day. To dust and move things he buys, that kind of thing. He continued to tell me what was quality and what was junk and what would be treasure one day. I was a lonely kid on the outs with everyone but Sister and Ray back then. He was a lonely old man and so we just passed the time together.”

    “So, I clean the place up. I display things, different things, you know, change his windows once in a while. Business actually picked up while I was working for him. I know the history of every piece and I know what it’s worth. Every once in a while I’d try to milk someone that was dumb as a post, and old Mr. Hampton, he’d appear up between the counters, clearing his throat, and then I’d say, but for you, I got this special price today, and he’d shuffle on back to his rocker. “

    “That man knew everything that went on in his store. He told me once, ‘if you never cheat a man, he’ll always be your customer’. He wasn’t talking about antiques but I didn’t know the difference then. I never thought of it as cheating. I was just trying to make him some money, but he had no interest in anything but antiques, and maybe me after a time.”

    “I can remember polishing the silver and brass that’s sat there for years. He didn’t pay me much but I never did it for the money. He’d taught me about everything he knew by the time I graduated high school. I didn’t have a clue what he had in mind for me, but he knew. Smart old fart. Paid for my college. Said I’d earned it and that I was lucky he stayed alive long enough to see that I got what was coming to me. I always thought that when you got what was coming to you, it came from a fist. Not that time.”

    Albert grew silent, still gazing off in the distance and through the years. It took him some time to gather his thoughts and to continue. “Anyway, I go off to Atlanta to college. Every faggot’s dream is to get out of those damn redneck towns and find someone else like them. Damn, I never knew there were so many men in the world. Like a bear in a bee hive,” Albert laughed as he thought back. “…And I ate all the honey I could get my hands on and I am never going back to Anderson, fucking, South Carolina.”

    “Sister wrote me. She said, “thought you’d want to know, old man Hampton died. They found him in his shop. He’d been dead a week and they wasted no time getting him in the ground.”

    “I never gave him much thought or went back to that shop, even once, but when I read this, I cry. Lord knows why. Guess the old boy was the only friend I ever had as a kid. He never once asked me if I liked boys or football or getting drunk and raising hell. I was just fine to him no matter what way I was.”

    “I don’t know why it was so painful then. I haven’t thought much about it. Anyway, I cried, and went on about my business, feeling bad because he’d so enriched my life and I was too busy enjoying it to go back to see him.”

    “Month later, I get another letter from Sister. ‘Old man Hampton left everything he owned to you. You better come home and sort through it. I wouldn’t know where to begin, so don’t ask. It’s time for you to come home.’ And I went back.”

    “Hell, I didn’t know what I had. I knew the stuff I knew and it would have been worth a nice piece of change compared to anything we ever had, but I didn’t know about the other. I wanted to tell her to put a for sale sign on it and sell lock, stock, and barrel to the first guy that takes out his checkbook.”

    “Then I got to thinking it over, and I thought that the old boy had been kind enough to leave it to me, and I should go see what the hell it is I’ve got, and I return home to Anderson for the first time in over three years.”

    “There I was in Atlanta, right where I wanted to be, and I go back to the town whose taunts are still so vivid in my mind. I start taking inventory. I separate the good stuff from the junk and classify everything. I’m a business major, so it’s just routine.”

    “I go into the basement, and in back of where he slept on a cot with a green wool army blanket, there’s a room with a big old lock on it. I can’t find the keys and finally I get a crow bar and bust in the door.”

    “Lord have mercy! Couldn’t believe my eyes. It was the really good stuff. It was the motherload. I remembered him telling me back when it all started that Massachusetts was where you got top dollar for the finer jewels, silver, random stones, and such as that, and I loaded the car up and headed north to find out what kind of horse traders the Yankees were.”

    “Thirty thousand dollars in gold and jewelry. I sold the first lot to one dealer after he looked over it for five minutes and gave me a price. I was too dumbstruck to bargain. Hell, he might have changed his mind. I had ten trunk loads of stuff just like that first trunk load. I’m sure they were robbing me blind but it was silver, gold, jewelry, I couldn’t begin to know the value. It was just the road out of the South then and it was more money than I ever dreamed of. I don’t even know if Mr. Hampton had any idea what he was worth. I don’t think he cared. He was a collector and a dealer and that was all. He lived in his store and he died there.

    “I gave Sister the store to do her sewing. I gave her ten thousand after paying off their house, and I was off to find my fortune. As you can see, I found it, but I’d nearly gone through all the money by the time I was making any of my own. Kids shouldn’t have too much money when they start out, they waste it. But I had a hell of a good time while I was doing it. I got a reputation as an honest broker, and business started coming my way.”

    “Then everything I touched turned to gold. I put money in stocks after my best year and the market leaped almost over night. I took it out and bought property and its value doubled in a year. There wasn’t anything I could do to lose money. I’m more cautious now but I live good and enjoy my life for the most part. I’m not going the way of Mr. Hampton. He’d probably say I sold out.”

    Albert grew silent and sipped slowly, thoughtfully. All pretense had gone. He’d told the entire truth as he knew it to be for once. He didn’t know why he picked Bobby to be the recipient of this information. He did think it could aid him in the journey he was taking, as an old man had once aided him, but he wasn’t sure that was the reason.

    “So you see, it never hurts to be kind to old men. You just don’t know what is around the next corner in life. I can honestly say, if it hadn’t been for that old man, I’d be a hayseed, working in a textile plant between Anderson and Greenville, South Carolina, or maybe even dead by this time. I would have stayed the sissy boy because that’s what the people there made me.” The southern drawl was heavy and slow.

    “Sorry if I bored you. I was making a point, I’m sure. I’m just not sure what the point might be.” He held up his glass. “Too many of these, but there must be a point in there some where if you care to sort through it.”

    “You didn’t bore me. That was a terrific story. I would never have figured you for a hillbilly.” Robert smiled across the pool.

    “Well, not far from the hills. You see, a few drinks, and you can get anything from me. I don’t tell that story to everyone, hell, I don’t tell it to anyone any more. No one cares.” Albert laughed loudly. “Most of my friends just know I came up in antiques. It’s all they need to know.”

    “Why tell me, Albert?” Robert was particularly curious.

    “Why? Why? Why do the birds keep on singing. Why do the waves come to shore? I don’t know why. It was just something I wanted you to know.”

    “Of course I feel like a total dope now.”

    “The story wasn’t about you, Bobby. It was for you. Maybe that’s the point I was trying to make. Look at me now and look where I came from? It’s nice to trust someone enough to level with them. It’s not like anyone really cares what happened thirty years ago. It’s not so much about how one acquires his wealth as it is that he has.”

    “I suppose.”

    “Talking is such hard work and you’ve worn me out. You may reside in my guest room for the night. You’ve had too many of those for it to be safe for you to pilot your auto. I make a hellacious omelet. There’s a lock on the door, so it is risk free. You may finish your soak but I’ll show you the room first, and then I must recline these ancient bones until morn.”

    *****

    Bland laid out his plan as Pollard listened. “You’re going to take me home at lunch time and I’m going to catch a nap. When you’re ready to call it a day give me a call. I’ll drive over to your place and get the car so I can stay out tonight. I think we’ll do better if we stretch our hours this way.”

    “You notice he never hits on the nights we’ve been staked out together,” Pollard said.

    “What’s that supposed to mean?”

    “I don’t know it’s supposed to mean anything. I was looking at the dates when these guys were murdered and the dates we staked places out at night. He never struck once during our stakeout. He’s lucky.”

    “Luck runs out. If we keep at it we’ll nail him. They always make a mistake somewheres along the line.”

    “Yeah, they always do. It’s just one of those odd facts I collect. Here’s another one for you. I was cross checking addresses and phone numbers last night. The place where that guy’s car is registered?”

    “Mann?”

    “Yeah, that one. There’s also a car registered to a Michael Connell at the same address, which is interesting in itself.”

    “Michael Connell?” Bland said.

    “Yeah, Brown’s main man. The guy he gave a desk job to when they was aiming on retiring him… After that big shooting last year?”

    “I know Mike Connell. You sure it’s the same Mike Connell? This is getting more strange as we go along,” Bland said, mostly for his own consideration. “You’re telling me that the kid I hit and Brown’s right hand man are linked?” Jim Bland found himself searching for angles to explain these particular facts.

    “I don’t know, Jimmy. I don’t imagine. What kind of a coincidence would that be? A guy you rough up has a car registered at the same address as the aide of the man that runs our taskforce? Even Ripley wouldn’t believe that one.”

    “Yeah, Ripley and James Foster Bland. Check it out anyway,” Bland said, drumming his fingers on the steering wheel as he thought about the new information. “I still want to have a face to face with that guy. I don’t want him coming back on me by mistake. He doesn’t want to make that mistake.”

    “He hasn’t said anything yet. Why ask for trouble? Leave well enough alone for Pete sake. I’m still looking for where he moved. He could have left town, you know.”

    “Just find out if there are any more links between those two. I want to know where I stand on this deal. You don’t leave loose ends, Pollard. You leave nothing to chance. How many times I got to tell you that? Mike Connell? That could explain a lot of things.”

    “I don’t know. There’s only so much time in any given day. I’ll run another check on the apartment, phone, registrations and like that. It’s a waste of time, you ask me. This guy isn’t coming forward. Fags don’t come forward. They know you don’t want to get on the wrong side of the law.”

    “They’re already on the wrong side of the law. I want something on this one just in case he decides he wants trouble.”

    “There is nothing, Jimmy. He’s clean. It’s almost like he never existed before you hit him. Just an address and a car.”

    “We might need to get creative. There’s always something if you look hard enough. So keep looking.”

    “I’ll look… I’ll look.”

    “With me going out evenings it’ll extend our surveillance time. It’s not like I got a life otherwise. I’ll be leaving my car at your house from now on and then I’ll leave the unit for you when I’m done and you can pick me up at my place at noon and I’ll pick up the unit in the evening. I want to follow some leads I’m working on.”

    “Whatever you say.”

    Bland knew where to find Robert and he was building information about his habits but knowing what he knew already, and then having Mike Connell added to the mix, only made him more curious about Robert Mann.

    *****

    “This is great and I don’t even like mushrooms,” Robert said, digging into his food.

    “Ah, yes, the cheese makes it an experience one shan’t soon forget.”

    “You know, you told me about everything else last night, except for the Indian thing.”

    “Oh my word, you are wicked, Bobby. I really shouldn’t be telling you that. One does have one’s pride.” The voice was rich with a continental aire and Robert was sure the southern drawl came out only late at night and well lubricated with alcohol.

    “It can’t be much further out there than what you’ve already told me. Come on. Give. Why all the interest in Indians?”

    “My first lover was a Black Foot Indian. We may stress the black. He was the most magnificent creature I have ever been with and the word ‘no’ never entered his vocabulary. He was a true adventurer.”

    “The homosexual is highly regarded in some tribes,” Robert said, thinking back to his youth. “We didn’t have any but I remember hearing about it. It’s not a big deal to Indians. It just is.”

    “Believe me, it’s a big deal when you are dealing with Randolph Dark Horse of Idaho and Eastern Oregon. He covered a lot of ground. Oh, mercy, did he.”

    “It was only once I came here that everyone was calling everyone else queer and fag. I never really heard the words back home. Maybe in town. I was just referred to as the breed. That’s about the biggest insult at home.”

    “One must choose up sides here. Would you please stick your head out the front door and get me the paper, while I finish with my omelet?”

    Chapter 12

    Rampage

    Robert liked the feel of the plush carpet under his socks. He got a static charge when he touched the door handle. He laughed before getting somewhat of a different kind of charge when he reached for the paper and it fell open to reveal a picture on the front page, and this time it wasn’t his.

    He stood in the kitchen door still staring, disbelieving. “What in the world?” Albert asked, looking up at Robert’s face as he stood paralyzed by the news. “You okay? You look like you’ve seen a ghost. Are you okay, Bobby?”

    Robert placed the paper down in front of him so Albert could see the picture. He was searching back inside his head for some rational explanation that could explain the face on the front page.

    “Andrew Parkson. He was an attorney. Thirty-seven. They found him over behind the bars in Southeast,” Albert read. “His murder has definitely been tied to the DC Strangler.”

    “They’ve got to catch this guy.”

    “Albert, I had a beer with him the night he was killed. At Plus 1,” Robert said. “Look, I’ve got to get out of here. I’ve enjoyed the company but there’s something I’ve got to do.”

    “You going to be all right? You look terrible. Why don’t you sit down and have a cup of coffee before you go.”

    “Yeah, I’ll be fine. I’ll call you. I’ve really got to go.”

    “Bobby, can you do me a favor? I hate to ask, but I must.”

    “I’ll try.”

    “That boy yesterday. I feel badly about what we did. Here’s ten dollars. If you see him give this to him. Please say you will. I’ll rest easier if you do.”

    “You are something, Albert. If I see him I’ll give him the money. I’ll call you.”

    “Make sure you do. I enjoy your company. Be careful, Bobby,” Albert implored, not knowing why he had the urge to warn his friend.

    Robert pulled to the curb by the line of phones next to the Little Tavern. He quickly dialed the number he had in his head. “Yeah, Mike? Mann.”

    “You okay? What’s up? You haven’t had time to give it much thought.”

    “No, I wanted to know if there was anything new. I saw the front of the Post.”

    “No. They identified the guy from fingerprints. He’s an attorney.”

    “Yeah, I know,” Robert said, looking at the card he had retrieved from his dashboard.

    “How did you know that?”

    “Ah, I read the Post. I told you.”

    For some reason Robert decided it wasn’t a good idea to tell Mike Connell that he had met the victim in the Plus 1 the night he was killed. He was a cop that was in the middle of an undercover investigation and there were things he wouldn’t discuss until he knew what they meant. He was the one on the street and it was up to him to decide what was best.

    “Well, just keep a low profile. I’ve got to get some things together for Brown, so if there isn’t any more business, I’ll get back to work.”

    “Yeah, get back to work. I wanted to check in,” Robert said before disconnecting the call.

    Mike looked at the phone and hung it up. He shook his head and started to wonder what that was about, and then he remembered the papers he had to collect and went to it.

    Robert took out his address book and turned it to Phil Sharper’s number. He dialed and listened to the phone ring.

    “Hello!”

    “Phil. Bobby.”

    “God, what time is it?”

    “It’s, ah, eight-thirty.”

    “It can’t be eight-thirty. It’s still daylight.”

    “There are two eight-thirties, Phil.”

    “Impossible! I’d have noticed a thing like that.”

    “Yeah, but I’ve got to talk to you.”

    “Honey, mother can’t talk this time of day. I can’t even find my mouth. Is something wrong?” Phil’s voice took on a degree of alarm.

    “No. No. They identified number eight. I knew him.”

    “Bobby, I’ve known all of them.”

    “I had a beer with him the night he was killed.” Robert could hear Phil getting out of bed.

    “Where?”

    “Plus 1. After I left you in fact.”

    “No! Where do you want to meet?”

    “Oh, Hubbard House is okay. I’ve got to change.”

    “Can you give me an hour. Mother’s got to adjust to waking up in the middle of the night.”

    “It’s the middle of the day.”

    “You have it your way and I’ll have it mine. I’ll meet you at ten.”

    Robert waited for the dial tone and then hung up the receiver. He got in his car and headed for home. When he got to the front door, he stopped short and looked at the black exposed latch. The door was slightly ajar. He reached for where he knew his service revolver should be in a situation like this, only he hadn’t been carrying it because he was ordered not to. He felt a bit naked as he pushed the door open carefully.

    It was obvious that some one had been in there. The television he had bought was on its side. The cushions were off the couch and the things in his closet were out on the floor, including the clothes he intended to wear. The kitchen drawers were all open and the contents had been spilled onto the floor.

    Robert went to the hall closet and opened the door, pulling out all the shoes and the empty boxes. In the farthest corner he pulled out a shoe box and opened it. There were papers on top of a black sock and in the sock was his black service revolver. It hadn’t been touched. He held it and wanted to carry it but there were the orders. He reluctantly placed it back into the sock and placed the sock back on his identification and badge, putting the sundry papers back in place on top.

    Someone had turned everything upside down and they hadn’t touched the only thing of value in the apartment? He unzipped the clothes bag and behind the flannel shirts and sports jacket was the dress uniform and the work uniforms he’d had at the academy. They too seemed almost too pristine. He took a few minutes to think about it before closing the closet door. He wasn’t sure what he wanted to do. He wandered around checking through the wreckage to see what he could see and when he checked his watch it was nine forty-five.

    He walked down to the Hubbard House, sitting in the back, figuring Phil would be late. Fran stood in front of him tapping her pencil on her pad and cracking her gum.

    “Coffee?”

    “Can’t we at least be friends?” Robert asked.

    “We were a hell of a lot more than friendly.”

    “Exactly. Why are you acting like this? We were doing fine.”

    “I don’t like liars. That’s all. If I want to hang around with a liar, I’ll just go back to my boy friend.”

    “Fran, I haven’t lied.”

    “Yeah, well, all the evidence says you are guilty.”

    “The evidence is wrong. Please come over after work.”

    “I get off early today.”

    “Great! I’m just meeting Phil and I don’t have anything else.”

    “I don’t know. A girl should play hard to get, Bobby.”

    “I’ll play hard if you’ll get over to my apartment this afternoon.”

    She smiled coyly and winked in a warm way. Her hostility had definitely faded by the time Phil arrived. He kissed her cheek right away. “Oh, I’m sorry,” he said apologetically, and then he leaned to give Robert a quick peck on the cheek. It surprised all three of them.

    “Coffee and the usual.”

    “I already ate,” Robert said through the blush.

    “Heavens. Why are we meeting here then?”

    “Well, we always meet here.’’

    “Ah, and you also thought Franny. I see. Go girl. I’m hungry. If I’ve got to be up in the middle of the night I need nourishment, my dear.” Phil primped his perfect hair and smiled across the table. “Well, what do you have to say for yourself?”

    “I’m not sure what to say. My apartment was broken into last night. This is getting more and more bizarre.”

    “And where were you while it was getting broken into?”

    “I don’t want to go into that.”

    “So, you’ve been slumming at the Plus 1. I hear it’s not a very safe bar.”

    “You telling me? Did you know him?”

    “I looked at the Post before I left. No, this one I didn’t know, but between the two of us, we are batting a thousand.”

    “How lucky.”

    “Bobby, why not stay at my place for a few days. We’d both feel safer.”

    “Let me think about it. I don’t think they stole anything. Wasn’t much to steal. Mostly junk.”

    “They didn’t take anything?”

    “Nothing I can find, or can’t find, in this case. No, they made a mess and the few things of value are still there.”

    “What self respecting break-in artist, breaks in and takes nothing?”

    “The kind that broke into my place and saw there wasn’t anything.”

    “So, why the meeting? What can I do if not offer you a roof over your head in your hour of need?”

    “I’m not sure. I just wanted to see a friendly face and see what you thought.”

    “I think there’s a madman stalking the streets and no self respecting girl is safe while he’s out there.”

    “His victims are all men, Phil.”

    “In a manner of speaking. It’s all about perspective.”

    Fran brought back Phil’s food and stood with her leg pressed against Robert’s as she chatted. He was ready to suggest they look over the storage area or closet, but he kept himself under control, while Phil pretended he couldn’t see their proximity.

    “Well, mother should go back and get some more sleep. It will be a long night tonight, but now that I’m up and it’s still early, I have a friend who is sick I’d like to visit. Could I get you to drop me at his house?”

    “Sure. I can do that. I’m starting to get hungry after watching you eat.”

    “Honey, what you’re hungry for, you’re not going to find on the menu,” Phil said.

    Robert drove Phil to a house just off “P” Street then decided that the Little Tavern would be his next stop. There was always a place to park in the empty space in front by the fire hydrant. He was cop and could get Mike to fix any ticket. He would get a bag of burgers and go eat while checking out the ‘meat rack’, although he thought it would be too early for such activities.

    He saw people inside the Little Tavern as he headed for the door. He looked up and down the street hoping not to see one of DC’s finest. He didn’t, so he ducked inside to make a quick purchase.

    There was a steaming cup of coffee and two sandwiches being slid up on the counter in front of a skinny short kid in a buckskin shirt. He was blowing into his hands and acting like he was freezing to death as he reached for the coffee and held it against his shirt for the warmth before cautiously putting the cup up to his lips.

    “Hey, what’s happening?”

    “You stay away from me, you creep. You lied to me. You bastard. That was my car.”

    “Calm down! Calm down!”

    “One buck forty,” rumbled the big counter attendant, reaching toward the boy who sat down on one of the green stools after searching his pockets.

    “I may not have it all….” Toby said, pulling out a wadded up buck that was quickly seized and then some pennies and nickels as one of the sandwiches was snatched out of the boy’s reach. “Wait a minute. I got some more. Don’t take it back.”

    “I’ll pay for it. Give him the dollar back,” Robert said, moving toward the stool next to Toby. “Give me a cup of coffee. Cream and sugar and half a dozen burgers.”

    “Pay me first before I get anything else. I want to see the green.”

    “I said I’d pay for it. Coffee. Cream and sugar and don’t treat me or my friend like we’re thieves.”

    The man backed down and reached for a cup as Robert took out his wallet and threw a five-dollar bill on the counter. The man turned his back and finished what he was doing.

    “I don’t come that cheap,” Toby growled, sipping from the hot coffee cup and partially turning his back on Robert. “I ain’t forgot what you done to me.”

    “I told you I’m straight.”

    “Yeah, straight guys want it too and I’m the virgin Mary.”

    “What you ought to say is, thank you, and I’ve got something I was asked to give you, but if you’re going to be an asshole, I’ll just keep it for myself.”

    “Yeah, what?” Toby asked, eyeing him suspiciously.

    “Thank you.” Robert reminded him.

    “Thank you, what?”

    “Where’d you sleep last night?”

    “What’s it to you?”

    “One coffee, six burgers, three sixty all together,” the man interrupted.

    “Give him what he wants,” Robert ordered.

    “You want anything else?”

    “Two more of these,” Toby said, indicating the sandwiches. “More coffee.” He eyeballed Robert closely as he ordered.

    “Refills free.”

    “What do you want?” Toby asked as he ate.

    “I recall asking you a question. I want the answer.”

    “At the church. In the doorway. Why’d you do that. I liked you.”

    “He was my friend. I hadn’t seen him in a while. It’s not like you think. He wanted to pick you up.”

    “You don’t know what I think… He did?”

    “You think me and him were doing some kind of deal. We’re just friends. He did.”

    “Did what?”

    “Did want to… I don’t know… whatever you guys do. He gave me something to give to you because he felt bad about us leaving you. And I got a job for you if you’re interested?”

    “Better’n hanging out here all day.”

    “You ain’t hangin’ here kid. Eat up and take a hike.”

    “Hey, how about treating us like customers,” Robert snapped. “And we weren’t talking to you.”

    “He ain’t hangin’ here! I don’t care who you was talking to.”

    “Where’s your coat, kid?”

    “I told you, I’m not a kid. Don’t got one.”

    “What kind of businessman are you? You can’t afford a coat? You’re knocking ’em dead kid.”

    “I was sick. Couldn’t work and then I smelled like this and who’s gonna go for that? That guy yesterday was good for some food. You fucked me out of it. I don’t forget shit like that.”

    “Where’d you get the money?”

    “Bummed it on the corner. I had the change.”

    “You eat last night?”

    “You writing a book. Look, you got something for me or is this just twenty questions?” Toby had turned to face Robert. He still liked looking at him even if it did piss him off when he did it.

    “My pad was broken into. I’m thinking if I had someone to hang around there, it wouldn’t happen again, you know. It’s not much but it’s warm and there’s food.”

    “What’d he give you to give me?” Toby asked.

    “I’m offering you honest work, kid.”

    “Yeah, honest all right.” His glance told the tale. “I don’t know if I’m talking to you.”

    “I’ll just keep the ten dollars. Hell, I bought you lunch.”

    “Breakfast. You got ten bucks for me?”

    “I don’t know if I’m going to give it to you. Albert’s a nice old dude and you’re not nice and you need a shower.”

    “Yeah, where’s the bread?”

    “You forget? You ain’t talkin’ to me.”

    “Yeah, well, ten bucks’ll buy you all the conversation you want, but I ain’t forgettin’ what you done. Where do you live?”

    “Oh, we’re not sure if the location of my apartment is up to your standards?”

    “Shut up. We going or we sitting here all day?”

    “Nobody ain’t sittin’ here all day. We don’t allow no loitering. You eat up and move.”

    “Jesus, the hospitality,” Robert said. “I’m taking your tip with me. You failed to earn a tip, my man. Come on, kid, let’s split.”

    “I ain’t yur fuckin’ kid.”

    *****

    Robert checked the door handle and it was firmly locked. He used the key and threw the door open, standing back to look in before they entered.

    “Who does your decorating, dude? Man, hows about inviting me to your next party?” Toby said as he followed Robert into the shambles.

    “Very funny, squirt. I told you someone broke in.”

    “I bet they couldn’t wait to break out and don’t call me that. My name is Toby.”

    “Okay, kid,” Robert mussed up his hair and that made Toby smile.

    Toby was suddenly quite warm. He was grateful that he’d have a warm place to stay for maybe a night or two. It beat the hell out of where he had been sleeping. He placed the cushions back on the couch, switching them around until they fit. He sat down and watched Robert go through the wreckage again.

    “I’ll do that if I’m staying. What are you paying me for this service I’m providing?” The words were full of doubt because having a roof over his head and food in his belly usually came at a cost. He wasn’t about to screw this up if he could help it.

    “I don’t know. I haven’t gotten that far. I saw you and it seemed like the solution to a problem. You need a place and I need a guy to watch my place. How much?”

    “You’re going to feed me?”

    “Sure. Room and board comes with the job.”

    “Five bucks a week.”

    “What? I’ll pay you more than that. Kid you’re underselling yourself.”

    “Yeah, well, I froze my ass off last night. Five bucks a week and I’ll clean up the mess, but not if it gets like this very often. That way it’s worth it for both of us. You don’t cheat a guy and just maybe he won’t cheat you,” Toby rationalized his way of thinking to his new boss.

    “Yeah, that’s true. I’ll get you a coat.”

    “Cool,” Toby said, rearranging the pillows on the couch again.

    “Why aren’t you at home?”

    “I got no home,” Toby said, looking like the whipped puppy Judy had told him about.

    “Why did you leave?”

    “Me? I dunno know. My old man, he’s got these big old hands, ya see. Like fuckin’ ham hocks, ya know. Man, you get hit enough with those, ya figure it’s time to move on, ya know. I figured that way.”

    “Where’d you live?”

    Toby didn’t answer. He figured if Robert didn’t remember, he wasn’t going to remind him. That was information that could get him sent back to where he came from. “Why you doing this? I ain’t nothing to you.”

    “I want someone looking out for my stuff. I told you.”

    “Yeah, I see your stuff.”

    “You want to take a shower? There’s towels in the bathroom. There ought to be a clean one.”

    “I guess I get to do laundry too,” Toby said.

    “I never said that.”

    “If I want a clean towel that is.”

    “I’m not domestic,” Robert said. “Forgive me for not having things ready for you.”

    “Lighten up. I ain’t complaining. I’ll take care of stuff. Where’s the bathroom? I’ll have to shower if you don’t want my smell getting to you.”

    “How were you planning to handle Albert if you smell that bad?”

    “Those old birds always have a place. Shower is the first order of business. It’s not a problem. I just hadn’t been lucky enough to catch one.”

    “He isn’t an old bird.”

    “Oh, you know what I mean. You always going to be uptight? Let me know so’s I can get used to it.”

    Toby came back in only his underwear. He was thinner than Robert thought. If I got to use a couple of those towels while I wash my stuff, that okay?”

    “You can’t wash buckskin.”

    “Yeah, well I can’t wear it after I get clean. It smells worse’n me.”

    “We’ll work something out. Go on and shower.”

    “You ain’t aimin’ on showering with me? Some of them like that.”

    “No, Toby. I ain’t aiming on that.”

    “It’s all right. I don’t mind that so much.”

    “I do, Toby. I didn’t pick you up for that.”

    Toby came out wearing a towel that almost reached the floor and he had a smaller one wrapped around his head. Robert was amused but he did his best not to show it. He went in to shower and was surprised to find the bathroom cleaner than it had been when he moved in. He took his time in the shower and felt more comfortable having someone in the apartment, even someone he didn’t know. It was a solution to one of his problems and he felt good about himself and the fact he was getting a kid off the street at a time when the street was deadly.

    He played back the conversation he’d had with Andrew Parkson. He leaned on the tile with his arm over his head while the warm water eased his sore muscles and the time simply slipped away.

    When he walked out of the bathroom, the television was blaring and had been put back up on its stand. The antenna that had never extended was now wrapped in tin foil and reached out into the room like two grotesque feelers. Toby was standing on one leg at the sink washing dishes. The room had been picked up and cleaned.

    “Hey, dude. What are you doing?”

    “I didn’t hurt anything,” Toby was apprehensive. He turned around to see Robert also clad only in a towel. His eyes immediately went to the muscular chest and thick arms.

    “You need dish soap. I fixed the TV. The glass is cracked but you can hardly see it on account it’s a cheapo black and white job.”

    “Sorry if it isn’t up to your standards.”

    Toby raced over and made the feelers flail aimlessly. “See I fixed it. The picture is pretty good.”

    The knock on the door startled both of them. Toby ran for it and swung it open. Fran looked at the boy and his towel and then at Robert and his towel and Robert looked back at her.

    “Fran!”

    “I knew I shouldn’t get mixed up with you again. You can’t even keep us separated. Goodbye. Lester is easier to deal with than you are. I’m going back to him. I don’t need this.”

    Robert leaped to stop Fran but she was out the door of the apartment building before he could intercept her. He dashed into the hallway as the towel started to give way. He caught it just in time to prevent over exposure but a shrill scream from up the stairs forced him to retreat back inside in time to see Fran rushing past the window on her way back towards the Circle.

    “Shit!” Robert said.

    “She your lady?”

    “She was a lady, one I’d done quite well with. It never stops.”

    “What?”

    “I’ve been having a bit of bad luck,” Robert sighed, flopping over the arm and down on to the couch.

    “I’m here. How bad could it be?” Toby smiled his biggest smile, sensing it wasn’t nearly big enough.

    “Shut up.”

    “Yes, sir.”

    At that moment the police radio crackled as Detective Pollard entered Dupont Circle from “P” Street after a visit to taskforce headquarters.

    “Naked man in the yard at 19th Street.”

    “Hold the unit. I’m there. I’ll call if it requires one of your guys.”

    “10/4. Stand down on the call. Unit on the scene,” the voice crackled and Pollard jotted down the address.

    Brown had just stressed innovation to him and the fact the killer was only going to be caught if he made a mistake. Pollard doubted this was that kind of mistake but it would look good on his log. He took the steps two at a time and the woman had the door open before he could knock.

    The naked guy in the yard turned out to be a guy in a towel at his front door. He assured the woman that he’d speak to the man to make sure there would be no reoccurrence of the incident. She merely scowled at this solution and Pollard thought the scowl wasn’t personal, just a permanent feature of her personality. He went through the motions because he knew she’d wait until he knocked on the door.

    Robert pushed Toby out of the way to yank open the door, expecting to see a repentant Fran. He came face to face with Detective Pollard.

    “Oh, I thought you were someone else. Just took a shower,” he said, hitching the towel tight at his waist. I was expecting someone.”

    “No, ah,…” Pollard said, looking past Robert at Toby who was also hitching up his towel as he stood up to see who it was. “I got the wrong apartment. Sorry. I do the same thing every time I come here.”

    Robert closed the door and leaned his back against it.

    “What’s up doc?” Toby asked.

    “I don’t know. I’ve seen that guy somewhere before and I don’t know where.”

    Pollard checked the tags on the Pontiac convertible and matched them up with what was written on the paper he had in the car. He had recognized Robert Mann and the bruises. The tags confirmed it. He had found something that was going to please his partner and that pleased him.

    *****

    “Ain’t you the cat what ate the canary,” Bland said, seeing Pollard’s smile when he approached. “You been smoking wacky weed again?”

    “I got what you wanted.”

    “What did I want?”

    “I found your boy, Mann. Incredibly good police work if you ask me.” He handed Bland the small piece of paper he’d copied from his clipboard notes.

    Bland shoved the paper into his shirt pocket without so much as glancing at it. Pollard viewed this as strange even before Bland spoke.

    “Good work. I’m not so worried about him today. I’ve got some fellows who are going to have a talk with him. Make sure he understands how delicate his circumstances are. I think we’re fine on that score for the time being but I’ll hold onto this just in case.”

    “You think that’s smart? He hasn’t caused any trouble, Jimmy.”

    “Just a little insurance. Nothing like insurance. I don’t leave things to chance. Who knows what goes through faggot’s heads?”

    “His car is a….”

    “1962 Pontiac convertible,” Bland interrupted. “I got all that.”

    “When? I never said what it was, Jimmy. How’d you know that?”

    “I don’t cruise the streets all night for nothing partner. Good work though. I like keeping you on your toes.”

    “There’s more. You’ll really like this. He had some little boy in the apartment with him. They were both in a state of undress, if you catch my drift. I’d think that would be of interest should he become a problem. I’m sure the little boy was too young.”

    “Interesting! I’ll keep that in mind as well. Big strapping guy like him. Go figure. You can never tell these days.”

    “Okay boss. Whatever you say,” Pollard said, easing away from the car window. “You okay, Jimmy? You’ve been acting funny. I’m worried about you.”

    “What’s that supposed to mean?” Bland asked, drumming his fingers on the steering wheel.

    “Nothing. Just thinking too much. You just look like you aren’t getting enough sleep. I’ll see you some time tomorrow.”

    “Yeah, a.m. I won’t be late tonight. Everything is under control.”

    Pollard stood and watched the green sedan until it had faded in the distance. He emptied the beer can and tossed it down at the curb and walked back to the house. It was time for a partner change, he thought. There was something very strange going on with Bland. He was sure it had something to do with his separation from his wife but whatever it was, he wasn’t paid enough to deal with it. He’d do his best not to get on his partner’s bad side until he could arrange for a transfer.

    It was the following morning when the front door shook because of the ferocity of the knock. When Robert forced himself out of bed, he found Phil and Fran looking fierce.

    “What’s up now?” Toby said, looking up over the back of the couch.

    “Go back to sleep.”

    “Can we come in?” Phil said leaving no doubt that they were coming in.

    “Let me get dressed and we’ll go for coffee. It’s early enough we can all use some. Fran, where did you go yesterday. He’s only watching my apartment. It’s not what you think.”

    “I’m with Phil,” Fran said. “I’m just showing him where you live. I’m going to work. I’ll see you Philip. Don’t sit in my area if you’re with him.”

    “Okay, Fran.” Phil kept the door from slamming behind her. “Well, you’ve managed to piss her off. I asked you not to toy with her.”

    “Phil! I never. I’m trying to get something going, not stop it.”

    “Yeah, well, perhaps you should make up your mind which team you’re on. A woman can’t be treated like that. I’ve always thought it was a shabby thing for them to do, gay men messing up the lives of women who love them, never knowing who they really are. That’s lying and I don’t like liars. Just do me a favor and leave her alone. She’s gone back to that idiot Lester because of you.”

    “What’s going on? This has to be early for you. It’s early for me.”

    “Not in front of the children,” Phil said, looking at the fold-away bed and Toby, who was once again dead to the world. “Great watchdog you got. Doesn’t even bark. I’ll meet you for coffee at the corner once you get dressed.”

    Phil waited outside and smoked until Robert arrived. After getting a table one of the sleepy waitresses wandered over and took the order for coffee. She yawned, put her pencil back in her hair, and staggered off.

    “What is it?”

    “I should ask you that. The house you took me to yesterday.”

    “Yeah, off “P”. Street. So!”

    “My friend’s body was found early this morning by his roommate. I’ve just spent two hours with the cops.”

    “That’s tough Phil. They sure it’s the Strangler?”

    “It sounds like they think that. His roommate called because he knew I had been there. The cops wanted to know when and why, that kind of thing.”

    “What do you want me to do?”

    “You took me there yesterday. Could anyone have followed us? I don’t know what’s going on.”

    “I don’t know. It’s possible.”

    “Don’t you think it’s odd?”

    “What’s odd?”

    “You had a beer with number eight and I visited with number nine. Someone could have been following you.”

    “No more likely than he was following you.”

    “Maybe we should go to the police with this? Tell them all these little coincidences.”

    “You really think they care? There is no great rush to solve this crime if you haven’t noticed. I don’t think going to the police with this kind of thing will do anything but cause us trouble.”

    “I know why you feel that way but what can we do alone? Only one cop hit you. You can’t blame the entire police force. They aren’t all that way.”

    “I think we need to calm down and think about it. We can deal with this and if we need to go to the police with it, I’ll go with you. I say we’re just dealing with a lot of coincidence in a small community inside of a big city.”

    “They asked me a lot of questions. I didn’t tell them anything I wasn’t sure of. I really wasn’t in the mood to talk but I knew I wanted to talk to you.”

    “They’re going through the motions and covering their butts. Look who is dying? I don’t have a feeling there’s a big rush to solve this.”

    “Yeah but we grow on you if you give us a chance.”

    “What’s that mean?”

    “You acted like you might leap out of your skin any time a gay guy came near you those first couple of days. You don’t make a very convincing gay guy. Fran says you’re quite the handful.”

    “We back to that again?”

    “The last few days I’ve had cause to rethink a lot of things. I’m still not sure someone wasn’t following you and I’m not sure where you figure into all this. The only thing that has really thrown me off is the cops belting you out behind the club. I was almost positive I smelled pork every time you came around until then.”

    “You see, you aren’t always right.”

    “I wouldn’t have changed my mind about that if he hadn’t done such a number on you. That guy hates queers, hon. Even queers who don’t like other queers. Then there’s the picture and the idea that that animal knows who you are.”

    “…And you’re not a public figure who had his picture in the paper recently? I recall seeing a big picture of you.”

    “Meaning he might not have been following you, he might have been following me?”

    “We don’t know if he followed either of us. It’s all speculation. That’s my point. We don’t know. I talked to a guy in a bar and guys in bars are getting killed. The guy I talked to is killed. You play piano in a bar and you see guys and the guys you see are killed. The gay bars seem to figure into the picture more than my picture or your picture figures into this picture.”

    “That makes sense. I’m really shaky. I guess I’m not thinking straight. When I came over to your place I was sure there was a connection and now I’m not sure of anything but it’s late and I’m tired and I’ve got to play tonight and mother needs her beauty sleep.”

    “Have you had any sleep at all?”

    “Is that some kind of an offer, big boy.” Phil’s May West was flawless.

    “Get real, Phil. A guy never sleeps with his mother.”

    “Oh, very funny, you’re going to use my words against me now, are we?”

    “You keep calling yourself mother. A guy can’t forget a thing like that.”

    “That little boy? He growing on you Bobby?”

    “He was on the street. I figure he can look out for my stuff. No one will bust in if they hear someone inside.”

    “The big tough guy has a heart. Cute kid.”

    “I wouldn’t know,” Robert said.

    “Yeah, that’s what they all say. Didn’t he come with any clothes?”

    “Had to wash what he had on. I gave him one of my T-shirts to cover himself with but it hung down below his knees. I guess he took it off.”

    “Bobby, you don’t have to explain things to me. I’m fine with it.”

    “Fine with what?”

    “Are we having a guilty conscience?”

    “I’ve got nothing to feel guilty about.”

    “I know, Bobby, but as skinny as he is you need to get some food in that place for him.”

    “Says he’s been sick. Slept in the doorway of a church the night before.”

    “Wouldn’t they let him in? What are they thinking? It’s freezing out.”

    “I don’t know. With this creep roaming around I wasn’t going to leave him out there. I know what it’s like being alone.”

    “I didn’t say anything,” Phil said, as Robert gave him a long look.

    “I see the look on your face. You’re thinking something nasty.”

    “No, more like I’m thinking what a nice man you are below that hard bitten exterior you project.” Phil patted the back of his hand.

    “I am what I am.”

    “Yeah, but it’s a lovely package and if you ever get lonely again, you give me a call.”

    “Phil!”

    “Yeah, I know, I need some sleep. Call Mike and run this past him. He’d know what to do.”

    “Yeah.”

    “I’m going to hop a cab. It’s just late enough they should be everywhere.”

    Phil pushed himself out of his chair and dropped two dollars on the table. He patted Robert’s shoulder as he passed, putting on his coat to weatherproof himself against the cold shock he knew he was about to get.

    Robert knew what he should do and he knew if he didn’t do it he was asking for trouble. But in spite of Phil’s comments, and trust in Mike and Commander Brown at the command level, he no longer felt he could trust the police on the streets. He knew he was close but he didn’t have any idea how close he was to disaster and everyone around him being swept up in the undertow. Once you are in the undertow, the harder you struggle, the faster you go under. The secret to escaping an undertow is going with it and letting it take you where it wants and that’s when it releases you.

    By accident Robert would go with the undertow because he knew no better and didn’t have a clue what he was doing. The one thing he had to depend on was instinct and it was all he had because the Stalker was now toying with him and he too smelled pork every time Robert was in his sights.

    *****

    “Commander Brown?”

    “Yeah, Mike.”

    “We need to talk.”

    “Whenever we need to talk, I get me a bad case of indigestion.”

    “You haven’t eaten yet, sir.”

    “Yeah, and that’s even worse. Bring that big bottle of antacid with you if you’re coming back here.”

    Commander Brown’s eyes never left Connell as he sat across from him. They stared at each other.

    “Two in a little more than twenty four hours.”

    “I can count. You came back here to tell me that?”

    “No, sir.”

    “Give it to me, Mike. What’s the hitch.”

    “No, sir. That Post reporter, she still wants an interview.”

    “Tell her to check with me right after hell freezes over. I haven’t got time for this crap.”

    “Do you think that’s wise, sir?”

    “I don’t handle public relations. That’s someone else’s job. I read that somewhere. What am I going to tell her? Well, we just don’t have a damn thing to go on account he don’t leave no clues and if he did our detectives probably wouldn’t pick them up. Check back in a few weeks after the bodies pile up for awhile and maybe we’ll have something.”

    “She wants your slant on the case. You can maybe turn the heat down a notch if you give her an interview and charm her undies off. Tell her we’re getting close and you love her perfume.”

    “Lie? Connell, I am a Commander on the DC Police Force, how dare you suggest such a thing. Give me a list of your best lies, get me as much time as you can and warn me when she arrives. It would help if she’s beautiful, intelligent, and witty.”

    “Yes, sir, I’ll ask your wife just what you like in reporters.”

    “Why did I think I needed an aide? I can get my ass in trouble by myself.”

    “What else is on your mind? Give it to me, Mike, while I’m still in a good mood. You didn’t come back here just to talk about the reporter.

    “Mann,” Connell said as he sat on the edge of the chair.

    “Oh shit! I told you this was a bad idea. Didn’t I tell you that?”

    “You can put it on me, Commander. It was my idea. I’ve handled it. I’ll say you didn’t know what I was up to.”

    “Right! Give me the rest of it, Connell. Quit pussy footing around.”

    “Mann was with number eight at Plus 1 the night he died.”

    “Parkson?”

    “Yes, sir.”

    “Mann?”

    “Yes, sir. Three people said it was the guy on the front of the Post. That’s Mann. The contact I put him in touch with, the piano player, was with number nine yesterday. A few hours before he was killed last night.”

    “Go on.”

    “Mann drove him there.”

    “How do you know that?”

    “I just got off the phone with the guy. He’s in the preliminary report on nine. When I came across Phil’s name I called. I wasn’t going to tell you until Mann’s name came up.”

    “What’s Mann say about all this?”

    “I don’t know.”

    “Shouldn’t we know that just in case we want to keep our jobs?”

    “I haven’t been able to get a hold of him. His phone’s out of order. I can’t go to the apartment without blowing his cover now that he’s world famous.”

    “He’s a damn rookie. Certainly he can’t be that good at undercover work in only a few weeks. Get his ass in here and get him off this turkey. I never want to see or hear from him again. Reassign him, bury him, just get him out of my hair. We’re going to look bad no matter what he does and right now, I don’t want him doing a damn thing.”

    “It’s more complicated than that or I would have done it. The way I see it is he’s close to this guy. Don’t ask me how. but somehow it’s starting to look like Mann is involved.”

    “Give me a break, Mike. All the victims have been close to this guy. We certainly haven’t been close to him and you think Mann has? He’s no more involved than we are and we certainly haven’t been involved in catching this maniac.” Commander Brown’s big fist impacted on the thick green ink blotter. The pencil erupted from his big hand and flew half way to Connell, landing at his feet as they both followed its trajectory until touchdown.

    “I know that and you know that, but if you look at the information as it stands, Robert Mann could have been involved in seven to nine. He can’t be absolutely eliminated in seven and he’s directly linked to eight and nine. We have eyewitnesses that corroborate this. A jury and an ambitious prosecutor might find that compelling and an easy out for the DA.”

    “I find it compelling. I find it damn scary. I find losing my job even more scary. He’s close to the guy and he doesn’t have a clue and I’m supposed to sit here and hold my breath until you tell me how it all comes out? I don’t think so. Get rid of him before Mr. Strangler does it for us. That’s all I need.”

    “I’d say they’re rubbing shoulders right this second. Think about it, Commander. We can put him with eight and close to nine.”

    “That damn picture did us in. I’d like to rip Bland’s balls off. We’re going to get his badge when this is over.”

    “Yes, sir, and we might end up owing the break in the case to that picture.”

    “The way I see it, the whole damn investigation depends on a boy who doesn’t know his ass from a hole in the ground, unless some accident puts the killer in our hands by mistake. I’m not thrilled about this, Connell.”

    “Yes, sir… I mean, no, sir.”

    “Somehow he’s rattled this guy’s cage. It’s just too obvious to be coincidence. I find it damn interesting.” Brown began to tap the pencil on his desk after Connell laid it back next to his hand. “Goddamn it, Connell, what did I tell you about this thing blowing up in our faces? I had him in here and I could have gotten him out of our hair and I left him out there.”

    “Yes, sir.”

    “So you’re saying it’s all my fault?”

    “No, sir.”

    “Well it is. I knew in my gut what I should do. I wanted this to work out as much as you did. We took a shot and we’ve been out maneuvered.”

    “What do you want me to do? I’ll take the hit. Resign so it doesn’t reach you.”

    “Mike, it’s reached me. We’re in this together. Let me think about our options. Some times when you’re dealt a lousy hand, you don’t fold, you play it out, hoping the cards fall your way.”

    “Mann?”

    “What’s he doing?”

    “He knows something he isn’t giving up.”

    “Jesus, I don’t want to know this. What?”

    “His attitude has changed. He needs to stay out there for some reason he didn’t have before. He sees me as an obstacle is my opinion. I haven’t cut him much slack. I was trying to keep him from going out on his own, but I think he’s done it anyway.”

    “He thinks we’re going to yank him back? I got that impression when he was in here but I wasn’t sure about it. He hadn’t back peddled on me before and he was back peddling then. Something is going on we don’t know about. I browbeat the kid into taking this case. He didn’t want to be out there with a bunch a queers. Sorry… with our gay citizenry.”

    “What do I do?”

    “That church you go to?”

    “St. Jerome’s.”

    “Go there and light some candles and pray.”

    “Yes, sir.”

    “In the mean time I’ll give it some thought and see what I come up with. If you talk to him, wing it. Don’t excite him but let him know we are depending on him. Maybe we can get him back on track. Our track. We’ve got to play this hand now. This Strangler isn’t going to quit until we stop him and something has fired him up these past few days.”

    “Mann could end up on the guy’s list. He could end up dead.”

    “We’ll just hope we catch him first. It’s all we got. Let Mann know the risk and we’ll play this hand. You let him know he is on the team. Maybe he’ll be more forthright and let us in on what he knows that way. We need to know what he knows, Mike. Make it happen. Now get out of here so I can get my work done.”

    “Yes, sir.”

    “Okay, go on.”

    Connell reached for the handle of the door as he rolled out of the chair in that direction. He was half way out the door when he was stopped.

    “Mike?”

    “Yes, sir.”

    “Where did we loose control of him?”

    “You want to know what I really think? He didn’t care. Now he does.”

    “Why the change?”

    “I’m not sure, sir. Something has changed in him. Something about him we didn’t count on.”

    “What’s that?”

    “Character. I think that smack from Bland might have wised him up some about the lay of the land.”

    “You like this kid?”

    “Yeah, I think he’s okay. A little head strong.”

    “Ain’t we all. Go on, Connell.”

    Commander Brown leaned back in his chair and tapped the pencil against his glasses as he considered the situation. Changing the game plan when you have a man who is as close to the killer as Mann seemed to be didn’t make a whole lot of sense. It wasn’t the way he’d choose to solve a murder case but some times you had to go with what you had and how often did you get as many choices as you would like?

    Chapter 13

    Everyone Wants Something

    Phil let the phone ring twice before his hand fell on top of it and dragged it off the cradle.

    “Yes.”

    “Phil?”

    “Yes, didn’t we just talk a minute ago.”

    “A little while ago. I’m trying to do damage control, and I need your assistance.”

    “Can’t it wait?”

    “I’m afraid not. It’s important.”

    “Is this official police business, Michael?”

    “It’s more like an official favor for an old friend.”

    “You’re too young to be an old anything and your last favor has mother wondering about the high cost of friendship.”

    “Mann….” There was a long pause.

    “Yes, I haven’t gone anywhere. What about Bobby? He in more trouble.”

    “He’s working for me.”

    “Tell mother something she hasn’t figured out on her own. Maybe I should apply for a job over there?”

    “We stuck our necks out and assigned him right out of the academy because no one would know him. Actually Brown and I are the only ones who do know.”

    “And me. Sounds more like your idea.”

    “That’s the trouble. I got the Commander to go along with me and now he’s looking at the possible fallout if this goes wrong. I’m thinking we’re losing control of him. He’s starting to believe he’s a cop and while that might not be a bad thing by itself, he thinks he knows what he’s doing.”

    “A lot of that going around. What do you want me to do?”

    “I need to know what he’s up to. You see more of him than anyone else. We think he’s close to this guy but he seems reluctant to say what he knows. At first I left him alone for the most part, thinking he’d adjust to the gay scene better if we weren’t meeting all the time, but now he’s distancing himself. Pulling him out is my only other option. I’d pull him out to protect the Commander but he’s too important to us where he is.” Connell’s monotone voice couldn’t hide the concern in it. The lack of emotion gave his words authenticity. Not that Phil needed convincing.

    “I don’t think he believes the police are giving it their best effort.”

    “I might have given him that idea myself, that the investigation wasn’t being taken as seriously as it should. I told him that’s why he was out there. He was like a puppy back then. I could train him to pee on the paper and to come when I called him. Now I don’t know where he’s peeing.”

    “Puppies grow up, Michael. He’s putting two and two together and coming up with illusive three. You put him out here to do a job and you’ve got to admit he’s attracted a lot of attention.”

    “Maybe too much. I didn’t want him in the middle of the investigation. I wanted eyes and ears on the street inside the gay community.”

    “The guy isn’t wearing a sign saying, Strangler. Everything happens for a reason. Let it happen and it will.”

    “I don’t like the idea.”

    “He’s refreshingly naïve. He puts me in mind of some of the gay boys that come here straight off the farm. They look like a deer in the headlights but they’re tired of being alone and hearing they’re going to hell.”

    “He’s not gay. He’s a cop and I need him to communicate with me. If he is close to this guy we need to know. My conscience is starting to bother me. I got this ball rolling.”

    “Maybe you’re too impatient. Did he tell you that the crowd at the Frat House gave him a standing ovation after he took the hit for them?”

    “No, he wouldn’t give up anything like that. I can’t read him. There was resistance and anger for awhile, then he was passive, and now he’s evasive. That’s where we are and that’s what scares me.”

    “He might see the cops as an obstacle you know. Like we see them, not always on our side. He’s looking at his fellow officers from the street and I don’t think he likes the view.”

    “Well thanks a lot for the vote of confidence. I’m a cop too, you know.”

    “So what do I do, Michael? I don’t know what you want. Bobby isn’t a guy you can force into anything. He’s not going to let me get too close. Our friendship is tentative at best.”

    “Tell him you’re scared after what’s gone down. Ask him to hang around. Maybe the cop in him will kick in. Then see what he has to say.”

    “It’s very difficult for me to think on an hour and a half of sleep. Let me get a few hours more and I’ll give it some thought and see what I can do.”

    “I’d be grateful. Phil, he’s been close to him, the killer. This could be dangerous for you as well. You should think about that before you take this on.”

    “How can I not think about it? If it helps nail this guy I’ll do whatever. It’s personal now. He’s murdered one of my friends. I don’t have that many friends, Michael.”

    “Get some sleep and let me know what you come up with.”

    *****

    Robert had finished his coffee and gone to Henry’s for breakfast. He looked at the faces of the men in their three piece suits and with their briefcases. He didn’t have any feeling that one of them might be his man. He drove deeper into Southeast and stopped at the spot where number eight had been found.

    The day was beyond chilly even with the sun shining. A dust cloud blew from between two buildings as he stood up out of the car. The killer had been here and not long ago. And that’s why Robert was here now.

    There were abandoned buildings scattered around and even during the middle of the day there was little traffic and few vantages where anyone would have an unobstructed view of the space, but of course Andrew Parkson would have been there late at night with his killer. No one would have been around.

    He listened to the traffic a few hundred feet away rushing down South Capitol Street toward the Anacostia River. A taxicab deposited a woman at a nearby corner. She walked directly into one of the occupied buildings.

    People came and went on an irregular basis. The yellow crime scene tape whipped in the cold wind between the few trees to which it had been secured. He knew this marked the spot where the body had been found. He felt obligated to see the place where Andrew Parkson had taken his last breath. He needed to see it.

    When he was somewhere near the middle of where the tape had been strung, his hand went to his temple. It had been getting better. The headaches were mild and infrequent now, but suddenly it throbbed. He rubbed the corner of his eye where the sharp pain settled.

    He squatted to look around the empty field, resting his hand on the dirt for balance as he surveyed the scene. How did he get them to go with him? The question became more puzzling as the body count rose. Was it merely the offer of quick satisfaction?

    He watched a small stubby island of long ago dead grass blowing in the otherwise sea of dirt. His mind drifted back to North Dakota and many such islands that dotted the prairie. He saw his father on horseback and for the first time in six years the specter of home haunted him.

    It was a desolate spot between buildings. He remembered Andrew Parkson’s pick-up line as he surveyed the scene from yet another vantage point. Removing the man’s card from his pocket, he examined it. There was no clue in the salutation. Why hadn’t he talked to Andrew Parkson? Why hadn’t he asked him questions, asked him where he was going, where he had been? Why did he go with this guy?

    Then Robert considered what he knew about the killer and it wasn’t much. What motivated him? Was he like a wild animal taking prey or was it some selection process? He seemed able to roam as he pleased. Where did the hatred come from? Robert stood, there were no answers here in this bare and open space.

    It was mid-afternoon when he got to the apartment door. He turned the handle and let himself in without using his key. “Don’t leave the damn door unlocked,” he bellowed as he charged in.

    “I’m sorry!” Toby said, tensing. He was standing on one leg in front of the sink doing dishes. A towel was wrapped around him with another wrapped around his head, hiding all of his long blond hair.

    “You take another shower? You must be the cleanest kid on the block.”

    “I ain’t been clean in so long I couldn’t help it,” he apologized, still leaning against the sink in a defensive posture. “I won’t if you say don’t. I’m sorry. I just….”

    “Quit saying you’re sorry, for Pete sake.”

    “I’m sorry. I don’t know what else to say. I don’t want to piss you off. I didn’t mean anything by it.” The fear in the boy’s voice made Robert feel a bit like a bully. The kid seemed nothing short of frantic and Robert recognized the symptoms of confusion and insecurity that came from wanting to hold onto something and not knowing how.

    “It’s cool, kid. I’m sorry too. I’m having a bad week is all. I didn’t mean to take it out on you.”

    “How bad could it be? I’m here to do anything you like.” Toby brightened. A warm smile replaced the fearful look as he soaped up a pan in the mounds of suds that had been created in the kitchen sink.

    “What are you washing. I’ve never used pots and pans. I mostly eat take out. What’s that smell?”

    “Oh, I went down to the store and got some stuff. I’m making you a spaghetti casserole for dinner, or lunch if you want it now. It’ll be ready in about twenty minutes. It’s even better heated up later on when the seasonings all work their way through it. That’s why I like it.”

    Robert looked around and his initial irritation was transformed. The bed had been folded back into the couch and all the cushions were arranged with the rips down and the best sides up. The shambles that had taken over shortly after he moved in had been replaced with order and tidiness. “You spend all day cleaning up?”

    “I went shopping and took a shower, but except for that, yeah. It didn’t look like it had been cleaned in a while. I didn’t mean….”

    “Hey, kid, cool it with the sorry bit. I’m not going to bite you. It was such a mess is all, okay. I confess I’m not going to be named housewife of the month. It looks good. It looks great. It even smells better.”

    “Yeah, well, I’ll tell you a secret if you want. If you put the garbage out once or twice a week, it helps keep down the smell and my name is Toby in case you forgot.”

    “I know, Toby. I’m not used to having anyone around,” Robert said, moving closer to the boy. “You are a real find. I’m glad I brought you home.”

    “Just tell me what you want and I’ll do it. I don’t need much if I got a warm place to sleep and some food.” The words were a plea but they came with a sudden move and ended in a hug. Toby buried his face against Robert’s chest. The hug was a tight one but there was an uncertain shiver that came from the boy.

    Robert’s hands and arms became obstacles. He couldn’t return the hug. He did manage to pat Toby’s head as the boy broke the hold, stepping back fast. “I don’t get to be close to anyone very often. I don’t mean anything by it,” Toby said, with his back up against the sink as Robert studied him.

    “Me either and I’m not a big hugger,” Robert explained, defending his position.

    “Whenever I’m close to someone and like them, it’s hard for me not to want to hold on. I think I’m always expecting to be thrown out. That happens a lot. People think they want you when they first see you and than they figure out that they don’t once they been with you.” They were both silent for a few moments, then

    Toby’s thoughts returned to his day’s activities. “Oh yeah, I went to the drug store and got some thread. I sewed up the cuts in your furniture as best I could. I flipped over the cushions cause you can’t really fix them too good. I used the bags you had in the kitchen to get rid of the trash. I hope I didn’t screw up,” Toby said, watching Robert for any sign of approval.

    “No kid, you did just fine. Damn, I didn’t expect you to clean up. I know it was a mess.” Robert looked around the transformed apartment and appreciated the change.

    “Yeah, well, I ain’t no slob. Somebody trusts me to stay at their pad and I try to do my part if I can.”

    “Kid, quit jumping. You did fine. I appreciate you helping out. I didn’t expect it. I’m a little surprised. I thought you were….”

    “A hustler? Low life? I got some pride and I ain’t a criminal because I’m on the street, you know. I do what I got to do so’s I don’t starve. Your stuff is safe with me. I’ll keep an eye on it for you and I won’t take anything. I got one question for you though.”

    “Yeah, you’ve earned a question.”

    “You a cop or something? I saw those uniforms… when I was cleaning up. I mean it ain’t none of my business who you are but I saw them and I was wondering why you had them.”

    “I was working to be a cop but right now I’m not sure what I am. It’s not what I thought.”

    “You was a cop? Sure enough? Those uniforms are the real McCoy, dude? Far out.”

    “Sure enough. The real McCoy.”

    “I wanted to be a cop when I was a kid.”

    “You are a kid, kid.”

    “Kids ain’t seen what I seen and they ain’t done what I done. I thought cops was cool until I got busted a few times. They messed me up good back home. I didn’t think much about it after that,” Toby’s voice tapered off as he remembered where he had been.

    “The mark on my face,” Robert touched it. “A cop did that. Messed me up too.”

    “Honest Injun? He didn’t like you much, huh?”

    “You could say that.” Robert laughed at the words. Yeah, he thought, a real honest Injun. What a joke.

    “He trying to get your brain to come out your other ear?”

    “Never thought of it that way. I suppose it wouldn’t bother him none if he did. He wanted me to stop doing what I was doing and I didn’t stop quick enough to suit him.”

    “That’s why you ain’t so keen on cops anymore?”

    “You can say it opened my eyes some. He mistook me for a gay guy.”

    “Pigs get mean some times. I seen them nail a dude once, I heard the bones in his head crack they hit him so hard. He wasn’t doing nothin’ but hustling. That’s when I left New York. I was scared… more scared after that. Those are bad cops and if they knew I saw what they done… I’d be dead.” Toby shook his head and there was fear in his eyes as he leaned on the sink.

    “Cops are like people, Toby, good ones and bad ones. You can’t judge everyone by one incident.”

    “Was you a good one? Bet you was! What happened anyway?”

    “Person, or cop?”

    “Cop. I seen ya’s a groovy dude. Was ya a good cop is what I’m asking? I know ya was.”

    “I don’t know. I don’t think I was ever a real cop to them. Just hung out to dry when I came down the pike ’cause I was convenient. Now things are so complicated I don’t know what I am any more.”

    “You’d a been a good one. Maybe it’ll work out.” Toby had already made up his mind. He got scared when Robert raised his voice but he felt good being around him. And in spite of that fear he also felt safer.

    “I can’t talk about it right now. It didn’t work out the way I thought it would. I’ll explain it to you sometime. Getting hit changed my mind about a lot of stuff. Maybe he knocked some sense into me.”

    “That’s cool. I don’t want to know nothin’ you don’t want me to know. You ever want to talk about it though, I’m right here.” Toby looked over at Robert with wide eyes and admiration before going over to the stove and popping the oven door open. While he was removing the casserole, the towel came loose and unwrapped from around his waist, falling to the floor. “Damn it,” burst from his lips. “I can’t do anything right. I’m a screw up.”

    Robert moved to pick up the towel while Toby was trying to find a clear place to set down the bubbling dish. Robert wrapped the towel around his waist so that it covered him back up. He tucked it in at one side. It held fine. “There you go kid. Can’t let you walk around with it all hanging out now can we?”

    Toby’s face had gone crimson as the flash of anger passed, leaving him feeling guilty for his outburst. “Thanks.”

    “Don’t worry about it. We all get caught short sometimes.”

    “Yeah, but I’m trying to make a good impression so’s you don’t think I’m some kind a dirt bag. You know what I been doin’ and all,” Toby explained to the soapy water.

    “We all have to do things to get along. You’ve got nothing to be ashamed of. You were dealt a tough hand and you’ve done the best you can with it. Don’t punish yourself any more than you got to. You’ve been punished enough.”

    “You think so?”

    “I know so.”

    “Cool.”

    “It’s what my pappy would say. If you know you can do better, do better, and until you can do better, do the best you can.”

    “He sounds cool, like you.”

    “I don’t think he is much like me. I haven’t seen him in a long time.”

    “Maybe I’ll get to know him one day,” Toby said, feeling better as he watched Robert’s reaction.

    “Maybe I will too. We didn’t like each other much. I mean I loved him but he never cared much for me.”

    “He ever belt you around?”
    “My father? No, he never hit me. He had this look, you know. It could freeze you dead in your tracks. Me anyway. That was all it took if I was screwing up and I was always screwing something up,” Robert remembered for Toby. “You knew when he was pissed all right. It’s funny, I was thinking about him today and now you ask about him. You’re the second person and I hadn’t thought about him in years. Weird huh?”

    “Where is your dad?”

    “Back in North Dakota.”

    “That’s a long way.”

    “You can say that again.” Robert instinctively found himself doing something for Toby that his mother had done for him a thousand times, he took the towel that was starting to unravel from the boy’s head and began to dry his hair.

    Toby stood very still, thinking Robert must like him to be doing that. He felt safe under the strong hands and he hadn’t felt safe in a long time.

    “Thanks,” Toby said, taking the towel.

    “You’ve earned your keep.”

    “Far out. I aim to please.”

    “How long you been on the street?” Robert asked, suddenly struck by the vulnerability of his young ward.

    “A couple a years I guess. You lose track of time.”

    “It must be tough for someone your size?”

    “Size ain’t everything, you know,” Toby said with a crooked smile.

    “That’s what guys say who have it.”

    “You learn how to stay on the right side of things when you’re my size. Most big guys only want to kick your ass at first. After that they get other ideas and you’re safe mostly. I stay away from the mean ones and stick close to the ones what like me. It’s not so bad if you pay attention. I only get hurt when I don’t.”

    “Where’d you get the money to buy the food and the other stuff?”

    “That ten bucks from the old dude you stole from me.”

    “Oh, yeah, Albert. You sure you can cook, kid?”

    “You better hope so.” The spaghetti was steaming in a glass dish Robert hadn’t seen before and the cheese and tomato sauce were thick on top.”

    Robert stuck his finger in the cheese and licked it. “Hey! You got to wait. Sit at the table. Here you can put the bread out and sit down. Be careful. It’s hot.”

    Robert carried the garlic bread to the table and took a cherry tomato from the salad by his plate, popping it into his mouth. Toby carefully brought over the casserole with the one pot holder he found and a towel. He dished up a big gob for Robert and then sat down to watch his face as he dug in.

    Robert was surprised that it was not simply eatable but quite tasty. It reminded him of lasagna, which he loved, and got seldom after his mother died.

    “Look, I want you to remember when I’m not here you need to keep the door locked.”

    “I went out ya know and when I came back in I just forgot.”

    “I’ll leave the key and you can get one made. I’ll leave you some money. I don’t want you spending yours.”

    “I don’t mind if it’s for us.”

    “There is no us, kid. You work for me is all.”

    “Yes, sir. I know,” Toby said, but his wide-open eyes and the sound of his voice told another story that Robert could see and do nothing about.

    “Just don’t get any ideas. I don’t mind having you around but it ain’t permanent. I can’t take you on to raise. I can’t even take care of myself.”

    “That’s cool. Whatever you say. I’ll do laundry if you want? I hung everything in the closet but I could smell some of it needed washing.”

    “Sure, I don’t have any change on me. There’s a place next to the market. Check about getting the buckskin done proper. You don’t want to ruin it. That’s a fine shirt.”

    “Okay! I can get change and the key made at the grocery. That’s no problem.”

    “Keep the door locked.”

    “Yes, sir. Do you like it?” Toby continued to watch him carefully.

    “Do I like it? Does a bear shit in the woods? Give me some more of that crap before it cools down. You can cook kid. Where’d you learn all this stuff.”

    “It ain’t crap. It’s a spaghetti casserole.” Dishing up two more heaping spoons full, Toby smiled as he dug in, not looking up except to grab more garlic bread.

    “When’s the last time you were home?” He asked between bites.

    “When I was your age.”

    “That’s a long time ago.”

    Robert looked at Toby carefully before saying, “Not that long ago.”

    “Why’d you leave?”

    “Mother died. He didn’t want me.”

    Toby’s eyes widened and he had a sudden feeling of comradeship with his benefactor. He figured nothing was the best thing to say about that.

    “I use to screw up. My old man hided me.”

    Robert had seen Toby’s back. He’d figured out where the scars had come from without asking. Hearing the words made him feel queasy. He hated adults who mistreated their kids. “I wasn’t like the other kids. Couldn’t do anything right. The old man was always staring at me, shaking his head.”

    “Really?

    “Look kid, nobody has the right to beat you like that. Not your old man, not anyone, never, you hear? You did what you had to do. You did the right thing.”

    “Did you?”

    “I didn’t get a vote, kid. My old man got the only vote.”

    “You get the guy what done that to your face?”

    Robert looked up from his plate. No, he hadn’t done anything. Yes, it had been a cop and everyday it seemed to become more complicated, but that didn’t change how he felt about it. He’d always fought back as a kid and this was the first time he hadn’t. It was unacceptable. “Not yet,” he replied.

    He cleaned the plate with another slice of garlic bread. He would give up any hopes he had of ever becoming a cop to kick the guy’s ass who had beat him down. There was an anger he didn’t like and didn’t know how to control.

    “You coming home tonight?”

    “You going to be all right if I don’t?”

    “Sure. I’m fine. I got heat, a TV, and food. I’m in heaven, dude.” Toby was low key and waited on Robert at every opportunity. They watched cartoons after Toby did the dishes. They laughed, sipped Coke and made small talk as the afternoon blended into evening.

    They ate sandwiches made from the remainder of the loaf of Italian bread and the fresh salami Toby had the man cut off the roll at the market. Toby thought about the guy who watched him as he waited for the salami. He didn’t remember where he’d seen him before at first, but he knew he had seen him somewhere, and then when he looked back after coming out of the market and saw the man watching him, he remembered the guy in the green car who asked about Bobby. He would have told Bobby, but he wasn’t sure he should bring it up. It didn’t seem that important, running into the same guy twice in the same area, but it had made him feel uneasy both times. He just wasn’t sure he wasn’t making a mountain out of a molehill.

    There was more Coke and easy small talk that went with Gilligan’s Island, and the argument over who was hottest, Marianne or Ginger? Robert showered and changed into his going out clothes as Toby sat in the corner of the couch, being careful to stay out of the way. He wished Robert was staying there with him but he understood he was but a temporary fixture and the man had his own life.

    “You look nice,” Toby said in a quiet reassuring voice.

    “Thanks, squirt. It takes work.”

    “Do you forget my name or do you just call me those things to piss me off.”

    “I don’t usually let anyone hang around me, kid. You might cut me some slack and be thankful I say anything.”

    Toby didn’t answer while doing his best to become part of the scenery but he watched every move Robert made. Being aware of how easy it was to talk your way out of a good thing, he was determined not to make that mistake if he could help it.

    As Robert walked out he picked the key back up telling Toby they would get one made in the morning.

    Chapter 14

    Reaching Out To Touch Someone

    Only after Robert was out the door, did he think about calling Mike. The phone in the apartment hadn’t been working since the break in and he hadn’t reported it to anyone. That didn’t bother him half as much as forgetting to call in. He thought he should have done it on his way home to the apartment but events had started to overwhelm him.

    There were two things troubling Robert Mann. One was distinct and certain, whatever he had in mind when he decided to become a cop, this wasn’t it. At the same time guys like Albert, Phil, and Toby deserved safe streets to walk down and he wanted to make sure they had them.

    He had talked to Mike yesterday and as usual Mike seemed angry with him about something. Maybe it was better if he didn’t call in. There was nothing new he wanted to report anyway. He’d go ahead and make his rounds and call him in the morning.

    It was a dark night and he wore the black coat that he liked but Phil hated. He decided to return to Southeast. He got a beer in Johnny’s where now even the drag queen’s squeals didn’t bother him, but when one put her/his arm around him that did. Examining his beer, he smiled to himself and shook his head while thinking, what a job. He then pushed the beer aside and left. He walked the blocks around the bars, nodding to passersby while having no sense that he was close to the man he most wanted to find.

    He stopped for a second beer in Joanna’s before heading for the Georgetown Grill and a friendly face. Judy was in fast forward, dashing from table to table, retrieving and delivering drinks in some order only she could keep straight. The Grill was always full of laughter and friendly conversation. It reminded Robert of a corner bar in any town USA. There was a feeling of community and warmth inside the small club.

    Judy was all smiles and managed to kiss his cheek as he worked his way up to the bar for one of the dark drafts that tasted so good to him. “Love the look,” Judy whispered in his ear. “Black is your color, handsome.” She was gone in a flash, halfway across the room, the tray hoisted over her head holding a dozen drinks or more as she slipped through the sea of humanity. Her voice could be heard above the rest as she chided, joked, and laughed her happy laughter.

    “Don’t you ever slow down?” Robert asked her as she washed glasses two feet in front of him.

    “Kids don’t get through college by resting. I can rest later.”

    “Your kids are lucky to have a mother like you,” Bobby said, looking at Judy with admiration.

    “Well, thank you very much and I predict whoever gets their hands on you has a prize on their hands, you lovely hunk of man.”

    “I kind of doubt it,” Robert sighed.

    “No doubt about it,” Judy yelled as an abrupt roar went up from the packed bar. “If I was ten years younger you’d be on the top of my Christmas list, sweetie.”

    She raced off after filling beer glasses and collecting the mixed drinks the bartender had left on the corner of the bar.

    Robert watched as the petite friendly beauty once more mingled with her minions. They all seemed delighted to be around her. Robert wished he could be around her more, even though he suspected she might be twice his age.

    People yelled and shouted and laughed as Robert eased himself toward the front door. It flung open and another group of guys spilled in off the street as he stepped down onto the graying sidewalk. He pulled up his collar when a gust of wind ran down his neck.

    The wall was on his mind as he walked. There was something about that wall

    that gave him the sense that it would figure in solving the case. He’d forgotten about the cold by the time he turned right at the first corner and walked away from Wisconsin Avenue and the hustle and bustle of a major downtown artery. Immediately he was in a residential area.

    Two men came toward him as he neared the wall. One looked back but Robert ignored the suggestion he made and kept walking. There were now three boys sitting on the wall, watching for the next car. They all leaned back and hid something between them as Robert approached. It looked a little like a brown paper bag and he suspected someone had bought them booze.

    He stopped, leaping up and turning in mid-air as he sat himself beside them having no feeling that there was any danger near. “What’s happening?”

    “Not much,” the guy furthest from him said, leaning up to take a glance at the new arrival.

    “I’ m Cory. You looking for a date?” The same guy asked, leaning further forward to get a longer look.

    “I really didn’t give it any thought. I’m just resting my legs. What are you doing?”

    They all three found this funny and exchanged laughter among themselves. “You new? A little old for this, huh?” Cory spoke around the other two, leaning to look at Robert some more.

    “Yeah, something like that.”

    “I’ve seen you somewheres before,” Cory added as he squinted to compensate for the too little light.

    “I look like a lot of people,” Robert said.

    “I wish more people looked like you. Take off those glasses for a second. I seen you before.”

    “Nah, the light hurts my eyes.”

    Once again the three laughed at one another and found Robert’s words amusing. The other two boys took quick looks but weren’t as impressed.

    “Seen anyone interesting? Anyone scary?” Robert asked, figuring there was no future in wasting time here.

    “A couple a narcs is the scariest thing I seen,” Cory replied, leaning back on both of his hands.

    “Cool,” Robert said, slipping back down onto the pavement. “Time to split. Nice talking to you.”

    “You sure you don’t want a date?” Cory asked. “I’d pay you!”

    “Sorry. Not tonight.”

    Turning the corner, he left the boys behind. He checked the church on the right for a spot where Toby might have slept.

    The wall slowly declined as he walked away from the hustlers and the big red church came closer to the street. He felt no particular danger or presence that worried him. He had checked for cars on his way to Georgetown after leaving Southeast, but even with the feeling that someone was following him, he’d seen nothing suspicious and now he felt no apprehension at all.

    It was odd because he had stopped listening to his inner voices shortly after arriving in Springfield. In the immense high school with over a thousand students, the voices had become a din that he had trouble silencing. At home he used the voices for guidance and even as company after his mother had died, but in and around so many people, it merely added another element he had to deal with and so he finally shut down that avenue to his other life.

    Now they were back. Not nearly as strong as before and mostly offering warnings when Robert felt himself on uncertain ground. They had returned after the fight behind the bar at the Fraternity House. He wrote it off to his being overly cautious in a new situation but he knew the source and hadn’t resisted their emergence too strenuously because this was new territory.

    The sudden motion, first from the left and then from the alcove on the right, came with no warning. He would later talk to the voices, asking them, where the hell were you when I needed you? But just then there was only time to react with all the skills he’d gained in school and at the police academy, but mostly it was the instinct his father had constantly chided him to use.

    Within a second he knew the man on his left would reach him first. He struck out in that direction making solid contact. Feeling the second attacker close to his right arm, he jammed his elbow into the man’s stomach, dropping him to his knees. Robert leaned back to kick number one in the midsection as he once more came at him. Number two grabbed onto his flowing black trenchcoat, perhaps to steady himself and perhaps to restrain him, but it didn’t matter, Robert came out of his coat as the side of his foot connected with the kneeling man’s head.

    He’d felt the burning at the side of his face as he carried the attack back around to number one, finishing him off with another blow to the belly. Robert recognized a sap when it fell from the first attacker’s hand. He bellowed something as he went down hard, making the sound of a quickly emptying balloon. The only sounds, after that, were the soft moans of the two men who Robert had dispatched without much strain.

    What the hell was that about, Robert wondered, still trying to get his wits about himself and now feeling wobbly? His glasses had broken and all that was left was one black arm that he brushed off his cheek. A sharp pain radiated from his jaw.

    “Hey, dude, you better split before they call their buddies. Them’s cops.”

    “What?” Robert said, unable to reconcile the contradiction.

    “Those two hassled us a half hour ago. Ran us off the wall. We thought they left. They usually don’t come back after flexing their muscles for us. Come on, we’ll show you a place where you can lay low. Business is closed for tonight that’s for sure.”

    Robert was confused. Cops? That was crazy. Why would cops be on his case again? He wasn’t doing anything but walking down the street. It made no sense but getting out of there made plenty.

    He tried to remember the sound that one of them made just before all hell broke loose. Was it, hey man, or had it been, hey Mann? He tried to play the sound back in his head but things had happened too fast and he couldn’t be sure. He was only defending himself. There was a killer loose and you didn’t charge at people without identifying yourself, even if they were cops.

    The three boys ran ahead of him in the middle of the street, laughing loudly into the now silent night, describing the fight to one another as they went. They giggled and repeated the sounds they had heard and then they repeated it all over again with louder laughs.

    “That one went OOOOOOOoosh.”

    The boys all laughed and skipped delightedly until they could go no further without entering the woods that bordered Rock Creek Parkway. They ducked in between two houses just short of the trees, moving a large four by eight sheet of plywood that gave them access to the house. They scooted down into the basement indicating for Robert to follow.

    The hiss of the fuel announced the light of a Coleman lantern that gave a warm glow to the room. There were cushions spread around for seating with crates for tables. There were blankets spread out on the floor.

    “Man, you sure put a hurtin’ on them dudes. Where’d you learn to fight like that? That’s Matt and Ben,” Cory introduced the other two. “Did they do that to your face? They got their licks in huh?”

    “Nah, that was last week’s fight. That got me a good one on my jaw though.”

    “You a wanted man or what? What did they want with you?”

    “Got me. I wasn’t doing anything. Just taking a walk.”

    “I ain’t never seen no one take on two pigs before. They know to bring reinforcements next time. You a bad mother.”

    “Just minding my own business,” Robert said as he worked his jaw.

    “Yeah! Right! You can stay here with us if you want. I wouldn’t go out there tonight. Them dudes got lots of buddies. They catch your ass, you’re dead meat.”

    “You sure they were cops?”

    “Man, they drove up in a big black car. They went around the block and disappeared until you showed up. It’s like they was expecting you. You sure you ain’t done something weird.”

    “How do you know they were cops?” Robert asked. “Just cause they said so?”

    “I know pigs when I see ’em. It’s the smell…. and I saw the badge on one of their belts. You should check before you start swinging. They’ll be looking for you for sure. It’s safe here. No one knows about it but us. They just boarded it up last week.”

    Cory’s hand slipped down onto the inside of Robert’s thigh as he examined the latest marks on his face. The hand became dislodged when Robert stood.

    “Look, I appreciate the hospitality. I’m suddenly feeling trapped down here. Nothing personal. I just need some fresh air.”

    “No problem. No one ain’t going to bother you if you say not,” Cory assured him. “You shouldn’t go back out there. Cops are mean bastards.”

    “Yeah, I know, but I just feel like moving on.”

    “Be careful. Those guys catch up with you and I wouldn’t want to be in your shoes. Man you sure as hell took care of them. I wish I could fight that good. You’re bad even when you’re good, dude,” Cory said with admiration.

    “OOOOOOOshhhhh!” Matt said as the other two boys rolled around the floor, grabbing their sides as the laughter started all over again.

    The sounds died away after Robert pulled himself back out of the basement. He clutched his side where another sharp pain originated. Had he been hit there? He had no memory of it. He never remembered anything about a fight after he was in one, only having the word of the witnesses to go on. Everything just went black after the first punch was thrown.

    He moved through the trees and ran across Rock Creek Parkway, checking to make sure the “P” Street bridge was just to his left where he calculated it would be. Entering the woods on the far side of the parkway, he started up the hill using the trees for assistance.

    He had it in his mind to come out near “P” Street, walk briskly but not run, until he reached the Circle. He’d jog across it, making sure no one was tailing him, and only then he’d head for 19th Street and the safety of home. He would return for his car in the morning. He didn’t want to risk crossing paths with the two guys that jumped him tonight.

    Dead leaves crunched and twigs snapped under his feet, as he pulled himself up the steepest slope on the hill. The moon was high enough and bright enough so that he could see the field above him. With the most difficult part of the climb behind him, he focused on where he would come out on to the field. A sudden pain interrupted his momentum.

    Grabbing onto a tree with one hand and his right temple with the other, he swayed, almost falling. He was paralyzed; couldn’t move, couldn’t breathe, disoriented. The pain passed through his eye and went out the back of his brain. It was only after it had faded that he remembered where he was and what he was doing.

    He didn’t consider finishing his climb right away. He stood, letting his breathing return to normal. Looking around, he felt danger close to him and a sense of fear. He listened to the empty night before looking back up toward the field. He wasn’t certain where the sense of fear was coming from. It wasn’t his fear.

    He knew that no one could follow him in the woods at night. He’d hear them making the same sounds that he made. Except for the occasional car on the parkway below, there was only silence and the sound of his heavy breathing.

    Once more he forced his attention back to the hill as his hand examined the side of his face for some clue to why the pain picked that time to kick up again. He took a few careful steps and then finished the climb.

    He looked back at the woods when he reached the field above, and felt the evil was close, but he knew there was no one there, nothing human anyway. He thought about the pain. This was twice in one day. It had been only an occasional annoyance until that morning. Maybe it was the latest fight and the stress of being on the run. But there had been no stress this morning.

    He walked the fifty paces to “P” Street swiftly and turned right toward the Circle, making sure to slow his steps to avoid suspicion. He passed the college housing and noticed that no one was on the street, although cars passed him. He didn’t wait for the light when he dashed across.

    He passed the empty alley that led back to the Frat House before working his way up to the Circle, jogging across it and up 19th Street without being as careful as he wanted. He stopped at the gate to take one last look up and down the block before going into the apartment.

    Once inside he leaned back on the door, feeling both shaken and relieved. Yet again he’d crossed paths with the cops and once again the meeting had gone badly. While he felt too close to evil for comfort, he was no longer certain what direction it was coming from or why people were trying to hurt him. It made no sense.

    Toby didn’t stir when Robert slipped into bed, but earlier he had heard each sound that broke into the safety of the apartment. Once he fell asleep he was dead to the world and it took quite a disturbance to rouse him.

    Robert found himself listening carefully each time a car moved up the block past the apartment. It had rained and the water sizzled on the tires but no one stopped near the building and he finally drifted off. An abrupt awakening didn’t amuse him at all.

    “What the…. Get off me,” Robert moaned swatting Toby back away from his side. “What are you doing?”

    Toby wasn’t deterred and moved right back up to the unhappy man. Robert felt something very cold being forced against the side of his face. Toby was holding the ice in place, leaning back away just in case the angry arm came back at him with more force the next time.

    “Get off me. What are you doing?”

    “That eye is going to close if you don’t take care of it. You only got the other one half open as is. Just leave it on for a few minutes. It’ll help keep the swelling down.”

    “You got up to do this?” Robert complained, looking to see daylight behind the closed blinds.

    “It’s almost noon. I been up. Your breakfast was getting cold so’s I ate it for you. Then I came over to see if you was alive because you haven’t made a sound. That’s when I saw your face. Ouch!”

    “Oh.”

    “You need a body guard or something, you know. You’re a mess.”

    “You haven’t seen the other guy,” Robert said.

    “I seen you. I don’t need to see no one else. Someone out to get you or what?”

    “Looks that way. I can hold the ice. Does it look bad?”

    “Don’t look good. The ice will help but it’s already black and blue and it swoll up on you. You should of woke me up and I’d a iced it last night.”

    “I was too tired. Thanks.”

    “No problem. Good thing I was here, huh?”

    “Yeah,” Robert said, mussing Toby’s hair. He worked his jaw to make sure it was still in operation.

    “Will you quit with the hair already. That ain’t cool. It’s hard enough to keep it neat.”

    “Yeah, how about that breakfast you ate? Anymore where that came from? I’m starved.”

    “Cool. I can dig it. Eggs, bacon, potatoes, coffee, and toast?”

    “Yeah, that sounds fine with me.”

    After eating, Robert showered and shaved and considered going down to the Hubbard House to try to explain things to Fran but decided that wasn’t a good idea. He figured he would let things cool off for a few days.

    Robert hailed a cab and picked up his car. There wasn’t any sign that it had been tampered with. He drove past Albert’s on the way home and wanted to stop for some of that incredible coffee but decided he would call later to say hello and to explain how busy things were.

    That evening Robert decided to meet with Phil at the Frat House to see how he was holding up. He was considering coming out to Phil as a cop so that he might intercede for him with Fran, thinking it could make a difference if she knew the truth. He no longer had the feeling that keeping it from Phil was all that big a deal.

    It took two hours and two breaks for Robert and Phil to end up outside in the alley. He made up his mind that this was his chance to come clean. Just as he opened his mouth, three guys came roaming past the alley.

    “Hi Bobby. You look nice tonight,” one man said and the other’s giggled as they all ran into one another trying to get into the door as Robert watched.

    “You sure are popular.”

    “Don’t remind me,” Robert said, trying to stop blushing.

    “They don’t have many heroes.”

    “I’m no hero.”

    “You and I know that but those poor boobs don’t.”

    “Look, I didn’t come out here to argue.”

    “I can believe that. Looks like you lost the last few.”

    “Phil, I’m a cop.” Robert took a deep breath and dove into his prepared speech. He’d done it now and he wasn’t sorry. The sound of the word didn’t make him feel as proud as he once imagined it would. “Look, Phil, I’m straight. I’m not gay.”

    “News flash! Tell me something I don’t know. Well, that explains everything but that little boy at your place, but lots of straight guys keep little boys around just in case.”

    “It’s not what you think. I couldn’t just leave him on the street. It’s dangerous out there. I owed him.”

    “Why are you telling me this? What do you want from me?”

    “Phil,” Robert leaned on his arm up against the building as he faced him. “I don’t want anything.”

    “We all want something,” Phil said. “You’re not telling me this just to make mother the best informed piano player at the Frat House. What do you want and where did you get the new marks on your face? I thought it was healing. You’ve got them on both sides now Bobby!”

    “My face is no big deal. I was jumped.”

    “Again? Not the cops again?”

    “I’m not sure who it was. Could be.”

    “Look, I’m not talking to Fran for you if that’s what this true confession is all about. She’s been jerked around enough. You’ve got a lot of nerve thinking you can waltz up here and get me to be your dating service. What do you think I am?”

    “Phil, what do I have to do? What do you want?”

    “What I really want is for you to stay up at my place. I’ve already had a key made. The bedroom door has a lock on it, but you didn’t use it the first night you stayed up there, so you know your perfectly safe. I’d prefer not to be alone right now. For that I might consider speaking with Fran on your behalf. She’s convinced you’re a jerk and I don’t know yet how to convince her otherwise.”

    “I didn’t do anything. She jumped to conclusions.”

    “Yeah, that’s what they all say. She knows a turkey when she sees one.”

    “Phil, it could be dangerous having me hang around. I’m not sure you weren’t right about me being followed the other day.”

    “So!”

    “That doesn’t scare you?”

    “It scares the hell out of me. I’m so scared I might pee my panties but I won’t stop living. While we’re at it, I want to make sure you understand me.”

    “This ought to be good.”

    “Stay away from Fran until this is over and I’ll talk to her. If it’s dangerous enough you’re warning me, she doesn’t need to be involved. Use your big head instead of the little one for a change.”

    “I like Fran a lot!”

    “Good, then we agree. Here’s the key to my place. You know the bedroom. Get rid of that little boy before he gets hurt! You should know better. I don’t care what you owe him.”

    “He doesn’t have any place to go. I can’t just dump him. Everyone dumps him. I feel sorry for him. He’s a good guy. He only needs a break.”

    “Okay, I’ll find someone to take him off your hands. That shouldn’t be hard.”

    “Yeah, look, I’m not going back inside with you. I think I’ll roam over to Southeast. See if anything’s happening over there. I’ve had enough adoration for one night.”

    “You better make the most of it while you can. It doesn’t last long.”

    “I hope.” Robert started walking down the alley toward “P” Street and Phil yelled after him, “You coming in tonight, dear. I’ll leave a light on for you.”

    “Ohhhhh!” Came a catcall from the alley opening. “You go Phil. Nice catch. Night Bobbeeee.”

    “Maybe,” Robert said, shoving his hands into his pockets, trying to get away before anyone else recognized him.

    Robert didn’t feel anything when he walked by the Plus 1. He thought about going into one of the bars but ended up walking the streets. It was cold and damp and had spit rain again. He missed his black trenchcoat and had no feeling that he was at all close to the Strangler or anything else. He finally gave up and headed toward Phil’s.

    Just after 2 a.m. Robert was letting himself in. Phil was sitting reading in his easy chair with a pink robe and the bunny rabbit slippers. Reading glasses rested down on his nose as a cup of tea steamed at his elbow. “Rough night?” Phil said, as he looked up over top of his glasses at the bruised face.

    “Just more of the same. Everything is so bizarre in some of those places, I think the Strangler would fit in smoothly. Who would be able to recognize him if he wasn’t wearing a sign?” Phil found the thought uncomfortable and smiled politely before going back to his reading.

    “There’s a pot of tea on the stove. Fresh brewed.”

    “No thanks. I think I’ll hit the hay.”

    He moved down the hall and turned into the room he only slightly remembered.

    *****

    The DC Strangler knew where Robert Mann lived. He’d been inside his apartment. He’d found out his secret. It was like the rabbit following the fox that thought he was chasing the rabbit. He was doing God’s work and in his infinite wisdom God had led him to Officer Robert Mann’s apartment so he wasn’t killed by mistake. Now Officer Mann led him to people deserving of his special attention.

    The hand of the Lord had been on him as he stifled the life out of the unclean. He had gotten special pleasure squeezing the life out of the pervert that meant to seduced the young police officer. That pervert would seduce no other. Then there was the piano player that guided Mann through the night. He’d watched Robert drop him off and was sure he had found his nest of filth. But it wasn’t him, it was another like him that he had taken last.

    The mistake had slowed his momentum. He had been shocked when the story identified the dead man. How could he have been wrong? But then he realized that God didn’t always consult him before setting the wheels of judgment in motion. That pervert had died because it was his time to die. He’d only done the Lord’s will in the Lord’ time. The piano player’s time would come soon.

    He’d been careful to follow the piano player to his apartment the very next night. He’d keep his eye on him until he felt the time was right to start anew. He’d know when. He’d watch and wait.

    While he wouldn’t hesitate killing anyone who got in his way, he hadn’t been chosen to kill innocents. But how many were truly innocent after all? He knew God would protect anyone deserving of protection while keeping him on the path of righteousness. He knew he was being protected because he got no feeling that the police suspected just how close he was.

    Robert Mann was in no danger as long as he stayed out of the way. Mann had become a pawn to help him complete his task. God’s wrath was meant for the sons of Sodom. He’d watched him bring home the boy who was yet another tempter that might seduce Mann to the side of evil. He thought of how easy it could be to slip into the apartment, but the time wasn’t right. He’d watch and wait and strike when the way was clear.

    Sitting in front of the green apartment building gave him a feeling that everything was under control. He did find it difficult not to go inside again but it wasn’t time to exorcise someone that close to Mann. Maybe that’s why the piano player was still alive and another sodomite died in his place. It was a special kind of judgment that had been prepared for them, he thought, laughing openly and loudly. Passersby moved along the sidewalk a few feet away. They had no clue of the power of the man who sat in the car. For he was the destroyer, the taker of lives, the right hand of God, and he knew it was good.

    The engine of the green sedan came to life. The car slowly eased away from the curb and up 19th street.

    *****

    Robert slept on the green satin sheets for the second time but had no memory at all of the first night he’d spent at Phil’s. The room was all done in shades of green, even the walls were evergreen and for some reason he saw Commander Brown. He better call in before he left Phil’s. He’d leave out the sordid details and not bother to speak about his latest clash with his brothers in blue.

    The excellent lighting in the bathroom gave him an opportunity to examine the bruises more carefully. He thought there was likely to be a mark from the corner of the eyebrow to where it disappeared in the scalp where the baton had connected. It was still a little sore to the touch but the persistent headaches and throbbing had mostly disappeared. The new mark was more dense and he worked his jaw to make sure it hadn’t gotten worse. The bruise wasn’t nearly as serious but it had turned such a deep blue that it looked black and the swelling was apparent.

    Phil was sitting at the dinning room table, feet propped up on another chair, pink robe, and pink slippers in place. There was a colorful scarf wrapped around his head and two pink hair clips held some protruding hair. He had the paper opened and didn’t look up from it. “I put a cup out for you. Coffee’s in the percolator.”

    Robert reached for the extra cup. There was a pink pig standing on it’s hind legs holding a cup like the cup Robert held. It was clad in a white collar and red tie with a derby hat on it’s head. There was a chuckle from Robert and a head shake, “You pick this out especially for me?”

    “Yeah, thought you’d enjoy it.”

    “Thanks.”

    Robert carefully prepared his coffee with the cream and sugar that was placed beside the pot. He turned to sit at the table and Mike Connell had appeared from somewhere. Shaking his head, he wondered if he was still asleep.

    “You stay last night too?” Robert said, after processing the fact that he was really there. “Why am I too dense to see a set up? Thanks Philip, I have a long memory.”

    “Inexperience,” Connell said bluntly. “The most dangerous man in the world is one who thinks he knows what he’s doing and doesn’t have a clue.”

    “Where were you hiding?” Robert said to his coffee before placing the spoon beside the cup and taking a seat at the far end of the table so both Phil and Mike were in front of him.

    “You walked right past me. See what I mean. Inexperience. What if I had been him?” Connell’s words came with a bite.

    Robert looked into the dark living room. The only light flooded out of the dining room. The drapes were pulled tight and little other light got into the room. The easy chair was turned and facing the dining room and Robert suspected he had walked within a foot of Connell, never seeing him. For some reason the knowledge wasn’t at all comforting.

    “Phil.” Connell said.

    “Don’t you think I’ve earned a right to know what the hell is going on.”

    “Phil.” Connell said again, stepping aside so Phil had room to exit.

    Connell took his time preparing his coffee. He wore a long black raincoat that covered all but the shiny black shoes and the final twelve inches of his blue trousers. He sat at the opposite end of the table and they both drank the coffee.

    “I see you evened out your face. Two black eyes are better than one, I suppose. You don’t look like the same guy.”

    “Courtesy of the local police department,” Robert said, failing to hold onto the information.

    “Come on.”

    “They jumped me on the ‘meat rack’ in Georgetown. There were some hustlers who saw it. They said the cops had just hassled them just before they came after me.”

    “Yeah, well that explains the warrant for your arrest. I guess I only need to look at who swore it out to find the culprits. It seemed so simple.”

    “They swore a warrant on me?”

    “Cops tend to take it personal when someone kicks shit out of them. Their story is they approached you to question you about what you were doing there. You attacked them.”

    “Get real. They never identified themselves. They came at me.”

    “It is real. Brown’ll take care of it when I figure out how to tell him,” Connell said, stirring and stirring his coffee as he watched the swirling brown liquid.

    “Will he take care of them?” Mann asked.

    “Don’t get all bent out of shape. We’ve got to be careful. They don’t know you’re on the same payroll as they are. I don’t know he’s going to let that out right now. We’re standing on some pretty shaky ground here and I’m responsible for whatever happens, but Commander Brown is going to take the heat.”

    “And I’m all you got.”

    “Why didn’t you tell me about number eight? Don’t you think that might have been a good piece of information for me to have? And number nine, you know what that means?”

    “Not now. I thought I knew what it meant. I figured he knows who I am because of the paper. I’m a fucking target and you’ve led me up here to Phil’s. You think of that?”

    “Everyone knows who you are.”

    “That wasn’t my doing. You cops arranged that.”

    “Number nine might not quite see it that way,” Connell said, stirring and watching Mann. “Why the hell didn’t you tell us? That’s why I am here. We had to talk and I wasn’t sure you were going to call.”

    “I never gave it that much thought, except I knew he was close. I could almost feel him that day. But feelings didn’t seem to be what you wanted to hear. You said call if I had something.”

    “That is my fault and I was wrong. I should have listened to you. Now Brown wants you off the case.”

    “What do you want? You know I’m close to this guy.”

    “No, he’s close to you. There is a difference. He knows who you are.” Connell sipped his coffee while he looked at a more self-assured Mann. The street was seasoning him but Connell knew the dangers.

    “I want you to be careful. If he is following you, you let me handle that. You go about your business, circulate, act like you don’t have clue. Don’t make it too easy on the guy and keep your eyes open for a face, a car, something that keeps turning up. That’s where he’ll make his mistake.”

    “I don’t want you setting yourself up as a target. As tempting as that might be, I don’t think that’s a good idea. He’s been close to you and he’ll get close again. Don’t push him. If you’re tempted to do that, remember, you walked past my elbow and never knew I was there. If I had been him…. Don’t go off on your own.”

    “He’s been in my apartment.”

    “What?” Connell leaned forward and listened carefully. The expression on his face revealed his alarm.

    “My apartment was broken into a couple of days ago. Nothing was taken.”

    “Is anything there?”

    “Yeah! Everything I got’s there.”

    Connell stared at the wall and leaned back in the chair, easing his legs out in front of him, crossing them at the ankle as he pondered the news.

    “So he knows? That’s the piece that was missing.”

    “I’m sure of it. I couldn’t prove it in a court of law but the only things that looked as though they weren’t touched were the box where I keep my police ID and my service revolver, the one you don’t want me carrying, and the clothes bag I brought from the academy. It was too obvious. He’s either very confident or he wanted me to know. I think he wanted me to know.”

    “Or both. We should have taken precautions. This is something I hadn’t figured on,” Connell said, considering the next move. “This guy is good.”

    “Who’d know my picture would be plastered all over the papers? Why would he come in and not take anything? He was snooping. Have any of the victims been burglarized first? I might should know that.”

    “Good thinking. I’ll get on it.”

    “I don’t like being watched. I led him right to nine and that pisses me off.”

    “Gives him power. He’s in control. I’ll check on the burglary angle. I’d bet this guy’s too careful to do anything predictable. You were a special case he was drawn to and that’s what got him into your apartment. He wanted to get close to you before he killed you.”

    “That’s still pretty bold no matter the reason,” Robert thought out loud.

    “He wants to prove he’s smarter than we are. Believe me he wasn’t expecting to find out you were a cop. I better put someone on your apartment. If he’s coming back there we might get lucky.”

    “Cops? You’re going to put cops on me?”

    “You are a cop, Mann. You don’t judge other cops. What else can I do? Want me to get you a couple of hippies? The guy is a cold blooded killer. He’s not done with you. He’s like a cat with a mouse. You’re fun to play with, except now he knows.”

    “Hippies might not be so prone to jumping me for no reason. I don’t want cops anywhere near me. I don’t trust them and I’ll disappear if I see one.”

    “I’m a cop.”

    “You hear me? No cops! I’ve got a feel for this guy. I know when he’s around and I know when he isn’t. Besides, you put cops on me and he’ll know. No cops and I’ll do whatever you want.”

    Connell felt a chill run through him. He didn’t trust Mann’s judgment and Mann no longer trusted the only protection he could provide for him. Connell could order Mann out but he knew he wouldn’t and he wasn’t sure Mann would listen if he did. He’d heard stories of cops going undercover and never getting back from the role they were required to play.

    “You’re a sitting duck, Mann. He knows where you live.” Connell looked at Mann as he spoke and knew, if Mann looked in his rearview mirror and thought he saw a cop, he’d no longer trust him either. There was no easy answer and he wasn’t ready to give up on the idea of keeping Mann undercover. Mann had been close to the Strangler and Connell had no doubt he would be close again. The trick would be to keep him alive long enough so they could catch the guy.

    “No cops. You pull me off this thing if you think you need to put cops on me. I don’t know who I can trust.”

    “This guy can decide you’re next at any time, Mann,” Connell sipped before and after he spoke, watching Robert carefully, trying to read him.

    “I’ll take my chances with the queers and the killer. At least I know where they stand. The guy could have gotten me instead of Andrew Parkson. He didn’t for a reason. He was obviously there. I’m betting he doesn’t want me but he wants me to feel he’s there, especially now that he knows.”

    “Parkson was before the break-in?”

    “Yeah. Before.”

    “He’s toying with you all right. You’re famous. That picture got his attention. It took him away from his game plan. I hate to say it, but you’re now the wildcard in all this.”

    “He didn’t figure me for a cop.”

    “Yeah, he was trying to unnerve the local hero when he picked up that little tidbit. I wonder what went through his mind.”

    “He’s killing gay guys. I’m not gay. I think he’s figured that out.”

    “It could be that simple, Mann, but why just gay guys? He can’t be sure. There’s only one way to know for sure. Most of my friends are married or have been. Why not a cop now and again if you’re a killer?” Connell thought aloud as he looked for clues inside of clues. “What if a cop gets too close? Would he kill him or ask him about his sexuality first?”

    “Let’s hope he doesn’t change his MO.”

    “Yeah, we’d be mightily embarrassed should you wake up dead one morning.”

    “Thanks a lot. I’d be a whole lot more than embarrassed but I think I can handle this guy.”

    “That’s what worries me. Get out of that apartment. That’s a setup for this asshole.”

    “I’ve got somebody watching it for me.”

    “Jesus, Mann, get that somebody out of there too. Don’t you understand? He wants to show you he’s smarter than you are and I see nothing that convinces me he isn’t right. No one is safe there. He’d take pleasure in killing someone that close to you. It would prove how skilled he is and how inept we are.”

    “I don’t think he’ll be back. That would really be dumb. He’ll expect some kind of surveillance.”

    “I’ll play along with you for the time being but you’ve got to play along with me. I’ll leave Brown out of the loop on some of this stuff. You keep me advised. Don’t make me come looking for you again. We’re on the same team.” Connell took a long look at his subordinate between sips of coffee. He knew he should drop Robert Mann. It was becoming too risky but he wanted his plan to work, not just for his own sake but for the Commander.

    “You’ve done a good job in spite of yourself. I see a real change in your attitude. You’re becoming more professional. I wasn’t sure a rookie could cut it, but you’re an important part of the investigation now. We’re depending on you. We’re only going to get this guy when he makes a mistake. You’re going to be in the best position to catch him when he does.”

    “Exactly. The rest of your cops don’t care as far as I can tell.”

    “It’s true. Cops might not respond as quickly as we might like under certain circumstances. They are human and they’ve been programmed in a certain way. The last generation of cops was brought up thinking it was fine sport to beat the shit out of gay men. Teach them a little lesson. Give them an incentive to change their ways. What are cops for anyway?”

    “That’s strange coming from you. You don’t seem the least bit outraged that they beat up men for no other reason than they don’t like them. They’re cops!”

    “It hasn’t been that long ago, it was a crime being homosexual. There was a certain logic involved when they were busting their heads. It was an object lesson of sorts. Instead of arresting them and ruining them by making their perversion public, they hurt them to make them understand. It was all quite honorable… unless you were the guy getting your head busted. Then it might seem a bit harsh.”

    “That still sounds strange coming from you.”

    “I’m still a cop. I still see what cops see.”

    “You can’t justify beating people up for being in a gay bar,” Robert said, absently feeling the side of his face as he was speaking. “Sometimes they’re wrong when they think everyone in a gay bar is gay.”

    “I never said I condone it. I said, I understood the logic behind it. I understand how it got that way.”

    “Well I’ve done it without any help from the cops so far.”

    “You just can’t afford to go it alone on this. If you want to end up a cop you’ve got to play ball. I’ll take care of your latest misadventure and get the warrant purged. Brown has to know about that one. There’s no way I can get it done myself without setting off the bells and whistles of the bureaucracy. He’ll yell a lot and threaten some punishment worse than death, but I’ll keep him on board if I can.”

    “I didn’t do anything. They came at me. I didn’t know they were cops until the damage was done. I’m not sorry I defended myself. They’d have gladly stomped me into the ground. I’m about sick of being their whipping boy. I’m not standing there and letting them beat up on me.”

    “Yeah, well, when you’re reassigned, maybe you’ll get to explain that to them if you end up in their precinct house, huh? They say it happened different than what you say. There are two of them. You see the problem.”

    “Yeah, well I got witnesses that saw it.”

    “High class citizens no doubt. Willing to come to the aid of the downtrodden. You’ve got a lot to learn, Mann. You don’t know what you’re up against. People believe cops because they’re cops.”

    “I’m a cop.”

    “Yeah, there is that. How did I get myself into this mess?”

    “You want to solve this case and you know the cops assigned to it could give a shit less. I’ll do the job and they won’t. That’s why.”

    “What Bland did to you was wrong and he’ll be dealt with at an appropriate time. We’ll send the strongest possible message about gay bashing. The other two might be a bit more problematic.”

    “Not on my account you won’t! Not those other cops either. You’re not putting it on me.”

    “It has nothing to do with you. It has to do with their actions and the consequences. Those other cops will see the error of their ways after Brown is done with them. You came out a lot better than either of them.”

    “I won’t go against another cop if they don’t force me. No way.”

    “Once we’ve caught this guy, the city will need to heal. The gay community will be watching us. If they’re ever going to trust the police we’ve got to give them something to show our good faith.”

    “Don’t ask me to be a part of it.”

    “Where’d you learn to fight like that? Those guys were a mess once you got done with them.”

    “I had to fight every day when I was a kid. Something about my skin totally pissed people off.”

    “In North Dakota?”

    “Yeah, on the res. Funny thing was, I ended up in the public school because I couldn’t get along in the Indian School. Then I had to fight with them because of my hair. It was coal black and went halfway down my back.”

    “Why not cut it?”

    “I was Arikara. I wasn’t bowing down to no white boys.”

    “Now?”

    “I don’t know what I am anymore. I think I know and then….”

    Connell uncrossed his legs and stood up, looking quite tall and looming in the black coat. “That’s out of both of our hands. We’ve got to catch this guy and you be whatever it is you’ve got to be to do it.”

    “I can feel him, you know.”

    “That’s all you have?”

    “Yeah, that’s all right now. I feel him sometimes. I get a feeling he’s watching. I can’t explain it but something always happens. I don’t understand it yet.”

    “Don’t be giving me no Voodoo shit from your redskin ancestors. We’re cops, not Shamen.”

    “It’s not Voodoo.” Mann was surprised by the word. He was getting better at playing the game but there were still things that confused him. He didn’t want anyone else to die on his watch and he was sure he was in the best possible position to stop the killer.

    Connell felt the same way even with Mann’s lack of experience and his independent attitude. Things had played out better than he could have hoped but it was a lot more dangerous for his rookie than he had anticipated.

    “We’ve got to reconsider everything. First, the gun and the ID in that shoe box. Start carrying them on you. I think we’re both on the same track. I want you to keep me advised but lay low a few days, stay off the street until I can clear this warrant thing up.”

    “I’m all ears. Tell me what you want. I’ll do my best to give it to you.”

    “Next, clear out of here and stay away from Phil. Clear out of your apartment if you won’t let me protect you there.

    “Got it.”

    “Is there a place where you can go that no one knows about? I don’t have to know where it is. A place where you can lay low? Give it three days and I’ll tell you if you can come out or not or if I need more time on the warrant.”

    “Let me think about it. There is one place no one knows about but me.”

    “Good! I feel better. Here’s some extra cash. Here’s a card with my home phone number and address. You use it if anything goes wrong. I wouldn’t advise you to use Brown’s number unless you have a death wish. I’m all that’s keeping you out here right now and we need to work together. He believes in both of us but Lord knows why. I think we owe him our best shot but I don’t want him involved in these decisions. This is all on my dime, Mann. I want to keep him in the clear if I can.”

    “Got it.”

    “It will shake the Strangler up when you move. Do it in a way that he can’t follow. Drive up a few streets and down a few alleys. Don’t park the car in front of where you’re staying.”

    “Give me some credit. I’ll ditch the car. I’ve got my own out in Virginia. No reason I can’t drive that.”

    “Something nice and plain that will blend in so it isn’t easy for him to spot you, I hope. They call it undercover for a reason.”

    “Yeah, I know.”

    “Good idea. Keep my card on you in case you get into trouble again. You seem to have a natural attraction to trouble. Be careful and stay in touch. Only use Phil to contact me if there is no other way. I’d like to keep him out of it until we get this guy.”

    “Got it,” Mann said, picking up the large roll of bills as Connell disappeared into the living room and out the front door, neither man being sure he was being told everything the other one knew.

    “Can I come out of the closet?” Phil asked from the hall.

    “I don’t think that’s been an issue for you for some time.”

    “Yes, a lot of the boys tell me that,” and May West was back in his voice. “So, I’ve used up all my credibility with the strong silent one?”

    “You could have told me it was a setup, Phil. I don’t like being blind sided.”

    “Yes, but would you have hung around if I had? I was asked not to tell.”

    “Yeah, well, I appreciate the bed. It’s more comfortable than mine.”

    “That fold away job or do you have one stashed away somewhere else in that expansive apartment?”

    “The police don’t rent expensive apartments. I’m sure they picked the couch up along side the curb somewhere in Southeast after an eviction. The springs in that thing are deadly.”

    “Bobby, be careful. Don’t do anything foolish. You’ve got a key. I’m not so scared I wouldn’t help you if you need it. Don’t listen to Mike. He thinks he can protect all of us. You come here if anything happens.”

    “You’ve been watching too many movies. I’m not doing anything foolish, but thanks for worrying about me. I’ll be fine.”

    *****

    Mike Connell had shed his black raincoat before going up to the office. He was surprised to see Detective Pollard seated near his desk. “I just talked to Bland. He said you had a doctor’s appointment. You get lost?”

    “Don’t start. I need to talk to Brown.”

    “Well, the commander is a little busy. I clear his meetings and you aren’t on his schedule. Perhaps if you care to level with me, and explain why you’re lying to your partner, maybe I can work you in.”

    “It’s Bland. I want another partner. I don’t care if it means I’m off this deal. I don’t care what it means. I’m tired of tiptoeing around him. Since his wife left him he’s worse, and I’m becoming a basket case trying to stay out of his way. I’m tired of baby-sitting your bad boy.”

    “So what did he do to deserve this? I just talked to him two hours ago and he was as happy as a clam.”

    “Yeah, he’s like the eye of the hurricane. The guy is crazy and I’m not crazy enough to want to deal with him. I let him have his way but I’m getting tired of it. I want off. I want another partner.”

    “He had some ideas about getting another car so you two could split up for even more of each day. I gave him my okay. Maybe if you go along with that, it’ll work for you and we don’t have to do a lot of paperwork.”

    “You’re telling me I can’t see Brown?”

    “Commander. Pollard is out here. Has a problem only you can solve.”

    “I’ve got a schedule. He know anything about schedules and phones? He’s got two minutes and it better be worth my goddamn time.”

    Connell stuck his hand out, palm up, to indicate Pollard should make the journey down the hall, but after hearing the tone of Brown’s voice, he suddenly wasn’t so sure he wanted to go.

    “In.” Brown was sitting at the desk looking over the top of his glasses at the new arrival as he came in the door. I’d ask you to take a seat but you aren’t going to be here long enough to sit down.”

    Pollard stiffened to attention in front of his boss.

    “Cat got your tongue or you just come here to memorize what my black ass looks like? The clock is ticking. You got a minute left.”

    “No, sir. I came about Bland.”

    “Don’t even! He’s already on my shit list. That where you’re aiming to go, son. You really want to go there?” Brown’s attention was all on Pollard now.

    “He’s nuts. I can’t deal with him anymore. I like my job and I can’t do it while trying to stay out of his way. I want another partner or a reassignment, Commander. That’s it.”

    “Oh! That’s it?” Brown watched the cop in front of him squirm under his gaze as he thought about his words. “Keep an eye on him for me. He’s not my favorite cop right now. I’m aware of the situation and I’ll consider your request. I’m just too busy to do anything right this minute. Can you stand it for a few more days? Isn’t he asking for another car so you two can be on your own most of the time anyway.”

    “It’s the first I heard of it. I mean Connell just now said it.”

    “He didn’t run it by you?”

    “He doesn’t run anything by me. I don’t have a clue what he does all those hours he’s out there by himself at night.”

    “How many hours?”

    “I don’t know. Thirty to fifty miles a night doing something. I figure he’s working eighteen hours a day. He looks like shit.”

    “He’s only signing for ten.”

    “I know he’s obsessed with that Mann kid from the Post. The one he belted. I think Bland could hurt him if he thought Mann might damage his career. I had no part of that.”

    Brown stared at him in silence while he thought. “You just come up with that off the top of your head or do you know something I should know?”

    “Up until a few days ago he was worried to death Mann would come forward and file charges against him. I told him gay guys didn’t come forward, ever, against cops. He asked me to find out where he lived and then he says he’s got some guys that are going to talk to him and I shouldn’t worry so much. The guy isn’t right in the head, Commander. I don’t want him ruining my career. I ain’t no great shakes but I try to be a good cop.”

    “Okay. Keep your ears open and stick with it while I look at alternatives. I hear what you’re saying but you can do us more good by keeping an eye on him. Whatever he does won’t reflect on you. I’ll see to it. I’ve got your back from now on.”

    “Yes, sir. That’s all I ask. I don’t want to be held responsible if he does something crazy, and he will do something crazy sooner or later.”

    “You got it, now get out of here and let me get back to work.” Pollard was on his way out when Commander Brown got on the intercom. “Connell, what’s Bland up to?”

    “I don’t know. Pollard says he’s up to no good.”

    “He told me he’s obsessed with Mann. What’s Mann doing?”

    “I guess we need to talk. I’ve got him on the move and he’s going to lie low a few days. Something’s come up that makes that advisable.”

    “How much are you not telling me, Connell, and how long before my ignorance comes back to bite me?”

    “Nothing you want to know, sir. Not until I can get things back under control.”

    “Under control? Meaning things are beyond your control? Why am I feeling someone’s hot breath on my ass all of a sudden?”

    “You had burritos for dinner last night?”

    “Very funny, Connell. Don’t get too far out ahead of me. Carry on!”

    “Yes, sir,” Connell said, thinking as he let his finger up off the intercom. Robert Mann was out of reach, for how long he wasn’t sure. He suddenly felt uneasy about telling him to lie low without knowing where he was doing it.

    Chapter 15

    Lying Low

    It took ten minutes for Robert to be parking in front of the green apartment building. “Hey, squirt, get up,” Robert said, shaking Toby’s arm.

    “What? I was scared last night. I couldn’t go to sleep. I kept thinking someone was coming in here.”

    “You left the door unlocked idiot.”

    “I did. Oh!”

    “Get dressed. We’re clearing outa here.”

    “I was just getting used to it. You ditching me? This is where they always ditch me.” Toby pulled on his pants while watching Robert, hoping this wasn’t like all the other times.

    Toby’s words worked and what Robert had in mind for Toby changed.

    He’d known rejection and he wouldn’t reject this boy. “Key words in the sentence were, we are. That’s a plural as opposed to you, who would be a singular.” And now Robert had to come up with a plan for both him and Toby, a plan that would leave the boy in safe hands and him free to roam, while not putting anyone else at risk.

    “Cool! I can dig it.” Toby was all smiles and when he stood he threw his arms around Robert’s body and hugged him. “I missed you. It got cold without you last night.”

    “Yeah, well, I’m not a heater. Come grab the clothes bag. I got to get a couple of things from the closet. Get all your stuff together.”

    “I got all my stuff on ‘cept my buckskin. There’s food. We shouldn’t be wasting good food. All those starving people in China and all.”

    “Don’t worry about it. We’ll get more food. Those starving people in China are going to have to take care of themselves for a little while longer.”

    Once they were in the car, Robert rolled down his window, feeling his hip for the bulge and the comfort he took from his gun. It made him smile and it made him feel more like a cop. He wondered if he would have pulled the gun when the two guys came at him if he’d had it on his hip that night?

    He drove to the end of the block and turned right, not checking his mirror, giving no indication that he thought he might be followed. He’d explain it to Toby after he ditched the car.

    He wasn’t sure of the plan yet but he’d call Albert and ask him for a favor. Toby would be safe there and it was a place he could return to without risk to anyone else. He’d be more alert to the possibilities to make sure he wasn’t followed.

    *****

    The green sedan stayed a block and some back. He was an artist when it came to tailing another car. It was his stock and trade and only after circumnavigating Thomas Circle did their direction change and his expertise come into question, although he didn’t know it.

    “That guy’s following us,” Toby stated after making a third check over his shoulder.

    “What guy?”

    “Green four door sedan. Two cars back in the right lane. He just came off the circle. He turned in behind us after you made the first right.”

    “You sure?” Robert asked, watching the mirror.

    “Yeah! I’m sure. He stopped the day you stole that trick from me. Wanted to know who you was.”

    “What did you tell him?”

    “I didn’t know nothin’. Bobby’s all I knew but I wasn’t going to tell him.”

    “Was he a cop? Don’t make anything up. Do you think he might have been a cop?”

    “I didn’t ask that either. I’d say he was.”

    “It’s the same guy though?”

    “I wouldn’t a told you if it wasn’t. I saw his face when he turned into the circle behind us. He’s staying a block back. It’s the same guy though. I’m ain’t lyin’. It’s the guy. He was in the market the day I went to buy food. He watched me.”

    “What? Why didn’t you tell me?”

    “I was afraid you’d think I was a nut case. I didn’t want to talk myself out of a place to stay.”

    Robert Mann checked the mirror for the green sedan. It was in the next lane over and staying behind a black car, but he’d seen that sedan before. He could stop and try to force the guy out of his car but it wasn’t illegal to drive down a street with a lot of other cars. Robert needed to use his head. If he played it right he might be able to get the tag number, but the guy would be too smart to get that close unless he could be surprised.

    He doubled back to make sure, formulating a plan as he went. First he needed to get Toby out of the car. Robert slowed down and pulled over to the curb. The green sedan never came passed, but the black car he’d been tailgating did. The green car had just disappeared.

    “What’re you doin’?” Toby asked.

    “Thinking.”

    “We can’t like move, while we think? He’s still back there somewheres. I mean, the first two times might could have been by accident, but not with him followin’ us.”

    Robert smacked Toby’s head playfully and then mussed up his too long hair for good measure.

    “Ah, man, you know how hard this is to comb?”

    “We’ll get you a flattop and you won’t have to worry about it.”

    “Not even funny. You ain’t messin’ with my hair, dude. Am I really going with you? Don’t lie to me, okay. I can take the truth.”

    “Really! You’ve earned your keep spotting that guy. I wouldn’t have known he was back there otherwise.”

    “Groovy. I can dig it. We gonna to sit here all day?”

    Robert looked in the mirror before blending back into traffic. He turned at the first corner and then turned back in the direction he had just come from. He knew what he would see when he looked in the mirror, but he resisted the urge to verify his suspicion. Before he made the third turn the green sedan was once again behind him, one block back and behind another car, keeping his distance, always leaving himself an out in case Robert stopped again. They turned onto 11th Street and jockeyed over to 12th as Robert thought.

    “You’re very good,” Robert murmured, glancing back through the rear window at the car that always kept it’s distance. “Toby, I’m going to let you out in front of a red DGS Store. Walk straight through to the back entrance and go over to the Chastleton Apartments on 10th. Wait there in the lobby for me. I’m going to ditch the car and this asshole behind us.”

    “Cool. 10th Street. Chastleton. What’s it look like?”

    “It’s the biggest building on the block. Big apartment house. If anyone hassles you tell them you’re waiting for Phil Sharper… Phil Sharper. Remember that. If anything happens to me ring his apartment and tell him I told you to wait for me there.”

    “Phil Sharper. Got it. Chastleton.”

    “Take this box with you and don’t set it down.”

    Toby looked at the box and looked at Robert’s face carefully.

    “The rod ain’t in here is it? I don’t like guns.”

    “You went through my stuff?”

    “I ain’t no fool. I want to know about a guy I’m stayin’ with. There’s some nut killin’ guys out here. I didn’t take nothin’. I just looked.”

    “I’ve got the gun and my ID. You do what I told you.” Once again Robert realized how foolish he’d been and how dangerous being foolish could be. Toby knowing what he knew, wasn’t a big problem, but how much did the Strangler know? That was the sixty-four thousand-dollar question to which he wasn’t likely to get any answers. The other questions that came to mind, who is the guy following us and why is he following?

    He took one more quick glance to make sure the green sedan was still there before pulling up to the storefront.

    Toby opened the door as soon as the car stopped, sliding out casually with the box tucked under his arm. He didn’t look around but went straight into the DGS store, through it and out the back door.

    Robert glanced up into his mirror and observed the green sedan pulling over to the curb on the previous block. Some hefty oak trees furnished enough shade to almost hide it. Robert didn’t bother with the mirror when he moved up two more blocks to the front of the dry cleaners. He turned off the engine, grabbed the clothes bag, and without looking to see if the green sedan was watching, disappeared into the business.

    The green sedan pulled over a block away in time to see Robert walking toward the storefront. Jim Bland left his engine running, removing a cigarette from his shirt pocket and lighting it as he waited. It only took a few minutes for him to suspect something was amiss.

    “Let’s get a closer look. We can always go around the block if it becomes necessary,” Bland thought, tossing the cigarette out of the window. He eased the green sedan forward until he could see the sign on the dry cleaners. He parked behind another car and waited, becoming more sure as the minutes passed, that something was wrong with this picture. Lighting another cigarette, he tapped the steering wheel with his fingers, watching the street behind him just in case Mann was smarter than he thought.

    Toby had gone up the alley and made the first right turn to walk the distance over to 10th street. He did look around now, conscious of the fact he was alone. He tried to remember all of Robert’s words as he waited for the light to change on 11th

    Robert whistled while he waited for service. He casually dropped the clothing bag on the counter as the old Chinese man appeared from the back. “I want to store these once they’ve been cleaned. Keep them in the clothes bag if you don’t mind. Here’s twenty for a deposit. We square?”

    “We square,” the happy Chinese man said, giving Robert a receipt that matched the one he put on the bag.

    “I need to go over to 10th Street. Do you have a back door I can use?”

    “You come. Follow me.” The small man looked back at Robert to make sure he was following. They went through a series of aisles filled with clothes and then through a storage area before he opened the back door with a key he had on a chain. Robert stepped out into the bright light of the alley behind the cleaners.

    As the door closed behind him, he touched his gun and looked up the alley toward where he knew the green sedan was waiting. It was his chance to get a look at the face and maybe the tag. Toby wasn’t sure it was a cop and that left only one other possibility . It was too tempting for him to pass up on and he started to jog back up the alley in the direction he came from.

    There was a sudden jagged pain at the corner of his eye. It blinded him and stopped him dead. His knees buckled and he had trouble getting his breath. He grabbed onto a fence that separated a house from the alley. He swung there like an old gate, thinking he might go down, but determined not to fall. The fierce pain gradually subsided as he hung on to the fence. Each time he thought the headaches were passing, he had one like this and wasn’t so sure.

    Robert regained his composure and stood, rubbing his temple. He walked to the cross street where he’d seen the green sedan pull over, but it wasn’t there now. He had no idea how long he’d been in the alley. He turned toward 10th Street hoping Toby wouldn’t be alarmed.

    He stopped twice when he thought his head might start throbbing again. He checked to make sure he wasn’t being followed but had no feeling that he was. He was comforted when he caught site of the Chastleton.

    As he approached the front door, Toby came rushing out, throwing his arms around Robert. “I thought you ditched me. Where have you been?”

    “It hasn’t been that long,” Robert said, not sure.

    “It was an hour. I didn’t want to go to no one’s apartment. I want to stay with you.”

    Robert ran out to hail a passing Capitol Cab. They drove away from Phil’s and any idea Robert might of had of leaving Toby there. The cab dropped them on 11th Street just beyond the bus stops. Robert looked around before taking Toby into the restaurant.

    Chapter 16

    Home Fires

    “Hey, Albert.” Robert shouted over the noise in the restaurant.

    “Ah, Bobby, I think the universe must be in total harmony today. I was only just a moment ago thinking of you. I have acquired another piece I want you to see. To what do I owe this unexpected pleasure?”

    “Yes, well, how would you like a visit? I hate dropping in uninvited but I need a favor.”

    “Splendid. I shall get something special from the freezer for us to sup upon, and coffee, I shall brew fresh ground coffee for your drinking pleasure.”

    “I’ve got someone with me and we’ll need a ride.”

    “My word. It goes without saying that anyone with you is welcome in my humble abode. Bring him on as they say. And where does Albert find you?”

    “I’m over on 11th Street in a restaurant just above where the buses stop. It’s the next corner up from Pennsylvania Avenue.”

    “Ah yes, if Albert passes by, can you come out to the car so he doesn’t need to look for parking?”

    “We’ll be watching for your Mercedes.”

    “And I shall be looking for and forward to your handsome face.”

    “Albert!”

    The silver Mercedes pulled to the curb and Robert looked up and down the street carefully before he held the door open for Toby and followed him in.

    “Albert is sensing a bit of intrigue. I’m thrilled. What are we escaping from and haven’t I seen this handsome young fellow somewhere before?”

    “Someone might be following me. I don’t want to take any chances. Go around the block so I can watch behind us.”

    “We shall pull into my garage and let down the door before we disperse from the vehicle and deny anyone a view of what we are up to. You are safe with me. The house is protected with an alarm.”

    “This is the guy that sent you the ten bucks,” Robert said to Toby, checking both in front of and behind the car as it eased through the heavy lunch traffic. There were many green sedans but not the one Robert was looking for, and he finally relaxed once he was sure he’d ditched the man who had been following them.

    “Albert, this is Toby. Toby, Albert. He’s with me for the time being, Albert. We need a place to lay low for a few days.”

    “Your conditions are understood and accepted, dear boy. Any friend of Bobby’s is a friend of mine, Tobias,” Albert said, extending his hand for Toby to shake once they stopped at a light. “I’m delighted to make your acquaintance.”

    “What in hell is a Tobias?” Toby distorted his face as if he’d just had some bad medicine.

    “Tobias is the literary name for someone who is called Toby.”

    “Well, if you ain’t noticed, I ain’t much of a literary, whatever that is. Just plain Toby’ll do fine, thank you.”

    “As you wish. Toby it is,” Albert said with sunshine in his voice.

    “What is it that you require, Bobby? Do explain how I can be of service.”

    “I need a place for two for a few days. We’ll take up little room and stay out of the way. You can do the pictures you mentioned while I’m there as payment. That’s about it,” Robert said.

    “Bobby, Albert cannot accept those terms. You shall stay in my home as my guest, because you are a friend to whom I wish to extend my hospitality. You are not required to make payment. I wouldn’t hear of it.”

    “I’ve thought about it, Albert. It sounds interesting. I want to do it. I really don’t mind. I’ve been thinking more about my Indian side lately.”

    “Indian? You’re an Indian?” Toby asked. “I wondered about your fascination with my hair.”

    “Part.”

    “You’re white. I mean really white! You ain’t Indian.”

    “I shall pay you for your services. The pictures will be valuable to me and to anyone who appreciates art, and therefore, I can’t accept your services without reimbursement.”

    “Somehow I feel like I’m getting the better of this deal. We don’t know each other all that well and you don’t know Toby at all. I feel awkward taking money from you while you’re letting me stay in your house.”

    “What is it I need to know? You’ve been in my home and treated me with respect and kindness. What do friends do? Bobby, I’ll enjoy your company. Your being in the house will make it easier to do the photography. I think it offers us both equal advantages. You aren’t taking anything. I’m offering you an opportunity that few could appreciate.”

    “OK, I won’t complain.”

    “Tobias is with you, and now my trusted friend as well,” Albert said, looking at Toby.

    “I’m Toby,” Toby said. “Why doesn’t anyone remember my name? He calls me kid.”

    “Hush up, kid,” Robert said, mussing up Toby’s hair.

    “Oh, geeze! Cut that out.” Toby did his best to get his hair back in order.

    “Does your need of lodging have anything to do with the deterioration of your face? It has been worked up once more?”

    “It’s worked over, Albert. I need to lie low. I’ve some unfinished business but I can’t finish it for a few days. After that I’ll be able to tell you more, but I can’t right now.”

    “No more explanation necessary. We shall immediately go on the limb at my pad.”

    “I think that would be go on the lam, Albert.”

    “Of course it is, and that’s exactly what we shall do, go on the lamb. I must go shopping to make your stay more enjoyable for all of us. You must give me a list of the delicacies that you most enjoy and Albert shall pamper you.” Albert was excited as he made plans for his guests.

    “This guy for real?” Toby asked, looking from Albert to Robert.

    “Absolutely,” Robert said. “He’s for real.”

    “I like those little oysters that come in the small bottles, and sardines. I love sardines.” Robert smacked the back of Toby’s head as he mentioned things he liked and never got. “Well I do!”

    “My word. I was under the impression they came in a shell. How clever of them to have found a way to grow in a bottle.” Toby cocked his head to one side to watch Albert speak, not completely sure of what he was saying.

    *****

    As the minutes passed, Detective James Bland’s suspicions become a certainty. Something was wrong. He sat watching Robert’s car for as long as he could endure it. He’d been had. He knew what had happened even before verifying it.

    He reluctantly retraced Robert’s path, knowing what he was going to find. “There was a guy that came in here with a clothing bag. He never came out. Where’d he go?”

    The Chinese man spoke in some ancient dialect that even he didn’t entirely understand, putting his hand on the fresh twenty dollar bill in his pocket, his loyalty was to his customer, and that lasted until Bland flashed his badge.

    “Oh, no, me do nothing wrong. He go out back way. Me show you. Me show you.”

    “Hold your horse old man. What’s out there?”

    “Alley all. Trash can all. Nothing in alley. Me do nothing wrong. He ask.”

    “Yeah, yeah, fine. What did he say?”

    “Dry clean please. You got backdoor? That all. Dry clean. You got back door, is all.” The Chinese man didn’t like being questioned and he didn’t like Bland. He remembered the young man asking about 10th Street but he saw no reason to say anything he didn’t have to say. The badge only got the cop what it took to get rid of him, and not everything the old man knew.

    “Jesus, why don’t you Japs learn English?” Bland complained as he left. “You come here and don’t even bother learning to speak English. Ain’t right all them foreigners coming over here taking our jobs.”

    By the time he got back in the car he was enraged that Mann had given him the slip. Banging the steering wheel repeatedly with both of his hands, he finally let the rage escape. Several people walking by gave a lot of room to the car and especially the man inside, but Bland neither considered them nor the madness that came upon him at times like these. He would figure out the puzzle and be back on Robert Mann before he could turn around.

    Pollard was sitting on the curb when Bland rolled to a stop in front of his house. “Why are you out here? You get thrown out?”

    “Waiting for you. You said you’d be here shortly after noon.”

    “I never said a time. I figured you were smart enough to wait in the house. I got tied up on something. Don’t start get difficult with me. I ain’t in the mood. I thought you had a doctor’s appointment?”

    “Yeah, well, it didn’t take as long as I thought.” Pollard fastened his seat belt but he didn’t want to look at Bland. He felt bad about stabbing his partner in the back. It’s something you didn’t do but he saw no other option, except go down with Bland, and he needed the job.

    “Always takes longer when I go. Damn foreigners don’t know which end is up.”

    “What are you talking about? My doctor’s American.”

    “I’m getting another car for you,” Bland said, changing the subject. “We’ll both be on the street at the same time. We can cover a lot more ground that way. We’ll ride together in the afternoons to compare notes.”

    “Brown okay’d that?” Pollard played along still unable to look at Bland but taking glances of his stoic partner.

    “I just told you what we’re doing. You think I come up with this shit on my own? I’m still on the same police force as you. Sure, he knows. I cleared it with his aide. He liked it. He’s a Teddy bear once you get his attention.”

    “You did talk to Brown? Or Connell? Who are you talking about.” Pollard showed his impatience as Bland drove calmly, one wrist draped over the top of the steering wheel as he tried to figure out what was eating at his partner.

    “You ask too many questions and you don’t listen. I’ll keep this car. You can pick one out from the yard.”

    “Yeah,” Pollard said, not sure of Bland’s frame of mind yet and not wanting to test him. “You went through Connell, didn’t you?”

    “Yeah, why try to move a mountain when you can walk around it? Brown’s not too hospitable since the Post deal. I don’t know why he’s so worked up over some fag.”

    “I can’t imagine why. The man’s job is only on the line and his cops are beating up potential victims. Great PR you ask me. You do anything about Mann?”

    “That’s taken care of. You can forget about him.”

    “I hope you know what you’re doing, Jimmy. You make me nervous sometimes.”

    “I always know what I’m doing.” Bland gave his partner a hard look. He went back to the road with his eyes but not with his thoughts. He usually had everyone against him and he’d gone through nine partners in fifteen years because of it. It had never bothered him once when they started turning against him. He knew what to do and when to do it and until that failed him he’d keep doing it. His partners were mostly a handicap anyway and none of them were ever out in front of him.

    *****

    “Commander, I’ve got Evans and Thompson out here.”

    “Evans and Thompson. Aren’t they from robbery.”

    “Yes, sir. They had a little run in with Robert Mann. They’ve sworn a warrant for his arrest. They’ve got an APB out on him. I figured you would like to speak with them about it.”

    “Yes indeed. Send them right on back.”

    “What’s up with this, Connell? It’s not bad enough we get jumped. You boys have nothing better to do than add insult to injury?”

    “I think the commander is waiting.”

    The two cops left the front area in a huff, unable to fathom why they’d been called in to speak with Brown. In another minute they were standing in the doorway of the dank office.

    Commander Brown carefully looked them over as he eased himself back in his chair. “What the hell happened to you two?”

    Evans had his right arm in a sling, his left eye was black and his lip was fat. Thompson had two black eyes and a bruise the size of a fist on one jaw.

    “We were jumped over in Georgetown.”

    “Robert Mann. Just what were you doing near Robert Mann? Haven’t we caused that boy enough grief?”

    “He was on the block where the queers meet to do their funny stuff.”

    “Funny stuff? You’re speaking about some of our gay citizens?” Evans didn’t have an answer for that one. Thompson stood silent and Brown became concerned he might not be able to speak.

    “Nasty looking jaw, Thompson. One gay boy did that to you two? And he was doing funny stuff or what when this altercation took place?”

    “He jumped us.” Thompson offered as Evans looked at him.

    “He surrounded you?”

    “He caught us off guard,” Evans offered.

    “I’m not getting this picture. You were there and you approached him because he was on a block where gay men do funny stuff? How did he get the best of you?”

    “He surprised us.”

    “Me too,” Brown said, smiling from ear to ear at the thought of Mann kicking their asses. “You know what? I’m smelling Jim Bland all over this deal.” Brown was remembering what Pollard had told him just a few hours before. “Now, the fact he’s tried to scramble this kid’s brains could explain Mann’s reluctance to interact with the police. The question then becomes, how is it that Bland’s former partner, Evans, ends up on the other end of the same kind of deal with the same character? What are the odds? Perhaps you can enlighten me? And, oh yes, keep in mind that if I catch either of you in a lie, say there’s a witness or two that don’t back you to the max, I’m going to have me two shiny badges right here on my desk. You getting the picture?”

    Evans and Thompson looked at each other and then came clean. They agreed with Commander Brown to make sure that all signs of the warrant on Robert Mann were purged from the system. Or, in the event of his arrest they would face charges for false arrest and assault.

    Commander Brown led them to believe he would talk to Mann and ask him not to pursue either of them if they signed statements describing Jim Bland’s role in the incident. They were also warned not to alert Bland or their badges would be gone. The meeting broke up. The two detectives knew what they had to do to keep their badges.

    ******

    Albert raised the garage door as he approached the house. The Corvette had been moved over close to the staircase and he parked the Mercedes in the spot furthest away.

    “You drove the Vette?”

    “Heavens no. The boy came who drives it for me. I was out when he returned and he took that space.”

    “Any time you want, I’ll drive it for you,” Robert said with admiration in his voice for the car.

    “Well, perhaps while you are here, you shall. It isn’t driven enough. Fine tuned machines require TLC.”
    Soon Albert was moving around the kitchen and preparing coffee. He put fresh baked sweet rolls down in front of Toby, who immediately ate one.

    “This is the lad from the wall, is it not? The day I spirited you off in his stead?”

    “One and the same, Albert.”

    “Quite a charming lad he is. If I didn’t enjoy your company so much, Bobby, I’d think I made a mistake.”

    “Let’s get one thing straight, Albert, while Toby’s with me, he’s out of business. I’m trying to help him while this asshole’s out there killing people.”

    “I thought I was helpin’ you? Don’t I get a say in this matter?” exclaimed Toby.

    “It is understood and accepted, Bobby. The temptations of the flesh are always the most difficult to subdue, but I shall set aside the more prurient side of my nature, even in the presence of one as fair as he. Let it be written. Let it be done. Your coffee, sir. The rolls with the pecans are exquisite with this particular brew.”

    “He always talk like this?”

    “No, actually Albert has a rather earthy side if you get him looped.”

    “I’ll be lookin’ forward to that. He doesn’t speak English does he? You got any milk?”

    “Ah yes, the milkman came only this morning.”

    “You had something you wanted to show me?” Robert spoke as he ate

    his roll. The kitchen smelled of fresh brewed coffee and fresh bakery goods. The sun was just then shining in through the kitchen windows and the floor creaked slightly under Albert’s feet as he served his guests.

    “After coffee.” A few minutes later he led them around the back of the house and into the Native American Room.

    Toby was amazed at the things in the house. His mouth dropped open and stayed that way as he stopped to examine pictures on the wall along the way, then rushed to catch up. Once in the room he went from picture frame to picture frame to look at the scenes they portrayed. Albert went over to his work bench and carefully lifted a warrior chief’s headdress.

    “Here, Bobby, look at this. A friend found it in Oklahoma. We’re researching it. It’s incredible, is it not.”

    Albert couldn’t hide his rapture. He held the headdress as though he was afraid he might disturb its magnificence. He then held it up as though he expected Robert to walk under it so he could position it on his head.

    “I couldn’t. It’s meant for a chief. Someone of stature. It would be wrong for me to think I was worthy of wearing it.”

    “It’s a relic. No one is worthy of it but we are about preserving it. To preserve it we must present it. By presenting it perhaps we can find enough friends to get it back to its rightful owner. That’s all I have in mind, Bobby. While I treasure these items more than anything I own, they aren’t mine and never could be, they belong to a culture that is still alive out there somewhere. I could serve no greater purpose than to restore this and these other items to where they came from. I don’t buy them to own them. I only wish to preserve them.”

    “He for real?” Toby asked, staring into a pencil sketch of a Plains Indian riding his pony off into the bleak looking prairie. “What’s he?”

    “Comanche brave. It’s written in the corner with the name of the artist.”

    “You say these guys are still out there somewhere?”

    “Not like that, but yes, the Comanche are in Oklahoma today.”

    “My grandma was part Cherokee. What’s that make me?”

    “You’re an Indian,” Albert said. “I am in the presence of warriors and I a poor redneck child of the south.”

    “He serious? I’m Indian? Like you?”

    “I’d say.”

    Toby threw his arms around Robert’s waist and hugged him.

    “Hey!”

    “Yeah, I know. Cut it out.”

    “I detect a bit of affection in this friendship of circumstance.”

    “We been looking out for each other. He needs a hug every now and then. He just don’t know it,” Toby said, admiring Robert as he spoke.

    “So you intend to return these to the Nations?”

    “Not yet. I’m not ready to part with them quite yet. Now I can photograph them with someone of equal magnificence and perhaps after that, yes.”

    “He talking about you?” Toby asked.

    “He’ll never admit it, but he’s perfect to show them off. We’ll add a bit of color to his skin in some of the pictures and he’ll be perfect. Why the change of heart, Bobby? I couldn’t talk you into it before. You aren’t doing this just to assure your lodging in my home?”

    “No, Albert. I told you I have been thinking about it. Now that I know your intentions, I wouldn’t mind being part of that journey. I think these belong to the people who owned them. They were probably stolen or sold for nickels and dimes so someone could eat.”

    “Have you thought of your father, Bobby?”

    “Yes, in fact I have. Probably because of our conversation. I think you’re right about me giving him a chance. He is my father. I might call him when I’ve… later on.”

    “I’ve been very bad, Bobby. You are going to be angry with Albert.”

    “Not a chance. You’re one of my favorite people.”

    “No, Albert has overstepped the boundaries of our friendship. I too had cause to think of your father on several occasions. It troubled me deeply, what you described, how you broke with your past so entirely. I had to do something for my own peace of mind. I hope you’ll forgive me for my impertinence. I can do nothing but throw myself on your mercy.”

    “He will speak English again soon, right? Where’s this dude from?”

    Toby’s eyes examined Robert as he spoke. Robert’s expression never changed but he watched Albert carefully, trying to figure out the riddle he’d revealed. “Albert, just come out with it. We’re all friends here.”

    “I have a friend. More a researcher and confidant who scours hill and dale for relics of a Native past. He’s from Sioux Falls. I mentioned your father and asked that he look him up if he got in your old neighborhood. Actually, I asked for more than that. I told him your father’s name and asked him to see if he was all right or if he needed anything.”

    “And…”

    “I took the liberty and called him.”

    “You’ve spoken to him?”

    “Last week in fact. He’s living with a Brenda Tall Elk. He was quite concerned for you. He so appreciated knowing how well you turned out.”

    “You talked to my father?”

    Albert looked down and felt the shame he thought was due. There was no excuse for doing such a thing but at times you didn’t need an excuse to do what you thought was right and he had done that at the possible expense of a friendship.

    “How is he?”

    “He’d have me say he’s fine. In fact I assured him I would not mention the broken hip or his dependence on Ms. Tall Elk. He is doing better and walking on his own.”

    “That’s his sister. He’s living with her? He can’t walk?”

    “Yes, her husband expired shortly after your father’s injury. She brought him to her home to nurse him because he couldn’t take care of himself. He seems happy but he misses you.”

    “He doesn’t miss me. He just needs me,” Robert said.

    “No, I know what I hear in a voice. He misses you. Your story doesn’t exactly match up with the facts. I’m more objective than you, and while you have every right to be angry with your father, he did what he did for you, not for him, not because he didn’t love you. He knew you didn’t fit. You were always fighting. He wanted you to get the best education. Your uncle agreed to see that you had a chance.”

    “Albert, how do you know all this? How come he never bothered to tell me? I’m his son.”

    “Ah, it’s the same problem fathers and sons have been having since the dawn of time. He didn’t know how to talk to you. He knew what was right and that’s what he did. He can’t read or write so he couldn’t write you. He didn’t have a phone so he couldn’t call.”

    “You talked to my father? He can’t read or write? Of course he can. Everyone can.”

    “I’ve talked to him several times in fact. Ms. Tall Elk has a phone. She said she’d never seen him happy since he’s been there until he talked to me and found out about you. You’re not the only one that’s hurting over the decision he made for you. You might consider that before judging him so harshly and yes, he does need you, in my opinion, but he’d be the last to tell you. He wouldn’t want you to do anything for him.”

    “Did he ask to speak to me.”

    “I’m sure he was hoping you’d speak to him. He’s aware of the anger. He told me about the hair you left in the middle of the floor. It was a hard thing for him to do, Bobby. He lost his wife and he gave up his son. You might try to see it from his point of view. Your skin was the wrong color for the reservation but the right color for a good education in another place. That’s what he wanted for you. One you didn’t have to fight for.”

    “You talked to my father?” It changed everything but he wasn’t sure how.

    “I wouldn’t talk to mine if you paid me.” Toby spoke to Albert while Robert considered the information.

    “Now, Albert hopes you can forgive him. I thought it best you know the truth. Even if the truth has made you angry with me.”

    “No, I’m not angry with you. I know you meant well. I can’t picture my father depending on anyone.”

    “He’s sixty years old. You can’t break horses forever, although he thought he could.”

    “I didn’t know he was that old.”

    “I think there are a lot of things you don’t know. I will talk to him at the end of the week. If you are here I suggest you speak with him. I won’t say any more about it. I like your father and I like his son. You both seem like very good men.”

    “I don’t know Albert… I don’t know.”

    “Here, look at these leggings,” Albert shifted the conversation. “Feel the rawhide. I can’t guess how old they are, but they’re so soft. I was thinking the shield, these, and the headdress. It would make a great picture. But we’ll start with something simple. A brave’s breech cloth and simple decorations to show you off. We’ll add some color to your skin and other items I know you’ll like as much as I do. This is going to be something special, Bobby.”

    Robert’s mind was no longer in the room or on the items Albert spoke about. He tried to picture his father’s face but it was difficult. He had no difficulty seeing him bucked off a horse and landing wrong and breaking yet another bone. He saw the leather skin, the dark deep eyes that so often penetrated him, and the lines that had always marked his face.

    Robert’s anger was no longer something he could get his arms around. He was sure he had every right to be angry but he’d spent a large part of his life being angry. As he thought about his father being seriously injured, he didn’t want to be angry at him any more.

    Robert spent much of the day with Albert. He sat for some photographs while Toby hung on the door jam, watching Albert’s preparations. There was lamb and roasted potatoes for dinner and cheese cake for dessert. The three men got along like old friends and sitting in the Jacuzzi after a long day, Albert once again let down his guard as the twelve year old French wine took hold.

    “You sound like you’re from down home,” Toby said, sipping his Dr. Pepper and listening to the drawl in the man’s voice.

    “It’s difficult to remember my roots. I rarely think about my humble beginnings. I long ago jettisoned the southern accent for the sake of business and now I forget it’s in there unless I’m with people like you.”

    “Hicks?” Toby asked.

    “No, I was thinking more on the order of friends. People I trust.”

    “Cool! I can dig it. Do your own thing, dude.”

    “I talked to Ms. Tall Elk while you showered this evening. Your father will call me Friday. I told him you might be here. I did not say you would be here. I won’t interfere any further but he said he needed to talk to you.”

    Robert listened but he made no reply. He wasn’t sure what he would say to his father after all these years but he’d think of something.

    Albert was busy in the kitchen when the smell of coffee woke Robert from a sound sleep. He got dressed quietly and slipped out of the room.

    “Is something troubling you, Robert? I suspected trouble before I spoke to you about your father. Now I’m not sure if that’s the problem or if it is something else.”

    “I met Andrew Parkson the night he was killed.”

    “The eighth victim of this killer?”

    “Yes! I met him in a bar over in Southeast.”

    “I won’t ask what you were doing in such a place. I’m sure you had your reasons. I suppose a lot of people have known the victims. I shouldn’t let it bother me too much.”

    “I’m a cop, Albert. I’m working undercover trying to find leads to the killer.”

    “That does explain things.”

    “Most of my troubles have come from other cops.”

    “Your face? Because of being undercover you are around gay men?”

    “Exactly! There’s a warrant out for my arrest. I got jumped a couple of nights ago and I’m afraid they came off a bit worse than I did.”

    “So, what does an undercover cop who is being abused by other cops do when there is a warrant for his arrest?”

    “I’m doing it Albert. Tomorrow I’ll call in to make sure the route is clear and then I go back to work. Until then I’m at your service.”

    “Your father said you wanted to be a policeman.”

    “He remembered that?”

    “He asked if you had become a deputy yet. I assumed that’s what they’re called on the reservation. I told him I didn’t know what you did.”

    “Now you know. When I clear out of here, I want to leave Toby with you. He’s a good kid. He needs a safe place. If you can’t I understand, but I trust you and I don’t want him hurt.”

    “I understand the affection you have for the boy.”

    “He reminds me of myself. He makes me laugh. He’s a cool kid.”

    “So, that’s what this is about? You’re going to dump me. You said you wasn’t going to dump me,” Toby burst out, standing in the doorway.

    “I’ve got to go back to work. It could be dangerous.”

    “I don’t care. I want to be with you. I’ll take care of you. I’ve taken care of you haven’t I?”

    “It’s got nothing to do with that, Toby. It’s not safe being around me. I’m looking for a killer. I don’t want you around me while I’m working.”

    “You’re just like the rest of them. I thought you were different. But you aren’t. So I belong to him now?” Toby’s voice was defiant and angry as the feeling of being alone in the world took hold again. He understood betrayal and had learned to expect it. He hated it when he liked anyone as much as he liked Robert.

    Robert and Albert looked at one another after hearing Toby’s outburst. Robert didn’t know what to say to Toby and he had already left the doorway. He wanted to protect the boy but he also wanted to keep him safe so that he could do his job without putting him at risk. He wasn’t very good at explaining himself to anyone and this was no different.

    Albert knew what to say but he was reluctant to interfere between the two much younger boys. He would likely make matters worse and he had no intention of adding fuel to an already raging fire. He sipped his coffee and held his tongue as Robert remained stoic.

    *****

    It was Thursday afternoon when Robert reluctantly dressed in the leggings and the new headdress. Albert was now in his element, his camera clicking away, with Robert doing little or nothing but follow instructions. As uncomfortable as he was about donning gear with so much powerful symbolism, it also gave him a feeling of warmth deep in the middle of his chest once he was inside of it.

    Many of the pieces Albert posed him with reminded him of similar items he’d seen back on the reservation. There was little interest in the forgotten relics beyond that of the old men who kept them. He knew each must have a history that he’d like to know and didn’t.

    It was after Albert brought out the brown coloring that Toby came in to go through the photographs that Albert had leaned against the wall in the far corner in small groupings of five and ten. Each captured the likeness of a single Indian or a scene with several. Toby stopped to stare into each one as though he might discover a secret no one else knew.

    “That’s excellent. I think we’ve got it. Maybe one more set with the color on your skin? I’d like to get a few in that first outfit. We’ll need to put a little color on your legs to be consistent.”

    “Bobby, come look at this,” Toby said, turning around, eyes focused on the photograph in his hand.

    “What?”

    “Come here.”

    “We’re working, Toby. We haven’t got time for that. I’ll look later.”

    “Perhaps you should,” Albert said. “You might find that picture interesting.”

    Robert stood next to Toby and looked at what he was holding. It was the image of a very dark and very handsome Indian. His features were finely cut with prominent high cheeks and intense brooding eyes staring back out of the photograph.

    “It’s you!” Toby said.

    “Get real, kid. I don’t look anything like that.”

    “Oh, but you do,” Albert agreed with Toby.

    “I do?”

    “This guy could be your brother. Really.”

    “Where’d you get it, Albert?” Robert asked.

    “It’s one of the first photographs I collected. I had a few pencil sketches and a painting when I discovered this in Chicago back in the late fifties. I hadn’t collected photographs before, but this one captivated me. Then I saw you and it was almost like I knew you. I didn’t tell you that part of it. I didn’t realize it was this picture I knew. Then, one day after you’d come around a couple of times, I was going through my collection and there it was. I wanted you to find it but your curiosity level isn’t nearly that of Tobias’.”

    Robert held the photograph out and looked into the shiny glass that reflected the overhead light. He felt eerie and a cold chill ran through him. He thought they were mistaken and that he looked nothing like the Indian in the photo. The skin was all wrong and the eyes were dark like his father’s.

    “Who is it?” Robert asked.

    “I’ve researched it. No one knows the photographer, where he worked, or how many of these he might have taken. It simply says Carter 88 in the corner under the frame. No way to know what tribe or the story behind the photograph. I have people aware that I want to see anything by Carter from the last century, but no luck.”

    “He’s Pawnee,” Robert said.

    “How can you tell?” Albert asked.

    “I don’t know. He’s Pawnee. Maybe the head gear. I’ve seen something like it back home.”

    “Home?” Albert questioned.

    “The reservation. North Dakota. You know where I’m from.”

    Albert smiled and set the picture back in its place.

    “We’ve got to finish so I can start dinner. The breech cloth is on the bench. I’ll get my cameras loaded. Toby, you can help him with the coloring, keep it even.”

    Toby took the pieces as Robert took them off and laid them on Albert’s workbench. He then applied some of the tan coloring that Albert had mixed for the shoot. Albert took some pictures as the two boys interacted.

    “I still feel naked in this deal,” Robert objected.

    “Turn around, dude. I want to see the rest of you,” Toby said, adding some color to the higher parts of his legs that were now exposed. “Damn nice. How’s it look, Albert?”

    “Lovely, Toby, you do fine work.”

    “I didn’t see any Indian in you before but you sure as hell look like one in that get up.”

    “It’s the skin, Tobias. He has such a fine delicate white skin that it hides the lines that make him Indian, but not in that outfit. The features are unmistakable.” The camera clicked as Albert spoke.

    “Feel the Indian blood in your veins, Bobby? Go with it. Don’t move, but keep your eyes on the lens and I’ll do the rest.”

    “Give me a break, Albert. Just shoot the damn pictures.”

    “Great! Great! Hold that intensity.” Albert was not dissuaded, “Feel the pride of all the generations that have gone before you. They ruled the plains for thousands of years. You would have been a chief. You are a thoroughbred.”

    After two hours, Robert’s patience was beginning to wear thin. He’d had enough of being the center of attention.

    “The parts I’ve seen are part pony. Yeah, Thoroughbred fits him,” Toby chuckled as he admired his friend’s body while standing on one leg pressing his body against the door jam as he stayed out of the way.

    “Tobias has a bit of comedian in him,” Albert observed as the clicking continued.

    “Yeah, he also has a big mouth,” Robert said, glaring hard enough to drive Toby out of the doorway.

    Albert continued, setting down one camera and reaching for the other, speaking as he worked, “Bobby, you are a lucky lad to have the admiration of such a loyal boy. You should not be annoyed at the quality that makes him so pleasing. You don’t think for a moment I could miss the fondness you share for one another?”

    “Albert!” Robert said through his teeth.

    “Your relationship is your business, but I’ve seen you alone and I’ve seen you with him. You’re a much happier person with him around, more relaxed, more alive when he is being Toby. Just the fact he worships you would be enough for most men. Don’t push him away. You’ll regret it if you do, and now I’ll shut up. That’s all. Albert is exhausted.”

    “I don’t like my business being discussed that way. I’m not like you two.”

    “No one is like anyone. Our originality and passion are tempered by a society that would have us all be the same, but we aren’t and will never be. You think the immature words of a young man would give me cause to think any less of you? I have the utmost admiration for you and I wouldn’t want you to be anything you aren’t. Let Toby be Toby. He would never do you harm. You have won his loyalty even when you treat him badly. To use his words, you need to lighten up, dude.” Robert chuckled as Albert adapted Toby’s voice quite adequately.

    “I don’t know. It’s this case. I didn’t have anything against anyone back home. I spent all my time trying to fit in. I was the queer back there. When I moved to Virginia, it was the same thing. Certain kids were marked for torment. I stayed as far from that as I could. Of course I had a fight the first day, the first hour, I was at Hayfield High. No one messed with me after that. They wanted me on their side. I guess I did learn one thing back home.”

    “The thing you haven’t learned is to let your guard down when you are around friends. We aren’t the danger. We love you as you are. Don’t drive him away, Bobby. You’d live to regret it but your regret isn’t what bothers me. I think you would destroy any chance he has left if you do that to him.”

    “It’s dangerous being around me, Albert. I don’t want him hurt. I shouldn’t even be here. If it weren’t for the fact no one knows about you, I wouldn’t be here. I want him, and you, clear of what I’m doing until I’m done. He can’t hang around me.”

    “Tell him. That he’ll accept, but not the attitude. Don’t do to him what your father did to you. Speak to him so he knows the why behind your actions.”

    “I’ve got to shower.”

    “Yes, I’ll prepare the coffee.”

    “Oh, yeah. Coffee sounds good.”

    Robert was drying his hair as he went into the bedroom. Toby had piled all the pillows up behind his head and was staring into the Thursday afternoon cartoon festival on WTTG. He giggled and didn’t pay Robert any mind. He finished with his hair and pulled on the underwear and then his black nylon socks.

    “I’m sorry I got angry with you. I can’t take you with me right now.”

    “I don’t care if it’s dangerous. You said I could stay with you and I want to stay with you.”

    “You shouldn’t eavesdrop.”

    “How else am I gonna learn what’s really going on?”

    “What I said is, I wouldn’t dump you. I’m going to leave you here with Albert. You’ll be good company for him while I finish my business. You like him don’t you?”

    “Sure, Albert’s okay, but what if something happens to you?”

    “Nothing’s going to happen to me.”

    “I’m scared, Bobby.”

    “Nothing to be scared of. I’ve got a feeling we’re coming close to the end of this thing. I have to be careful and I can’t be if I’m worrying about you. I’ll probably be back in a week, two at the most. It’s not like I can’t drop by.”

    Toby threw his arms around Robert and cried on his chest. The tears wet the freshly dried skin and Robert sat still for it until Toby was done and went back to watching television, feeling a bit foolish for his tears. Robert finished dressing and went to the kitchen for coffee.

    “Ah, Bobby. I’m out of cream. The keys are hooked over the red punch tack on my message board over there. Would you be so kind to go over to 29th and out to “M” Street. There’s a bakery just to the right on “M”. I get my cream there and you can get us some rolls for in the morning. Toby can’t get going without a sugar fix and he polished off the rest of them at breakfast.”

    “You want me to drive the Vette?”

    “You can drive the Mercedes if you like. Orange tack. I just thought you could do me another favor by airing out the Corvette, since you’re going out.

    “Sure!” Robert said, loving the idea.

    “Take the garage door opener out of the Mercedes. I need batteries for the spare.”

    He listened to the engine purr for several minutes before opening the garage door. He backed out into the street and felt the surge of power as he drove away.

    “I knew I’d catch up with you sooner or later you slick son-of-a-bitch. Thought you could lose me, did you? I’ve got a long memory and I remembered where that Mercedes went.” Jim Bland watched from his perch between two parked cars down in the next block as Robert backed out of the garage and headed away from him down “O” Street.

    The urge to follow was strong but he decided not to risk it. Robert Mann had caught him at it once and it was too early in the day for him to be going anywhere important. Now that he knew where Mann was hanging out, he’d be paying more attention to him but it was too easy to be spotted on back streets in the daylight. He’d found his quarry, he could go home and relax and have a nice hot TV dinner and get a good night’s sleep. He’d take care of Mr. Mann later, when he was least expecting it.

    Bland waited for the Corvette to go out of sight. He pulled out of his parking place and turned down the first street before passing the house Mann had come out of. He didn’t want to drive past the house, as tempting as it was. He was sure that the boy was there and the old fag that had driven off with Mann the first day he followed him.

    Chapter 17

    Listening

    The phone rang twice before Albert picked it up after breakfast on Friday morning. “Yes, it’s Albert. Bobby’s right here,” Albert said, handing Robert the phone.

    There was a tight feeling in Robert’s chest and his stomach churned unmercifully as he placed the phone to his ear. “Pop! How are you?
    “Who’s Bobby?” Came the harsh voice he immediately recognized though he’d never heard it on a phone.

    “It’s what they call me.”

    “I don’t like it, Robert. That’s not your name.”

    “I know, Pop. How are you?”

    “I want you to listen!”

    “I’m listening.”

    “Robert you need to listen.”

    “I am listening.”

    “Not to me… to you, son. Whatever the danger is, you need to listen. The answer isn’t outside.”

    “I don’t understand.”

    “Listen, Robert. You know who you are. Listen.”

    “How’s your hip, Pop?”

    “It’ll be fine. I’m not the worry.”

    “You take care of yourself.”

    “Are you coming home soon?”

    “Yeah, Pop, I think I am. I think I want to see you. I think it’s time.”

    “I do too, son. Thank Albert. I’m glad you found such a good friend. Tell him your name is Robert. I don’t like that other. I don’t like talking on this thing. We’ll talk when you come home.”

    “Yeah, Pop. That’ll be fine.”

    “Goodbye, Robert. I’ll be here.” The phone went silent and he handed it back to Albert when he heard the click on the other end.

    “What did he say?”

    “Listen!”

    “Listen to what?”

    “Listen. He said I should know. I don’t know.” Robert tried to relate to how his father thought. What did he mean? What did he need to listen to?

    “I need to make a call.” Robert dialed the phone and Mike Connell picked it up. “It’s Friday. Can I come out of hiding?”

    “Yeah, the warrant went away. There’s no sign of it, so you should be okay.”

    “Thank heavens. I need to move around a little.”

    “Good! Go back to what you were doing. You’ve got my numbers. It’s been quiet. The Strangler hasn’t been heard from since the two last week. You sound different.”

    “Different?”

    “You sound almost happy. You usually don’t sound too happy.”

    “Yeah, I guess I am happy. I’ll be in touch.”

    “It’s the weekend. Unless something comes up call me Monday.”

    “Okay, Monday. I’ll call you then.” Robert set the phone down. “I’m going back to work. Everything’s quiet. No one’s heard from him since the last two,” Robert told Albert.

    “Well then, you must stay tonight and you can talk to Tobias.”

    “I should be out there for at least awhile this evening. I feel like I need to do some work.”

    “Fine! Take the car. It needs more than a trip to the market. That was just a little tantalizer for you.”

    “Yeah, that would be totally cool. I can’t imagine roaming the streets in a Vette. Even for an evening is sweet. Thanks Albert. For everything.”

    “Bobby, you’re the one doing things for me. You don’t need to thank me. What else did your father say?

    “He said listen… and he said I knew who I was. What did he mean? He doesn’t know who I am now.”

    “So, you have another puzzle to solve?”

    “I’ll develop those pictures once you’ve gone. It’ll give me something to do. I don’t have another trip until spring. I might start thinking of getting my Indian gear back to the rightful owners. It’s been on my mind the past few days.”

    “They’d be grateful,” Robert said, feeling delighted when he thought about the history of the things he’d been exposed to.

    *****

    “Commander, I’ve got Julia Patton to see you.”

    “Post?”

    “Yes, sir.”

    “Send her back after you frisk her for weapons.”

    “Frisk me?” The petite woman shifted from one red shoe to the other as the big voice boomed out of the box.

    “Just a joke. Here, let me take you. Don’t worry, I’ve fed him. You should be safe if you don’t get him riled up.”

    “He sounds… he sounds….”

    “Don’t worry. His bark is worse than his bite. Just don’t let him rattle you.”

    Commander Brown stood and her little hand was lost in his as he held it politely and smiled while indicating she should take the seat in front of the desk.

    “Where’s Woodfield and Burnside?”

    “Pardon?”

    “You know, the Watergate Guys. Woodward & Bernstein.”

    “They do big stories.”

    “Oh, I’m just small potatoes,” Brown stated, reaching his arms out and looking very large to Ms. Patton. “And I get you.”

    “I’m just here to do an interview.”

    “Yes, and how’s Ben these days?”

    “Mr. Bradley? He’s just fine.”

    “Did he have any words of advice for you before throwing you in the lions den?”

    “He mentioned a few things. I really wanted to speak about the progress you’re making on the gay killer.”

    “What did he mention? I’m curious,” Brown said, leaning forward on his forearms and smiling from ear to ear, sensing he had the woman on the run and the interview was going to be a brief one.

    “Well, he said,… ah, you’d probably speak about your big black arse…, only he used a more colorful description. He said I shouldn’t be shocked if you called yourself a nigger, or if you tried to make me feel guilty about you losing your job because of this and that.”

    Brown’s laughter filled the room as Ms. Patton stared and wondered if she had already lost control. “What I really want to know is if you’re making any progress and what steps you are taking to protect the gay men who seem to be the target of this killer?”

    “Ben stole all my thunder. Now I guess I’ve got to answer your questions. I don’t have anything left to divert your attention with if I can’t make you feel sorry for me.”

    “Well, we are making progress, Ms. Patton.”

    “You can call me, Julie. I’m here to do a story not to give you a hard time.”

    “Well, Julie, we are working on some things I can’t talk about. That’s how we’re trying to protect potential victims. It’s gone better than we thought but you just don’t know until the big break comes. We’re confident we’re doing everything we can at this juncture and we’re getting closer.”

    “So you have things the press isn’t aware of?”

    “Oh, yes, we don’t tell you guys anything we want to keep to ourselves. No disrespect, but reporters have a propensity to get in our way at times.”

    “How does a case like this impact a man like you? You’re a high ranking officer but if this goes bad for you, couldn’t it damage your career?”

    “Since I can’t complain about my career, I’ll just say no. My career is the least of my worries when people are dying. If I can’t get the job done then someone has to do it that can get it done. I’m hired to do a job and I’m doing the best job I know how to do. If in the end that job will be good enough to crack a difficult case like this, I can’t answer that. It will remain for others to make that judgment.”

    “You’ve been around a long time, Commander. You’ve seen a lot of things. Who better to head an investigation like this?”

    “I like you, Julie. Would you like some coffee? We got us a Bunn. It brews the most incredible damn coffee you ever sucked down.”

    “It’s getting a little late in the day for coffee, but since you put it that way, yes, why not. I think I can use a cup. I do have quite a few questions for you. I would like to have a better understanding of how you handle an investigation of this magnitude.”

    “Mike, bring two cups of coffee back if you don’t mind.”

    “Yes, sir. You didn’t run her off?”

    “Run her off? We’re old friends. What time is it?”

    “It’s now six forty-six.”

    “You can go home after you get us the coffee. We might be a while.”

    “That’s okay, John. I’ve got some work on my desk I need to get done.”

    *****

    The man walked passed the car with a piece of paper in his hand. He looked up at the entryway of the house beside where Jim Bland had parked his car. Bland noticed the man in the wrinkled gray coat and the old fashioned horn rimed glasses. The man looked up at the house and back at the paper before walking back the way he came from. Bland continued observing him in the side mirror. The man seemed disoriented or looped. It was Friday evening.

    The man stopped at the next house and then wheeled around to look at the house he was just in front of. He held his head back as though he might be having trouble seeing the addresses, but then he started walking further down the street and Bland lost interest. He’d been late getting back to Georgetown and now he was waiting to see what Robert Mann was up to. He suspected he wouldn’t be staying in on a Friday night.

    The knock on the window startled Bland. “What!” he growled at the man who held out a piece of paper. The stranger seemed disoriented.

    “I’m sorry to… Oh, I’m lost,” he said, clutching the front of his old coat with it’s huge gray buttons. “I can’t catch my breath. I get this way when I get confused.”

    Yeah, Jim Bland thought, looking at the address written on the paper in the man’s hand. I can believe it. You look confused. “This is “O” Street. You want the next block over. You’re on the wrong block is all.”

    “Oh, thank you. Ahhhh! I thought I was losing my mind. I’ve been here before but it all looks different. My daughter lives here but I don’t get by very often.”

    “Yeah, just go over to the corner and down a block and you’ll be almost in front of this address. It might look more familiar to you there.”

    “Oh, thank you, I’m sorry to be a bother. Ohhhhh! I can’t catch my breath. I don’t know what’s wrong with me. I’m really sorry. I’m just a….”

    The man clutched the front of the rumpled coat and looked like he might pass out.

    Bland was more than a little annoyed at being distracted. It was about time for Mann to be on the move. He’d have to get rid of this guy. He wasn’t about to lose Mann again. “Here, don’t croak on me. Just sit on the back seat for a minute. Catch your breath. Do you want me to call you some help?”

    “No! Oh No! I get this way. Blood pressure you know. I’ll just sit for a second and I’ll be fine. I didn’t mean to be a bother.” The man sat on the seat with his feet on the curb and his head bent down between his knees as he struggled to get his breath.

    Bland shook his head thinking, where do they come from? He focused on the garage door while listening to the man wheeze and considered his options.

    *****

    Julie Patton sat laughing at one of Commander Brown’s witticisms as the two enjoyed their conversation. Both were left feeling better by their meeting, when the intercom interrupted the conversation.

    “Commander, we’ve got to go.”

    “Go? It’s what, eight thirty Friday evening, the Mrs. is in Baltimore, and I’m talking with a lovely lady. Where have I got to go?” Brown’s voice was full of charm and pleasantness.

    “Ten’s up. They just found him over on “O” Street here in Georgetown.”

    “I don’t have some detectives covering this case? I’m impressing this lady with stories of how I’ve got everything under control and suddenly I’m getting the impression I don’t.”

    “They want you. That’s all I know. I’m just the guy behind the desk. It was Chief Henry who called. He sounded agitated.”

    “What’s new? Okay, Connell.” He sighed. “Sorry, I guess the interview is over. Do you have everything you need?”

    “Yes, I think it will be a nice article. I appreciate all the time you’ve given me. Has he struck again? The Strangler?”

    “That’s my understanding.”

    “You’re going to the scene?”

    “Yes, I usually let my men do it but duty calls.”

    “Let me go with you? Let me see you in action? It’ll add a nice touch to the story and it might make me points with Mr. Bradley so I can get something other than the mundane.”

    Commander Brown led the way out of the office and indicated to Mike that the reporter could ride along but that she should stay in the car.

    In five minutes they were in the middle of eight cars with lights flashing and more cops than either of them had seen in one place since the last parade.

    Connell parked the car in the middle of the street. Brown walked passed the chief’s car and approached him as he stood in the middle of six uniforms. “What’s up, Chief Henry?”

    “He’s one of yours. Nice bow tie. When did this guy move to cops?”

    Commander Brown looked in the window at the discolored face of Jim Bland who’s head was leaned back on the seat. The gray clothesline, the signature of the DC Strangler, was drawn tight around his neck.

    “What’s he doing here, Brown? This isn’t the Strangler’s stalking ground.”

    “He’s a loose cannon. His partner and him were splitting up. I don’t know why he’s here. I’ll check with my aide. See if he knows anything.”

    “You check with someone and get me some answers,” Chief Henry commanded. “I want to know why he’s here. I’m tired of you guys chasing your tails,” he continued without any sympathy in his voice.

    Mike Connell stood leaning on the driver’s door of the car as Brown approached. “It’s Bland. He’s killed Jim Bland. Same guy. Same rope.”

    “Better tell her not to use the rope, Commander.”

    “That’s the least of our worries,” Brown said, turning to look back toward the activities.

    “His shield and gun are gone,” Connell said.

    “Where’d you hear that?”

    “Just came across on the radio. No gun, no badge.”

    “Okay, we’ve been wondering how he’s getting them to go with him. Run a check on every department on the East Coast and then do the West if it doesn’t pan out. See how many dead cops lost their shield and their gun. See if maybe someone went down about the time of the first killing.”

    “Yes, sir, what about the reporter? She’s getting an earful.”

    “Yeah, get her back to her car. Remind her the rope is off limits. I better go hold Henry’s hand. He’s like a caged panther, looking to chew some ass.”

    Commander Brown started back toward the activity. His car eased up beside him and slowed to a stop.

    “Commander, that’s Mann.”

    “Where?”

    “He just turned the corner and was staring up this way. The light lit up his face. It’s Mann in the Corvette.”

    “What the hell? Why didn’t he stop?”

    “He can’t stop without blowing his cover.”

    “Shit! What in the hell is going on? I don’t like this. We’ve got to talk to him. I gotta bad feeling about this.”

    Commander Brown ran faster than he thought he could around the car. He was closing the door as Connell stepped on the gas in pursuit of the Corvette.

    Chief Henry bellowed as the car drove past. “Brown get back here. I’m not finished with you yet.”

    *****

    Seeing all that police activity a little more than a block from Albert’s made Robert anxious. As he drove toward the house he looked up at the windows. It was pitch black inside. Albert always left lights on. Always. A feeling of foreboding ran through him. As the garage door opened and he started his turn the headlights lit up a figure lying on the stairs. Jamming on the emergency brake made the tires chirp. Robert leaped from the car.

    “Oh, Jesus, Albert! He stooped by the bloodied face and cradled his head in his arms. Oh, Albert, not you.”

    There was a slight cough and the eyes blinked open. There was more coughing. “Toby! He’s up there with Toby.” Instantly, Robert let go, and threw himself up the stairs.

    Connell braked by the Corvette. Commander Brown thrust himself out of the car as he saw the body on the stairs and he too charged into the house with Mike Connell only a couple of steps behind. The big man’s shoulders rubbed the side of the stairwell as he forced himself upward.

    Robert ran through the opening and into the darkened living room. “Toby!” he yelled and grabbed at the sudden surge of pain at his temple. A gun barked three distinct times. He was only aware of the first bullet whizzing over his head as he ducked and moved to one side before the searing white hot pain took his breath away and knocked him back toward the front door.

    Commander John Washington Brown lurched out of the confinement of the small staircase as the third shot was fired, emptying his gun towards the muzzle flash. The dark house fell silent. Mike Connell ran into the Commander, feeling the blocky form sag down to his big knees.

    “He’s right there in front of you. I don’t know if I hit him.”

    “You hit, John?” Mike whispered, easing him back so he wouldn’t present such a large target.

    “A little… I think Mann’s down by the front door.” The Commander was now flat on the floor. He felt the blood warming his chest.

    At that second the lights came on. Connell jerked his gun up towards where Commander Brown had indicated. A man in a wrinkled gray coat with wide gray buttons was lying on the floor with his legs folded back under his body. A gun was clutched in the hand up behind his head but the figure remained motionless.

    Connell held his gun on prone figure, moving forward to kick the attacker’s weapon well away from the hand. The quantity of blood on the guy’s chest told Connell that he was badly wounded if not already dead.

    “How’d you know where the lights were?” Mike asked Julie as she knelt beside the silent Commander that she’d just gotten to like.

    “I used to be a real estate agent. I just reached out from inside the doorway where I would expect them to be.”

    “Thanks. I’ve got to call for help.”

    “Will he be all right?” Julie asked, looking at Brown.

    *****

    The sirens and the activity lit up the night in front of Albert’s house. One ambulance after another took away the remnants of the carnage that had taken place.

    The headlines of the Post the following morning read:

    JOHN BROWN GETS HIS MAN

    Mike Connell laid the paper across his boss’s chest once he had awakened after three hours of surgery and a night in the recovery room.

    “You think you’ll keep your job, sir?”

    “Oh, I’m sir, again. I’ll have thirty in after next year. I reckon I’ll hang around for that. How’s Mann?”

    “He’s going to be okay. The older dude has some broken bones. He fell down the steps. He wasn’t shot or anything.”

    “The perp?”

    Connell shook his head from side to side. “He took four in the chest. Never knew what hit him. You’re deadly, sir. You did miss with one shot. Found that in the hall.”

    “We sure its him? We got the right guy?”

    “He had two pieces of clothesline in his pocket that match perfectly with Bland’s necktie. There was a kid in the house wearing a section that matched. That’s apparently who he was there for.”

    “A kid?”

    “Yeah, someone that came with Mann, according to the owner of the house.”

    “What’s the guy’s story. We know yet?”

    “William Irving McNealy, 38, unemployed, single. He’s lived in or around town all his life. At his residence, we found some pages of what looks like scripture verses about sodomites that were underlined. No one recalls him being particularly religious. Nobody recalls much about him at all. He wasn’t anybody really. That’s about all they’ve gotten, but it’s early yet. We might find more when we finish going through his place. Oh yeah, you were right about the badge, a Baltimore City cop went down in a shoot out a month before the first DC Strangler victim turned up. We found the officer’s badge in a blue coat in McNealy’s apartment. It could easily be mistaken for a policeman’s topcoat. That’s the piece we were missing. That’s how he got them to go with him.”

    “That’s good. That makes it all fit,” Commander Brown said weakly, drifting back to sleep as Connell sat near his bed.

    *****

    Phil sat beside Robert’s bed, holding his hand, when he opened his eyes.

    “Am I dead?”

    “Yeah, and I’m Gabriel. Welcome to heaven.”

    “Albert?”

    “He’s fine. Has some cracked ribs and a gash on his head but he’ll be okay. He’s not moving too well this morning. He’s down the hall.”

    “Toby?”

    “He’ll be OK.”

    “Where’d all the flowers come from?” Robert’s weak voice was amazed, as he noticed the colorful display around his bed.

    “Oh, Jesus, the girls are delirious over their hero.”

    “They know I’m a cop?”

    “Oh, yeah, if they can read they know. Your name is all over the Post this morning. You and that Commander. I guess he saved your life. The girls can’t resist an opportunity like this. There are flowers all out in hall. This is just the tip of the florist shop.”

    “I didn’t do anything.”

    “Yeah, well, we don’t take much to get us going. You did your best and that’s all that counts with fags. You got the guy and that’s what’s important.”

    “I’ll still be welcome in the bars?”

    “I’m sure. They might have a Bobby Mann float on gay pride day.”

    “Gay what?”

    “Never mind. You’d have to be there.”

    The door opened and Fran came in with a bunch of flowers wrapped in green paper. “Hi, I guess you don’t need these. Who sent all the flowers?”

    “The girls in the band,” Phil quipped.

    “Oh! I just wanted to see if you were okay and tell you how sorry I was for acting the way I did. I knew you were a nice guy. I guess I’ve been with the other kind too much.”

    “How are you?” Robert was glad to see she wasn’t still mad at him.

    “Me? I’m okay. I’m going home to Boston. My mother isn’t well. I told her I’d spend some time there. I didn’t want to go without saying thanks.”

    “Yeah, any time. I think I’ll be going back to North Dakota myself. Maybe when I come back I can look you up.”

    “Yeah, well, I’ll let Phil know where I am. I’d like to see you. I’m glad you’re going to be okay. I’ve got a train to catch and a cab waiting. I just stopped for a minute. You get well fast.” Fran leaned over to hug Robert and he used his one good arm to hug back.

    That afternoon an orderly swung open the door to Robert’s room and rolled Albert in and parked him beside the bed. Robert woke up when he heard the disturbance. He was glad to see for himself that Albert hadn’t been seriously damaged.

    “How are you feeling?”

    “A little sore. How about you?”

    “The same. I wanted to talk to you. You saved my life you know?”

    “Saved your life? I brought the damn guy to your house.”

    “You got him. That’s all that’s important. If you hadn’t come back when you did we’d have all been dead. They say he had rope enough for all of us.”

    “Yeah, the gun was a surprise. I never got mine out of the holster. Some cop! All I was thinking about was saving Toby.”

    “What brought you back? You said after midnight. They say you came back before nine.”

    “Yeah, funny thing about that. I just knew I had to go back. I felt something, heard something. I don’t know. Something just told me I had to get back.”

    “You listened?” Albert mused.

    “Yeah! I suppose I did. I’ve been having a pain on the side of my head ever since that cop tried to brain me, it grabbed when I went through the door into the house, when I reached for the spot the first bullet went over my head. It grabs me at the damnedest times. If it hadn’t grabbed right when it did, he’d have drilled me deader than a doornail.”

    “They say it was the sound of the garage door that saved Toby. He had the rope around his neck when he heard you come back.”

    “How is he really?”

    “Dying to get down here to make sure you’re okay, but they’ve got him pretty drugged up. He won’t be singing any arias for a while.”

    “Doesn’t sound like anything he’ll miss.”

    “No, no, I suspect not. I’ll let you get some rest. I just wanted to tell you myself how much we all appreciate what you did. For a rookie you sure did bring home the bacon,” Albert voice was soft and deeply southern.

    “I listen to everyone talk about all the stuff that went on, and I wonder.”

    The orderly opened the door and pushed Albert back out as Robert dozed off.

    *****

    Epilogue

    The small hot room was filled with anxious reporters as Mike came through the only door and moved up behind a podium that had been set up at Sibley Memorial Hospital for just such occasions. “I’m Officer Michael Connell, aide to Commander Brown. I’ve been asked to brief you on the condition of the Commander as well as that of Officer Robert Mann.”

    “Who is Mann? I can’t find him on the police roster,” a reporter called out. “Chief Henry didn’t know who he was.”

    “I’m here to brief you on what I’ve just said. Commander Brown is conscious and alert after undergoing three hours of surgery early this morning. His condition is serious but the prognosis is good. Officer Mann, on special assignment to the DC Strangler Taskforce, is in critical but stable condition and is in his room after six hours of surgery to remove two bullets from his body. You’ll need to wait for the doctors if you want more specific information about the injuries. Now I’ll answer your questions if I can.”

    The hands shot up and people yelled out their questions. Connell thought he knew how the president’s press secretary must feel.

    “Like I said, who is he?”

    “Robert Mann came out of the police academy and immediately went undercover in the DC Strangler investigation.”

    “Why was that? Why was Henry in the dark?”

    “When Commander Brown was put in charge of the taskforce he saw the lack of progress in the investigation and took appropriate steps to rectify the deficiency. Chief Henry had no need to know and the fewer people who knew made it easier for Mann to operate.”

    “Isn’t that pretty unusual? Assigning a cadet to a murder investigation of this magnitude?”

    “It wasn’t this magnitude when that decision was made. In fact it was but a blip on your radar screens at the time. It was only because of Officer Robert Mann that the case was finally resolved, and he is a Metropolitan Police Officer, deserving of respect as such. Apprehending murderers requires unusual measures at times.”

    “Did the Chief approve the operation?”

    “Commander Brown headed the operation and made all decisions concerning the case.”

    “So I gather that headquarters wasn’t aware of what was going on?”

    “You’ll have to ask headquarters what they knew and when they knew it. I’m just an aide trying to give you some of the details.”

    “What happened? How did you guys get him? Weren’t you there?”

    “Yes, I was on the scene when Commander Brown took down the suspect.”

    “You do that a lot?”

    “Do what?” Connell asked the flailing hand.

    “Attend shootings. How have you been? You disappeared after you were shot last year.”

    “I’m fine. This isn’t about me but thanks for your concern.”

    “I have a question.”

    “Yes, Ms. Patton!”

    “Can you tell us the sequence of events that led to two DC Police Officers being wounded and the suspected murderer being killed?”

    “I can do that, Ms. Patton. Thank you. Officer Robert Mann entered the dwelling on “O” Street where the shooting took place at approximately 8:47 p.m. last night. Albert Forestall III of that address was lying on the staircase just inside the garage door. Commander John Brown and I arrived on the scene less than a minute after Officer Mann, entering the dwelling at 8:48 p.m. Commander Brown led the way in. Three shots were fired at this time. Commander Brown entered the area where the shooting was taking place with his weapon drawn. There were several more shots fired. I’m not sure how many. There was another burst of gunfire as I entered the area I’d describe as the foyer. Commander Brown, Officer Mann, and the suspect as yet not positively identified, were all down from gunshot wounds. I immediately called for back up and rendered what assistance I could until they arrived.”

    “Who was the boy?”

    “How’s Forestall?”

    “I don’t know who the boy is. He’s in serious condition from an attempted homicide. He remains sedated with no plans to operate. Albert Forestall III, owner of the dwelling, is in serious condition. He required no surgery and took seventeen stitches in his scalp. I’d say both of them were quite lucky that Robert Mann arrived on scene when he did.”

    “Who got the guy?”

    “Commander Brown. Mann’s weapon wasn’t fired and I did not fire.”

    “What did this have to do with Detective Bland?”

    “This investigation is ongoing. I really don’t know the details. There are some things we might never know. We would have preferred to take the suspect alive but that simply wasn’t possible.”

    “He never used a gun before. Why a gun now?”

    “I suppose when the cops rush you, clothesline isn’t much of a deterrent. He had apparently taken Detective Bland’s weapon, after killing him. We aren’t positive yet but that’s where we think he got the gun.”

    “Why gay men?”

    “That answer may have died with the DC Strangler. Whenever you set up a group of people to be hated, you may be creating an atmosphere for violence against those people. You must then accept responsibility for the consequences.”

    “Are you sure this is the guy? Is he the DC Strangler?”

    “We are fairly certain he is. As I said, the investigation is ongoing. It’s only been twelve hours since the shooting. It requires a little time to get all the details in order. I’m telling you from the best information I have at the moment.”

    “Will Commander Brown run for Mayor?”

    Mike smiled and looked from side to side, remembering Commander Brown’s thoughts on the subject. “I think Commander Brown already has a job.”

    “Then he will return to work?”

    “Yes! He told me this morning he had a few good years left.”

    ” Even though he’s a black man, you think he might become chief now that everyone knows who he is?”

    “That’s not for me to say. He’d make a fine chief in my opinion. He’s cracked one of the biggest cases in this city’s history. If you’re asking me if the color of his skin had anything to do with his ability to solve the case, I’d say no, but you should ask him.”

    “Will you run for Mayor, Mike?” Someone yelled.

    “No, I work for a living,” Mike chortled. “And I’m not old enough.” The room roared and Officer Mike Connell slipped out before any more questions could be directed his way.

    *****

    Albert stood behind the U-Haul trailer after placing another carefully wrapped package in on top of other similar packages. “I’ve put on the name of the man who this goes to. I guess I’ve told you everything you need to know a dozen times.”

    “Ten times over, Albert. I’ll deliver them safe and sound.”

    “How long are you going to be gone?”

    “I don’t know. My father says Swift Deer is retiring this year. My original dream was to be the reservation deputy. I don’t know if I’m cut out for big city police work.”

    “North Dakota, that’s a long way, Bobby,” Albert said, feeling the neck brace that sometimes irritated him. “Your shoulder okay?”

    “Yeah, it’s fine. It’ll heal.” The sling did make things awkward but Robert had worn slings before.

    “So your first stop is Tulsa and you leave the items I have marked and then straight up to Topeka, Kansas and then Pine Ridge, and on to North Dakota.”

    “Albert, quit worrying. I’ll be fine and I’ll take the same care with these artifacts as you do.”

    “I know, Bobby. Ever the worrier, I am. I’ve wanted to get these back to their proper owners, since I started collecting them. Now that I’m finally doing it, well, they’re like my children in a way.”

    “I won’t nurse them but I will deliver them safe and sound,” Robert said, walking around the trailer for one last inspection.

    “Toby, you take care of him. Make sure he doesn’t over do it. There are the sweet rolls you like in the bag and Bobby’s favorite coffee in the Thermos,” Albert said. “You come back to see me when you can. Albert loves you and he’ll miss you.” The hug was held for several long seconds. Both the boy and the man had tears in their eyes.

    “Me too, Albert,” Toby whispered, feeling his newly shortened hair. “Indians don’t still scalp dudes do they? I told them to cut it extra short.”

    “No, Toby. What’s left of your hair is safe. Besides, you are an Indian.”

    “Oh yeah! I keep forgettin’. They might not know that.”

    Robert returned Albert’s tearful hug with his one good arm. He turned and got into the driver’s seat. Albert stood in the street and waved as the car pulled away.

    The black corvette looked odd towing the U-Haul, but Albert had arranged to have it equipped for the chore. He felt rather good that Brandon’s beloved Vette was finally in the hands of someone who could appreciate it as much as its original owner had.

    He watched the Vette slowly move up the street and then walked back into the garage as the garage door closed behind him.

    The End


    Editor: C. Landry

  • The Superior Machine: Nathan’s Ascension

    “Yes, a 12-inch cock should be perfect… for now.” Nathan mused, mostly to himself as he watched his new power take effect. Looking down at David, he was quite pleased at this latest development. His most recent augmentation had grown his power and strength almost beyond his own comprehension. ‘Of course, virtually nothing is beyond my comprehension now,’ Nathan thought, his stunning angular face almost literally glowing with joyful power. ‘Too bad I can’t say the same for little David here.’ Nathan regarded him with pity as David blubbered and stammered, completely overwhelmed by the incalculably superior being before him. 

    “I-I-I… w-what are… are.. y-y-y…” David sputtered and strained to even put into words the total awe that now seized his mind. Having witnessed the inconceivable yet inevitable conclusion of his own Superior Machine, he still couldn’t fathom how far Nathan had taken his invention in a matter of minutes. His neighbor’s muscular dimensions and masculine beauty already seemed to distort the space around him, like a supermassive black hole irresistibly attracting light and energy. But the revelation of Nathan’s superpowers was clearly wreaking havoc on David’s now relatively simple conception of reality. 

    “Awww, am I too much for you, my little guy?” Nathan teased in his deep, seductive voice. He didn’t have to ask of course. With his telepathy, Nathan could peer into David’s mind with the ease that a college professor could read a children’s book. ‘Hmm that analogy doesn’t quite capture the true scale of my intellect,’ Nathan thought to himself. 

    “David, why don’t you take a little nap?” he said softly, trying to calm David. “That should help you come to terms with everything.” He slowly brought a large hand up to David’s trembling face, gently caressing the terrified man and looking down at David the way one might look at a poor helpless puppy. 

    “Rest up, little David. You’ll need all your energy for what is to come, and you deserve to be there for every moment.” Nathan fixed him with his luminous, steel blue eyes, blessing him with a devastating smile. With a mere thought, he instantly willed David into a deep, recuperative sleep. Cradling him in his powerful arms, Nathan laid his small neighbor on the basement couch. Scanning his brainwaves and observing his breathing rate, Nathan precisely calculated that David would be out for 1 hour and 54 minutes (and 23 seconds), more than enough time to prepare everything for the final stage of his evolution. “My ascension draws near,” he proclaimed out loud. 

    With David subdued for the moment, Nathan had time to contemplate and enjoy the enormity of his transformation so far. Less than an hour ago, he was just a tiny, simple-minded twenty-year-old weakling.  Now thanks to his neighbor, he stood on the precipice of actual godhood, omnipotent power just within his grasp. He’d always harbored a secret crush on his hunky college professor neighbor, and was just grateful that he’d chosen Nathan as the first person to see his invention. Of course, he now knew that David only kept him around in order to lord over him his physical and mental superiority. Not that David had ever been cruel to Nathan; he was always kind to him, if occasionally a little condescending. ‘How the tables have turned,’ Nathan grinned, momentarily reveling in the thrilling power he now possessed. ‘Water under the bridge. Once my apotheosis is complete, I’ll bless my creator in unimaginable ways. He will have no choice but to worship me.’

    Standing in front of the floor-to-ceiling mirror, Nathan regards his overwhelming musculature, removing the tight tank top to better take in his impossible proportions. Even totally relaxed, every muscle is painfully defined, and his clear, tan skin glows even in the dim light of the basement. From head to toe, his seven-foot body communicated only perfected power. Large, beautiful feet erupted into an enormous pair of calves. The massive, totally smooth muscles swelled up from almost delicate ankles, rippling and bulging sensually with the slightest effort. Huge, godly quads that seemed bigger than an average man’s chest tapered to a svelte waist that would look petite if it weren’t obviously a core made of muscles harder than steel. Columns of brick-like abs lead up to an unbelievably large chest. Growing out of the cliche cannonball shoulders are an intimidating pair of arms consisting of massive biceps and triceps flowing into steel-cable forearms. Taken individually, each muscle group would be considered freakish and grotesque, but together created a collection of exquisite curves and planes that transcended human beauty. Sitting atop this mass of incredible brawn was the face of an angel. Nathan’s features were almost feminine in their beauty but totally masculine in their eroticism. A stubble that looked at once perfectly groomed yet totally natural adorned a square jaw that exuded a manly strength, and sharp, azure eyes hinted at the limitless power growing inside.

    Without any other movement, Nathan sends subtle waves of flexing muscle fibers across his body. His beautiful physique literally shimmers with muscular power, like ripples in a pond, as Nathan closes his eyes in ecstasy. This surreal display was effortless for him, but it still delivered him absolute pleasure to feel the command he had over each one of his millions of muscle fibers. 

    Continuing to ripple his striated perfection with his powerful mind, Nathan began a slow, sensual, and fluid dance. His powerful limbs, packed with muscle, moved with a grace and flexibility that would have brought even the harshest Bolshoi ballet masters to tears. Every part of him undulated and shifted in the ultimate expression of his perfected physique. The erotic display would have sent even the straightest guys in to blinding orgasmic bliss, unable to contain their worship for this fledgling deity. 

    Suddenly, Nathan moves into a most-muscular pose, nearly doubling the size of his muscles and bringing hundreds of veins to the surface of his perfect skin. Already rock-hard, he wills thick ropes of cum to shoot out of his glorious cock, coating the entire mirror surface and sending shocks of bliss across his shredded body. Just for fun, he dances his pecs with total ease, every fiber from bottom to top, sending spasms of brutal power across the thick slabs. ‘Maybe David would like to lick the mirror clean, as a treat,’ Nathan thought wickedly.

    With supreme confidence, Nathan strode over to the once-improved Superior Machine. ‘Simple David,’ thought Nathan. ‘It is truly a wonder that his meager intellectual capacity was able produce such astonishing results.’ The first adjustments Nathan made to the machine, at an IQ of 256, now seemed child-like in their design. Nathan calculated that his current IQ was at 1835, a number that represented so much debilitating mental acuity and power that it was practically meaningless to normal humans. Even so, Nathan could still perceive limits to his power, and he intended to dwarf that number by orders of magnitude, and knew the key to his inevitable godhood lay not in his powerful muscles, but in the unlocking of his potent mind. 

    Without even touching the machine, Nathan perceived all of its remaining flaws and inefficiencies, using his ability to see the entire spectrum of light waves. ‘What silly, simple mistakes my own supposed genius made,’ Nathan chuckled to himself. His final adjustments to this machine would increase its current improving capabilities by a factor of 100,000. He shuddered with utter euphoria at the mere thought of this final augmentation. With a speed that a normal human would struggle to perceive, Nathan made all of the necessary changes in the hardware and programming of the machine in a matter of seconds. The Superior Machine was now truly worthy of use by a being as superior as Nathan.

    In the mirror, Nathan surveyed his soon-to-be literally divine physique one last time. He effortlessly played with the deep striations and thick veins that covered the topography of his vascular body. ‘Even in this primitive form, my feats of control and strength are mind-bending,’ Nathan marveled. He flexed every single fiber in his body, totally enraptured by his own spectacular beauty. ‘I’m practically irresistible to myself!’ The veins on his body formed lightning patterns across his body, only hinting at the nascent power that coursed through them. Nathan brought his self-worship so a close, his telepathic sense telling him that David was about to wake up.
    —————-
    David’s eyes fluttered as he vacillated between sleep and wakefulness. Half-remembered dreams of phenomenal power wavered in his semi-consciousness. ‘I remember leading little Nathan down into the basement… and… no, that’s impossible.’ David furrowed his brow. ‘It must have been a dream,’ he surmised. 

    “David,” a soft but incredibly deep and arousing voice called from the other end of the basement.

    “Who’s there?” David responded with a touch of fear in his voice. ‘Oh little David,’ Nathan thought. ‘His primitive brain literally couldn’t hold in the memories of my evolution. No matter.’

    “David, it’s me. Nathan,” the deep, impossibly sexy voice proclaimed. A large figure of unbelievable size, symmetry, and beauty approached David. Using his psychic power, Nathan sent calming energy into David. ‘He’ll have plenty to freak out about soon,’ he grinned. He then projected into David’s mind the events of the day.

    “Nathan… it’s really you. It worked!” David was in awe of the perfect man before him. Nathan’s every movement was imbued with an unbearable grace. His physique literally stunning David into silence once again. 

    “Well technically,” Nathan replied,”the adjustments I made have brought me to my current advanced form.” He teased his neighbor with a subtle pec bounce, waves of muscle fiber rolling across the wide expanse of his chest. “But my current status will not last long.”

    Confused, David wondered, “W-what do you mean, N-Nathan?” He was still reeling from the revelation of Nathan’s perfection. 

    Nathan laughed a deep, gentle laugh, the most beautiful sound David had ever heard. “Oh little guy, don’t worry. I won’t ever revert to my previous, pathetic form.” He gifted David with a mind-blowing double bicep pose, threatening him with a touchless orgasm. With a subtle gesture of his hand, Nathan sent another psychic wave of calming energy. 

    “No, I have loftier ambitions that your limited mind cannot yet begin to comprehend.” At this pronouncement, Nathan sent a sensual, subtle wave of rippling muscle up and down his body. That did it. David’s newly enlarged cock sent huge spurts of cum into his slacks, blinding David in total pleasure. Nathan merely smiled down at his neighbor. Overwhelmed by the power of this newly created stud, David began licking and kissing Nathan’s wide, powerful feet.

    “Whoa there!” Nathan chuckled softly. “There’s no need to worship me like a god… yet.” He fixed David with a penetrating, yet comforting stare. David sat motionless at his feet, paralyzed by the deep blue pools of Nathan’s eyes. “That weapon between your legs,” he glanced at David’s still bulging crotch, “is just your first gift.” Nathan reached down and gently caressed David’s handsome face, a single tender finger running down his jaw. “As my creator, you deserve to bask in the perfect power you have unleashed.” Nathan smiled serenely at his budding little worshiper. ‘The first of many,’ he mused.

    After allowing David to caress his smooth, powerful legs, Nathan ended the mini-worship session. “Follow me, little guy,” Nathan ordered as he made his way to the perfected Superior Machine. David struggled to catch up with Nathan’s long, powerful strides. 

    “I know you will struggle to comprehend what I have so easily done to your machine, but you deserve to see its current and final modifications.” With a glance from Nathan, the machine came to life instantly. The bright display somehow looked sleeker than before, despite the fact that Nathan had changed virtually nothing about the exterior of the machine. As Nathan explained his complicated yet elegant improvements, David gazed at his former invention. ‘Of course,’ he thought. ‘It’s so clear, so obvious now.’ Nathan smiled, David’s every thought equally obvious to his superior brain. Nathan leaned down to give his neighbor a tender, yet passionate kiss. David nearly came again. 

    Nathan looked upon his little toy with amused pity. “David, you are about to witness my final improvement. After this, the extent of my power will be unfathomable to lesser beings such as yourself. I am ushering in a new era in the history of the universe, and it’s all thanks to the primitive little invention you were so excited about today.” Nathan gave David another soul-shattering kiss, nearly crushing him with the strength of his rippling, muscular bulges. Out of breath, David stood back from the path of the machine, unsure of what was to come. 

    Nathan stood majestically in front of the machine, a totally relaxed god-in-waiting. With a blink of his eyes, the machine began its final program. The display read:

    “INITIATING NEW PROGRAM
    .
    .
    SUBJECT DNA LOCATED AND RECOGNIZED”

    A white hot beam of energy engulfed Nathan’s body for a split-second

    “8475630930 PARAMETERS MEASURED. CALCULATING PROGRAMMED MODIFICATIONS”

    Instantly, the same white beam shot out, totally engulfing Nathan and blinding David momentarily. 

    The machine powered down.

    The world tilted.

    The universe trembled.

    The key had turned. The circuit was complete. 

    Nathan shuddered and moaned in the sheer bliss and delight of total omnipotence. His feet slowly left the ground as he began to hover in midair, fully entering his godhood, eyes closed, arms outstretched, and face tilted up toward the universe he now controlled. As infinite power flooded his body, he began emitting a soft, divine glow, and his remaining clothes completely disintegrated. 

    He began his refinement. His already flawless skin took on a beautiful luster and shine resembling the finest velvet, while his dark- golden hair thickened with silken strands to an unattainable beauty. From head to toe, muscles in his increasingly shredded body rippled and flexed as his cells became vessels for pure cosmic energy, and his body became a reflection of the infinite power contained within. Still floating about a foot off the floor, Nathan opened his divine eyes. The entirety of the universe with its infinite dimensions was within his total comprehension. He knew the position and speed of every subatomic speck of matter in existence, and could effortlessly control every single one simultaneously. Growing proportionally to an even 8 feet tall, Nathan furiously rippled and flexed each of the trillions of muscle fibers now gracing his perfect body. This godly feat used up one trillionth of the power of his omniscient brain. 

    Slowly, gracefully, Nathan lowered himself back to the floor. The earth shook. Every part of his body was perfectly sized, perfectly shaped. No model or bodybuilder had achieved these proportions and symmetry. He was true physical perfection. As he subtly shifted his weight, his muscles erupted in the most erotic display of sensual bulges and flexes. A beatific smile appeared on his glowing face, and David, having somehow miraculously held on to consciousness until this point, instantly blacked out while his dick shot a few more ropes of cum. 

    “Perfection,” Nathan intoned out loud. His already deep voice was now imbued with pure sensual pleasure. Had David been awake, he would’ve felt the powerful tones reverberate not only throughout the room, but through his body, sending tingles of ecstasy to his very core. 

    Nathan took in a breath so deep it threatened the structural integrity of the entire house. Walls rattled and few windows burst, but using his telekinesis, Nathan automatically repaired them. 

    “This mortal structure cannot withstand even my most gentle breaths.” With a small gesture from his hand, Nathan lifted the still unconscious David into the air telekinetically, slowly bringing him into his divine embrace. “Little David,” Nathan gently cooed to his creator. “Let’s go somewhere we can both truly appreciate my omnipotence.” In the blink of an eye, the god and his disciple disappeared into thin air. 
    —–
    For the second time in as many hours, David awoke completely disoriented. He was in the middle of a lush verdant field, surrounded by spectacular mountains. The deep blue sky was totally clear, and the sun shone down with a pleasant, gentle warmth. David recounted the events of the last two hours:

    Finishing his incredible invention

    Inviting little Nathan to shock his small brain with his superiority

    The machine malfunction

    Nathan’s transformation and apotheosis into a literal god…

    “Good to see you are accepting the new reality,” a deep, resonant voice called from behind him. David turned around to see a sight that threatened his already tenuous grasp on his sanity: Nathan, in all his divine splendor…

    Just standing there, totally relaxed in his magnificent perfection, it was clear Nathan had evolved to an incomprehensible degree. His massive 8-foot frame was packed with brutally powerful muscle, thousands of veins shoved to the surface of his luminous skin. Atop this godly body was an achingly beautiful face wearing the expression of ultimate serene omniscience. Since his final transformation, Nathan’s head had grown slightly, the temples and forehead lined with thick veins, pulsing with power as they fed his limitless brain. A tight, blue speedo, matching his glowing eyes, encased his huge cock and perfectly hugged the contours of his powerful ass.

    “Of course, I could just change reality if I wanted to,” Nathan said with an arrogant, smug smile on his face. David shuddered at that casual declaration of power. 

    “W-where are we, Nathan?” David stammered. They were definitely not in the large city he called home, but he didn’t recognize the landscape either.
    Nathan’s feet left the ground as he began to hover a foot or so off the ground. He floated for a moment, just reveling in his awesome power. David was helpless to do anything but stare as the god floated gently toward him.

    “Everything you see is my creation,” Nathan stated simply. “It took a few nanoseconds, but I created a couple billion dimensions for my amusement.” David, confronted by this unimaginable power, could do little more than tremble. “It was laughably easy for a being like me, but your puny brain would shatter before even hoping to understand such a simple concept.” Nathan raised a flexed bicep to David’s face, subtly rippling the fibers in complex patterns. “I created this simple one because the others are far too complex for you to even perceive.” He then flexed his 8-pack abs, rolling and undulating them with total control. “I needed a place where I could show you the totality of my all-encompassing power,” he stated reverently while he continued his graceful, mid-air posing routine. “So I simply willed it into existence.” After a mind-blowing most-muscular, Nathan brought his lips to David’s ear.

    “Cum for me, David,” he commanded, modifying his godly vocal frequency to precisely stimulate all of David’s erogenous zones at once. 

    David convulsed in rapturous pleasure as he experienced his third hands-free orgasm of the day. Jets of cum shot out of his thick cock, staining his slacks with large splotches of fluid. 

    With a small twitch of his fingers, Nathan disintegrated David’s clothes, leaving him completely naked. With another gesture, David began hovering alongside his god. Nathan inspected him with his piercing eyes, the thick veins feeding his brain pulsing as he instantly memorized his toy’s complete molecular structure.

    “While your endowment is prodigious for a mortal, I’m afraid your physique is woefully inadequate for my godly desires,” Nathan said disdainfully. He twirled his powerful finger and rotated David in the air. “Yes, this soft, feeble form simply won’t do.” David felt a little insulted. He had worked hard for his tight body. While no fitness model, he turned heads at the college where most of his fellow professors were either stick-skinny or obese. He had muscle definition and size that many men would envy, and felt perturbed at Nathan’s harsh dismissal.

    David was suddenly thrown back to the ground as Nathan rose dozens of feet into the air.

    “INSIGNIFICANT FOOL!” his powerful voice rang out through the mountain valley. Terrified, David watched as Nathan grew to 12, 50, then 100 feet tall, his eyes turning a fiery red. 

    DON’T YOU REALIZE WHAT I AM!” Nathan shouted directly into David’s mind, deafening him psychically. Nathan raised a gigantic arm toward one of the massive mountains in the distance. A literally earth-shattering crack shook the ground as the mountain was ripped from its base. Nathan then closed his enormous hand into a fist and the floating mountain exploded in a cloud of ice and rock. Before most of the debris could even settle, Nathan snapped his fingers and the mountain instantly reassembled, rejoining the ground below. Nathan looked down at David with a menacing glare, the veins of his head pulsing furiously as his mind exerted its unlimited power. He was catapulted into the air, rising to Nathan’s huge face. David struggled to focus on the god’s angry countenance. The sheer terror of looking into the furious eyes of the all-powerful being was almost too much for him.

    “I CAN BLINK YOU OUT OF EXISTENCE AND FORCE YOU TO EXPERIENCE THE EVENT FOR ALL OF ETERNITY!” Nathan bellowed. “I DEMAND YOUR COMPLETE OBEDIENCE AND WORSHIP.”

    “Yes, anything my God! I am so sorry! I was wrong to reject your blessing! I am nothing to you!” David pleaded pathetically at the floating muscular giant, bowing his head before the deity. Nathan slowly lowered him to the ground as he shrunk back down to his perfect 8-foot form. His eyes returned to their sparkling deep blue color as he hovered toward David, who was still cowering on the grassy field. 

    Never forget, my little toy,” Nathan spoke directly into David’s mind. “I can perceive everything. I’m currently reading the thoughts of every living thing in the universe simultaneously. You are totally transparent to me. I can effortlessly delve into parts of your psyche you don’t even know exist.” 

    “But you also created me,” Nathan spoke aloud. “So enjoy the gifts my effortless power can bestow.” Nathan glowed with a golden light. He gently floated toward David, extending his index finger. “You’ve seen a fraction of the destruction I’m capable of. Here’s a taste of the pleasure I can deliver,” he whispered seductively. As his divine finger neared David’s forehead, a small arc of golden electricity flowed between man and god. The instant they made contact, David moaned, drowning in the extreme sensations taking over his body. He lost all sense of time. The force of a million orgasms exploded inside every cell of his body. Nathan adjusted David’s perception of time and held him in total sensual bliss for what seemed like days, but was actually just a few seconds. He teased his little toy, using his power to stimulate every nerve ending in David’s body, holding him on the edge of release. 

    Nathan broke contact, watching David recover from his haze of pleasure. David began desperately jacking his huge hard cock. 

    “Oh little guy,” Nathan chuckled. “Let me take care of that.” He gently twirled his finger and David instantly came in one single continuous stream of thick cum. Completely emptied, David collapsed on the ground, totally out of breath.

    “Nathan, my God… thank you… You are everything… I am nothing… I am yours…” David panted. Nathan reached down and cradled David’s head in his large hand. “This is just the beginning, little guy.” He sent a wave of reviving energy through David, filling him with vitality. David stood, staring reverently at his massively muscular, powerful god. Nathan smiled benevolently, drinking in David’s worshipful thoughts.

    “Now, I believe we were addressing the matter of your physique,” Nathan recalled. With a subtle gesture, he raised David up a few feet in the air. “You are currently 5 feet and 11.1568 inches tall. To please me, you need to be 6 feet and 6 inches, precisely.” At these words, David felt the strange sensation of his bones elongating and stretching, his hands and feet growing bigger. “Now,” Nathan continued with a sexy grin, “let’s fill you out.” Nathan took a deep breath and began to blow gently towards David. 

    He felt it first in his calves as they inflated to at least 20 inches, big bulbous, heart-shaped muscles standing out from his lower legs. Next, muscle piled onto his thighs, his quads and hamstrings thickening to a massive 30 inches each, feathered striations running all across the expansive muscle. His waist tightened up to 30 inches as the grooves of his six-pack abs deepened to a beautifully symmetrical eight-pack.Two enormous mountains of muscle erupted from his chest, square pecs pushing 60 inches as powerful delts grew to frame them. Spectacular arms formed, at least 26 inches, with biceps and triceps that screamed power and masculinity. The rippling forearms below completed the image of brutal strength. 

    “Take a look at yourself,” said Nathan. With a twitch of his fingers, a mirror materialized in front of David. He marveled at his new body, one that could easily win any bodybuilding competition. He flexed and rippled his new muscles, totally intoxicated by his physical power. “One last thing,” whispered Nathan. Starting with David’s calves, Nathan began rubbing his way up his new muscles, leaving a fine dusting of hair wherever his hands touched, not thick enough to hide his definition, just enough to highlight his beautiful curves and bulges. Finally, Nathan took David’s face gently in his infinitely powerful hands and brought him in for a deep, probing kiss. Another look in the mirror showed David that Nathan had further refined his face, giving good looks that even the hottest models would envy. 

    “Thank you, my God,” David bowed his head in devotion. “I am not worthy of your power.”  Nathan laughed softly, his deep voice sending pleasant vibrations through David’s body. 

    “You are correct, my toy. You aren’t.” Nathan tenderly lifted David’s chin to fix him with his painfully beautiful gaze. “But remember, you unknowingly set me on the path to godhood, and as long as you remain devoted to your God, he will continue to bless you.” Nathan gave a devastating wink, filling David with a pleasurable buzz of energy. With a wave of Nathan’s hand, the world around them began to dissolve before their eyes. 

    “It’s time to introduce the world to its new god,” he said with intimidating confidence. With a flash of golden light, they vanished.  
    ——————
    Nathan and David reappeared in the room where it all started. 

    “There are a few things I need to take care of before I begin my absolute reign,” Nathan said. He stretched out his massively muscled arm toward the Superior Machine. It began hovering in the air.

    “Now, that my power is unlimited, there will be no need for this now-inferior machine,” Nathan proclaimed with an arrogant smirk. With a flick of his wrist, the machine lurched toward David, stopping just a few feet in front of him. 

    “Master, please!” David cried out. He couldn’t bear to have his life’s work destroyed before his eyes. He knelt on the ground, begging his perfect god. Looking up with fear and hope, David pleaded. “Please spare the machine. I could use it to improve humanity!” Nathan’s eye turned a deadly crimson. The veins on his large head pulsed in fury as his beautiful face contorted in terrifying rage. 

    “WORM!” Nathan shouted. With a twitch of his other wrist, David found himself suspended in mid-air, unable to move, unable to speak. “YOU DARE DEFY ME?! AFTER BEARING WITNESS TO JUST AN INFINITESIMAL FRACTION OF MY POWER?” The walls of the house shook at his words. “I was a pathetic simpleton before your crude machine managed to malfunction.” He struck an incredible double bicep pose, his arms exploding with brutal strength. “Now with my unlimited mind,” Nathan rippled his spectacular body menacingly as the thick veins on his temples throbbed, “I decide who is superior and who isn’t.” At these words, he made a threatening fist, and the floating machine began to collapse in on itself. David looked on as tears streamed down his face. Nathan tightened his fist, and his veins pulsed with power. The machine compacted to a small, smooth, metal ball the size of a marble. With a nod of Nathan’s large head, David was lowered to the ground, regaining control of his body.

    “Here’s your Superior Machine,” Nathan said sarcastically. David held out his hands as the ball floated toward him. Nathan arched a brow and the ball dropped into David’s hands. He instantly fell to the ground, screaming in pain as the small ball crushed his hand. Nathan cackled evilly, shaking the foundations of the house.

    “You’re so weak,” Nathan said, disgusted. “I condensed the machine into a 743.87 pound little marble. The pathetic muscles I gifted you can’t seem to handle it.” As David continued to struggle with the tiny ball, Nathan walked over to him. Arrogantly, he bent down and picked up the ball as easily as if it were a ping-pong ball. David moaned in pain as Nathan held the ball between two fingers, slowly inspecting the ball. “Shut up, little David!” Absentmindedly, Nathan waved his other hand, and David’s pulverized hand was instantly healed. He gasped in relief as he looked up at his God. 

    “I can’t help but think that just a few hours ago, the mere existence of this ball would have been unfathomable to my once-puny brain. But now…” Nathan closed his fist around the ball, totally engulfing it in his large hand, and for a brief moment, the muscles in his arms flexed into bold cuts and striations, rippling with brutal power. A soft thud accompanied a small flash of light as his godly hand tightened completely, “… I crushed it out of existence effortlessly.” He fixed David with a mesmerizing, intense stare. “Just like you if you continue to defy me!”

    Nathan inhaled deeply, his massive chest expanding. Upon exhaling, he began hovering in mid-air like the god he was, eyes glowing white-hot as he reveled in his omniscience. David, still on the ground, struggled to arrange his newly bulging muscles into a properly worshipful position. 

    “It’s finally time, little David,” Nathan intoned. “You should get dressed for the big day.” With an irresistible wink of his god’s eye, David found himself wearing a tight black spandex t-shirt, shrink-wrapped around his bulky torso, with matching leggings encasing his powerful legs. The shiny material perfectly accentuated his new physique, and he ran his hand gently across the smooth fabric, appreciating the way his master’s newest gift to him hugged every curve and cut of his body.

    “Thank you, my God,” David bowed his head in gratitude. 

    “Even though I’m a god, I still want to show off my superior toy to the masses.” Nathan blessed his disciple with an impossibly beautiful smile. “Now, watch this.” With a sinister smile, Nathan blinked, and David disappeared.

    He found himself just across the street facing his house. The afternoon sun warmed his improved physique. As it was a weekday, residents of the neighborhood were arriving home from work, and David’s new muscles turned quite a few heads, but Nathan was nowhere to be seen. No one recognized their college professor neighbor, looking instead at the impressive, masculine muscle on display in tight clothing.  

    Just wait, little David,” Nathan spoke into his worshiper’s mind. “These primitive beings will lose their minds when they see me.” David shuddered in both fear and delight as he contemplated how Nathan would choose to reveal his godly power to the world. 

    David heard a rumble from across the street. The ground shook, and pedestrians stopped to look around, trying to find out exactly what was making the noise. Suddenly, a deafening roar rang out through the neighborhood and David’s house exploded, raining concrete, metal, and wood onto the surrounding houses and roads. People on the street screamed and ran for cover, as car alarms and distant sirens filled the air. 

    As the dust settled, a monstrous figure appeared floating above the wreckage. David knew that it was Nathan, albeit at least 50 feet tall. The giant raised an arm, and with a small gesture, the dust and smoke instantly cleared, and the alarms fell silent. 

    Everyone stared in wordless awe at the impossible, glowing deity before them. In addition to growing himself a couple dozen feet, Nathan increased his freakish proportions, every muscle group frighteningly exaggerated. His perfect, flawless skin was shrink-wrapped around every striation and vein. Lined with thick, pulsing veins, Nathan’s head had grown almost comically large, housing his infinitely powerful brain, but he’d lost none of his beauty. His stunning, omniscient, golden eyes scanned the tiny humans below him. Drinking the shock and disbelief of the crowd that had gathered, Nathan let out a deep, ecstatic moan. 

    “BE NOT AFRAID!” Nathan’s deep voice was almost intolerably loud, and many rushed to cover their ears. “I am your new GOD!” The power of his words shook the ground beneath them. “Thanks to the intellectual stumblings of your little neighbor David,” Nathan’s massive arm gestured at the spandex-clad professor-turned-bodybuilder-plaything. David began hovering above the crowd, but still beneath Nathan, “I have unlocked the full potential of the human brain, and improved myself one-million-fold to a state unfathomable to primitive animals like you.” Nathan arched a brow on his huge head and the veins throbbed. Every car on the street rose into the air in front of Nathan. He closed his godly fist, and the cars smashed into each other to form a huge mass of metal and glass. With a few more twitches of his perfect hands, Nathan had sculpted a giant throne of gold for himself, playing with the atomic structure of the former cars. 

    “I used to be such a puny, soft thing like you all,” Nathan remarked with disdain. He closed his eyes and groaned in pleasure. Once again, he grew to 100 feet tall, maintaining his unbelievable proportions and vascularity, veins snaking over his entire body and head. He hovered over to the floating throne and lowered himself onto it. “Now, I take my rightful place as the most powerful being in the universe,” he stated with absolute authority, rippling the fibers of his brutally muscular body. Many in the crowd either passed out or violently orgasmed at the display, unable to even handle the concept of true omnipotence.  

    “Stay right where you are, mister!” Someone shouted from the crowd. A police officer had drawn his weapon and aimed it at Nathan. He stretched his uniform with an impressive physique that approached David’s in size and symmetry. Indeed, he himself would be attracting lustful stares if not for the literal god that had just appeared on the street. Nathan was somewhat impressed at his courage, though he could of course detect with his superior sense a heart rate that was through the roof and a slight tremble in the hands holding the firearm. He remained totally relaxed, lounging on his throne.  

    “Now, now little one,” Nathan said, his tone dripping with condescension. “While I commend your bravery, it’s laughable that you think that you could stop this in any way.” The officer held fast, using every once of his willpower in the face of overwhelming power. 

    “The whole department is coming. Hell, I bet the National Guard is on its way. Don’t make another move!” the office retorted. 

    “Very well then,” Nathan chuckled arrogantly. “Go ahead and shoot,” he taunted. 

    The officer fired every round he had, confident he would hit the massive giant. 
    With a bored expression, Nathan watched the officer shoot. Each bullet stopped in mid-air at his command. Nathan twitched his fingers and the bullets and gun were sent flying into orbit. Nathan smirked as he felt fear take over the officer’s mind. 

    “You really shouldn’t have done that. I must punish you for your insolence,” Nathan intoned. With a wave of his hand, the officer floated up into the air. Nathan held out a divine finger as a beam of energy shot from the beefy police man to Nathan. The man became engulfed in light as his god continued to drain him. After a few seconds he fell to the ground, and the crowd saw a very different man before them. The former amateur bodybuilder could not have been taller than 5 feet now, and his frail body showed no muscle at all, only skin and bone. His once sharp, bright eyes now stared around vacantly, barely capable of processing the world around him. 

    “You see, I can bless my worshipers with their wildest fantasies,” he gestured at David, bringing him over to sit in his expansive lap. “But I will swiftly punish those who do not devote themselves totally to my obvious superiority!” The crowd immediately fell to their knees, eager to please their new god. 

    “Now, little David,” his massive face looked down at his little toy. “It’s time to spread the Gospel of Nathan.” The huge floating throne disappeared in a flash of light.

    The crowd of worshipers knelt among the wreckage, knowing the world had changed at the will of the Superior Being, Nathan. 

  • Man-to-Man Cologne

    Frank likes to sniff a man’s sweaty armpits. He loves to bury his nose in a stained jockstrap. What he adores the most is the smell of a man’s ass. Frank is a world-renowned specialist in butt aroma. You could say that he holds a doctorate degree in Hot Smelly Ass Holes.

    The butt crack is warm, dark, and prone to dampness. There’s not a lot of airflow down there, plus we’ve got sweat glands, hair and moisture. Biological studies show that all of this combines to create a mini-climate in your pants that is perfect for stank, a slang word meaning foul smell. Frank is obviously not of that opinion; he has conducted is own in-depth study of the masculine ass or arse, also called butt, caboose, pooper, rear-end, trunk and whoopie cakes, just to name a few. You will agree that so many names would not have been invented for something stinky.

    The study conducted by Frank begins in a track and field competition. Track events consist of sprints, middle- distance, long-distance, hurdles and relays. Field events include jumps and throws. Each athletic performance triggers a lost of sweating, and Frank catches it on the spot, on the ground to be more precise. He pays athletes to let him smell their butt cheeks at the end of each event. Frank notes that they all have a musky scent.

    The next stop is a barn where Jed and Ted masturbate each other after a day’s work. The two cowboys stand naked face to face near a hay stack, well not completely naked because they keep their cowboy boots on to feel more manly. While Jed and Ted kiss like Brokeback Mountain stars, and stroke each other’s thick cut meat like they were sharpening a steak knife, Frank is free to bury his face in their ass crack, and inhale what he calls an earthy aroma. It is true that the hay, the horses and the manure contribute to this conclusion.

    On to a gay wrestling match now. Harry and Henry roll over each other on the mat, and loose no time in grabbing their opponent’s balls and ass, in biting the stiff rod, in stripping off the singlet to suck man juice. Frank is allowed to worship Harry and Henry’s arse. The butt muscles are firm and Harry’s rear dimples drive Frank crazy. He starts by caressing the ass gently, then moves on to massage it firmly before kneading it vigorously. Each gesture is part of a choreography set to trigger manly spasms that intoxicate Frank. His nostrils inhale every inch or centimeter of the divine crack. One word defines the scent: it’s ripe!

    Frank then decides to explore a nudist beach. One section immediately catches his eye: no less than nine men expose their asses for an all-over tan. Some guys don’t want to be bothered, but an Asian twink winks at Frank, an invitation that he accepts on the spot. The Japanese guy perks up his butt and spreads his cheeks to be rimmed. Before tongue-twisting his way inside, Frank discovers why someone once wrote that “the smell of a young anus never let’s you leave that crack between the cheeks”. Sniffing it is a pure delight.  The smell is that of a sweet cute boy. It beats the Japanese Tamatoy brands of “schoolgirl urine” and “schoolgirl armpit” perfume scents.

    The study would not be exhaustive if it did not include a stop at a gymnasium. The name comes from the Ancient Greek term gymnos, meaning naked or nude. Only male citizens were allowed to use the gymnasia. Frank finds a private gym for men and spends all his time in the locker room. He has a jockstrap fetish and most of the guys around him exhibit a bulging one. Marcel is sitting on the floor at the end of an alley of lockers; he caresses his small white pouch stained by urine and sperm. Because of his huge dick, Michel wears a slightly perforated jockstrap. He faces Marcel and, from this position, Frank can admire the straps that frame the peachy butt. The sweaty smell of the two men fills the room.

    There is a rule in this private gym: you can kiss, caress, masturbate and rim in the locker room, but if you want to ass-fuck, please use the shower area. Frank doesn’t want to smell a clean soapy ass, and he’s glad that Marcel has chosen the locker room to face-fuck Michel. While a hard rod fills a hungry mouth, a “scientific” nose smells the most sublime hole in the world. The word virile describes this manly scent.

    Frank is convinced that thousands of men dream of smelling like a guy’s ass when they go cruising or on a date. He has a brilliant marketing idea: create a musky-earthy-ripe-cute-boy-virile cologne for men. According to his research, many guys are willing to pay a heavy price for what is right for them. The most expensive cologne for men is Clive Christian’s Imperial Majesty that sells for $435,000 per 17 ounces (500 ml). Clive Christian also has a No. 1 men’s perfume that sells for $2,150 per 1 ounce bottle (29.5 ml). If your budget is tight, you can opt for Creed Aventus Eau de parfum at $1,055 per 17 ounces; this men’s fragrance portrays power, strength and success.

    To produce the hottest man-to-man cologne, a track & field athlete, a cowboy, a wrestler, a nudist twink and a gym jock accompany Frank in his laboratory for accurate doses of manly scents. Frank spends hours poking his nose in their butt cracks and fuck holes. Once he gets the perfect amalgam, a name has to be chosen to baptize the manly cologne. Famous eaux de toilette (cologne) for men have a French name: Rose d’Arabie (Armani), Ambre Nuit (Christian Dior), Soleil Blanc (Tom Ford), La Nuit de l’Homme (Yves Saint-Laurent). After careful consideration, Frank baptizes his eau de toilette for men Vive le Cul (Praise the Ass).

  • Horny on the Hiking Trip

    Landon was jerking his cock off in the shower. It was a last-minute decision as he was washing his body. See he was going on a weekend camping trip with his old friend, Daniel, from college so he wouldn’t have as good an opportunity to jerk off. So when he was rubbing his soft dick with soap and started to get a boner from the feeling he couldn’t resist. 

    He was imagining getting fucked by Daniel. It had been a year since they graduated from college and moved to separate states, but Landon still had a massive crush on him. Daniel was cute in the sexiest way possible. He was slightly taller than Landon and matched Landon’s dark hair. Daniel had piercing green eyes as compared to Landon’s deep brown. Daniel also was in great shape. His arms were just big enough to make him built, but they still naturally looked toned when relaxed. His toned body continued through his chest, abs, and v-line leading to what Landon considered one of the hottest pelvic regions of all time. 

    Landon continued to stroke his dick by slipping it in and out of his hand which was lubricated by soap and water. He thought of all the times Daniel changed in front of him and Landon would get to admire his magnificent body. Daniel was the type that was very comfortable in his own skin and didn’t mind if anyone saw him naked. A lot of times Daniel would look up while changing and catch Landon looking, but he never said anything about it he would just smile to himself and go about his business. 

    Landon came out to Daniel during his sophomore year of college to which Daniel replied “oh, cool. I’m bi.” At the time this had surprised Landon who was prepared for the worst. Daniel simply laughed at Landon’s surprised face and said “sorry man, didn’t mean to steal your thunder.” 

    Landon managed a response, “Oh no it’s just I am surprised is all.” 

    “Yeah, I’ve known for a while. Sometimes there is just nothing better than pounding the tight hole of another guy. Do you know if you are a top or bottom?” 

    “Uhhhh…” Landon stuttered, “I guess I’m not really sure I haven’t done much before. It’s all been secret.”

    “Ahhhh well you definitely have time to figure it out. Hey I mean if you want we could even do stuff together sometime.”

    Landon’s stomach dropped. Landon managed a smile in response and Daniel simply said he had to go to baseball practice and left. Throughout the rest of college, they remained friends but never did stuff together. Landon was too scared to initiate the first move just in case Daniel had changed his mind. 

    Even though Landon didn’t do anything with Daniel he did finally start exploring more. Honestly by the time he got out of college he was pretty confident when it came to getting fucked. He made it a point to work his butt at the gym. He was toned with a round ass. The kind that was just begging to be slapped and when you hold on to it you could really grasp it. 

    Landon was getting so horny thinking about Daniel that he decided he needed to finger himself in the shower. He put some more soap on his ass and started to tease his hole with his fingers. He took a deep breath and started inserting a finger in. It had been a little over a month since he had been fucked so he could feel how tight his hole was around his finger. He started slowly moving it in and out resulting in a slight increase in breath. 

    He began to stroke his cock again with his other hand. He closed his eyes and pictured it was Daniel who was sticking his fingers up Landon’s ass. He inserted another finger and began to push in and out harder. His mind was visualizing Daniel behind him in the shower spreading his legs and fucking him., He started stroking faster and faster as he fingered himself faster and faster. He imagined Daniel in his ear whispering “I’m close babe.” Landon could feel the orgasm building in the base of his dick as he was hearing Daniel’s moans in his ear.

    He could hear Daniel’s moans a little too clearly. Landon suddenly opened his eyes and sure enough, standing on the other side of the shower glass door was Daniel laughing his ass off. 

    “Dude, what the fuck?!” were the first words out of Landon’s mouth. 

    “Sorry man I got here a little early and tried to text, but I can see you clearly have more important things to attend to,” Daniel said as he glanced down towards Landon’s exposed hard-on. Landon turned around and said, “whatever I was just bored waiting for you. Go wait in my room, I’ll be out in a minute.”

     

    It was about an hour later and they were already on the road with two more hours before their destination. They hadn’t talked about what Daniel had seen. Instead, they filled their time catching up with each other and what the other has been up to in the past year. Both were still living the single life and just trying to get through the first few years of their jobs before they started to get promotions leading to some real salaries. 

    As Daniel drove Landon took a nap. When Landon woke about an hour later Daniel was still looking at the road and he had his hand resting on his crotch. Landon gulped and looked away before he got another boner. Daniel looked over at him and asked how his nap was. 

    Landon replied “eh it was alright. Sorry didn’t mean to doze off on ya.”

    “No worries, but I am bored and if you don’t want me falling asleep behind the wheel, talk to me.”

    Landon responded, “alright what do you want to talk about?” 

    Daniel quickly replied, “why don’t you tell me about what you were thinking about earlier in the shower.” Landon blushed. Daniel and he had always been pretty open with each other, but Landon had never told him that he had sex dreams of Daniel. “Come on Landon, I’ve pretty much heard every dirty thought you have had. Did an adult job make you a prude or something?”

    All Landon could say was “I was just thinking about getting fucked. It’s been a minute since I’ve had some good dick.” 

    Daniel sighed and said “oh I feel you. Gay ass is harder and harder to come by out of college.”

    A few minutes went by with no one saying anything. Landon was beginning to think the conversation was done when Daniel asked “are you horny?”

    “What?”

    “Are you still horny?”

    “Um… I guess so,” Landon replied as he readjusted so his sem-boner wasn’t as noticeable. 

    Daniel started up the conversation again with “sorry, I didn’t mean to cut you off in the middle of you rubbing one out.”

    “Nah man, it’s all good”

    “Are you sure? I mean if you are going to get blue balls or something I’d rather you just rub one out.” 

    Landon’s stomach had butterflies, and his dick was definitely forming a tent in his shorts. Landon replied, “what, right here?”

    “I mean if you want to. But I just meant if you needed to go off sometime over the weekend to cum you should feel free too.”

    Fuck. Maybe Landon had misread the signals. He just said thanks and they moved on to talking about what their other college friends were doing. 

     

    The friends eventually parked and hiked for what seemed like at least a few hours. By the time Daniel was satisfied with a spot to set up camp it was already almost dark. Daniel said, “We are going to have to set up quickly if we want to beat the dark.”

    So they each got to work on their already designated tasks and got the camp up and running in just over an hour. 

    “God, I’m exhausted,” said Landon. 

    “Yeah me too,” said Daniel, “let’s rinse off in the river and head to bed.”

    They both got naked and jumped in the river. As they scrubbed themselves with soap Daniel said “hey if you want me to go back now and you can do your business here that’s totally cool.” Landon had no idea what to say so he just said “oh, okay sure,” and with that Daniel headed back. 

    Landon figured he might as well as rub one out as long as he was being given the access too. But as he stroked his cock he couldn’t help but wonder what Daniel was doing while he waited for him to be finished. He decided to head back. 

    When he walked into the tent Daniel was naked in his sleeping bag with his hand around his hard dick. When Daniel saw Landon come in he didn’t move but he said “oh shit, sorry. You got off quick.”

    “Oh, I didn’t finish.”

    “Was there a problem?”

    “No, I was just curious about what you were doing?”

    “Well, I’m not gonna lie I’ve been horny since I saw you fingering yourself in the shower earlier.”

    “Oh?”

    “I mean don’t get me wrong your my best friend, but that was hot as fuck.”

    Landon laughed nervously “do you remember that time sophomore year when I came out to you?”

    Daniel, who was still sitting with his hand on his hard cock, replied, “yeah I remember.”

    “So you remember what you told me?”

    “That I was bi.”

    “And?”

    Daniel smiled. “You mean when I said we could do stuff together sometime if you wanted.”

    “So you do remember.”

    “Yeah and I remember how you never made any moves on me after that.”

    “Shit dude you know how awkward I am,” was the only excuse Landon could come up with. Internally he was punching himself in the face for never making any advances on Daniel.

    Daniel was the first to break the silence “well obviously you can see that I’m still horny and I know you said you still haven’t finished yet. Why don’t we just jerk off together?”

    Landon still couldn’t believe this was happening. He said sure and went and sat next to Daniel who said “there isn’t really service out here so we can’t watch any porn.”

    Landon who was finally allowing himself to get a good look at Daniel’s cock replied, “I should be good, “ to which Daniel said, “well, alright then, me too.”

    They both began to stroke their own dicks matching the slow pace of one another. Landon kept his eyes on Daniel’s hard cock. It was at least seven or eight inches and it looked incredible in a hand. All Landon could picture was Daniel’s dick sliding into his ass. 

    After a few minutes, Daniel took Landon’s dick into his hand and started to jerk him. Landon sighed at the warm sensation of someone else’s hand. He then returned the favor and began to jerk off Daniel as well. Both of them could feel how hard the other was, which only made them hornier. 

    Landon could see the pre-cum leaking from Daniel’s dick and all he could think about was tasting it on his lips. He leaned over and whispered to Daniel that he wanted to blow him. Daniel nodded with a slight smirk.

    Landon turned on top of Daniel and began to kiss his neck. He slowly made his way kissing down his body while still jerking Daniel off. When he got to Daniel’s nipples he slowly circled them with his tongue feeling them harden with every passing second. Landon gently bit one of Daniel’s nipples which caused Daniel to lightly moan. 

    This only encouraged Landon more who then took the liberty to trace Daniel’s happy trail with his tongue. He continued to kiss around Daniel’s body and he could feel Daniel’s dick throbbing under his chin. 

    Finally, he took Daniel’s cock into his mouth and Daniel let out another moan. Landon was practically drooling by that point which made the feeling all the better for Daniel. Landon continued to work up and down in a slow fashion really making sure to emphasize his tongue work around the head. 

    As he got more comfortable he began to slowly make his way down Daniel’s entire shaft. Eventually, he was nose-deep into Daniel’s taint. Daniel was breathing heavily and he was pulsing his dick as it sat deep into Landon’s throat. Landon could feel how well Daniel’s dick slipped through his mouth. He could feel the head slowly pushing in and out of the back of his throat. 

    Daniel placed his hand on Landon’s head and pushed his pelvis up to force himself even deeper. Landon’s dick was dripping. Daniel started to guide Landon’s head up and down faster and faster until Landon went to town on his own. Even though his speed increased he still kept the technique that was taking Daniel over the edge. 

    Daniel’s body was pulsing with every motion of Landon’s head and he could feel the intensity begin in his balls. Daniel pulled Landon’s mouth off of him to keep him from cumming. Landon, confused, gave a questioning look. 

    Daniel assured him “holy shit that was amazing I was getting close.”

    Landon asked, “do you want to cum?”

    “Yes, but not yet.”

    “What do you want to do?”

    “I want to be inside you.”

    Landon’s dick could not have gotten harder. 

    Daniel continued, “I’m taking that as a yes then?”

    Landon nodded eagerly. “Turn around,” Daniel demanded. Landon did what he was told and was on all fours. Daniel’s hands found his ass and he could feel it as he caressed and squeezed his cheeks. Daniel couldn’t help himself and he started to lightly smack Landon’s ass just so he could see it jiggle. 

    Daniel started to kiss Landon’s ass and eventually put his tongue onto Landon’s hole. He continued to use his tongue to explore anything he could. Landon was in complete bliss. After a little bit, Landon’s ass was relaxed and begging for something to enter it. 

    Sensing this Daniel began to tease Landon’s hole with his finger. He slowly circled his finger around Landon’s wet hole. He could feel Landon tensing and relaxing his hole. Daniel slowly started to push his finger into Landon’s tight hole. He began to insert in and out. 

    “How do you like this?” Daniel asks.

    “It feels so good”

    “Do you like my fingers being in your hole baby?”

    “Yes.”

    “Yes, what?”

    “Yes, baby.”

    “Do you want to feel me inside of you?”

    “Yes, baby”

    “How bad do you want it?”

    “I want it so fucking bad baby.”

    “Beg for it.”

    “Baby please stick it inside of me. My tight hole needs to feel you inside of it.”

    “Good. Now get on your back.”

    Landon did as he was told and turned around to his back. Daniel lifted Landon’s legs up onto his shoulder and spit directly onto Landon’s hole. He then went to the top of Landon and told him to “open up.” Landon opened his mouth and Daniel stuck his cock down his throat and facefucked him. 

    After Daniel’s cock was wet he backed up and started to put his dick on the outside of Landon’s hole. Landon’s cock was dripping with anticipation. Daniel started to push in and Landon closed his eyes to mute the initial pressure. 

    Daniel started to slowly move in and out to slightly loosen up Landon’s tight hole. Daniel then pushed all the way into Landon causing Landon to moan out loud. 

    “Fuck baby,” was Daniel’s response. 

    Daniel started to fuck Landon a little bit faster. Daniel could feel how warm Landon’s ass was and it felt amazing around his raging hard dick. He started to fuck Landon faster and harder causing Landon to roll his eyes back with pleasure. 

    Daniel leaned forward as he continued to fuck Landon so he could hear the moans he was causing him directly in his ear. Landon whispered to him “you feel so fucking good, baby.”

    Daniel took his dick out and flipped Landon over onto his stomach. With Landon laying flat on his stomach he got on top of him and stuck his dick into Landon’s tight butt cheeks eventually making his way back into Landon’s hole. Landon moaned from the pleasure of Daniel’s dick being back inside him. 

    Daniel began to fuck Landon hard. Landon’s legs were shaking and his feet were up in the air from how strong the feeling in his prostate was. Daniel pulled Landon slightly back so he was on his knees and he began to fuck him doggy.

    Landon couldn’t help but moan with every thrust Daniel pounded into him. Daniel was like a machine and just kept pounding and pounding Landon’s prostate causing Landon to be unable to form real words. 

    Daniel stopped again and told Landon to “flip over. I want to fuck you missionary so I can see your face when you cum.” Landon turned onto his back and Daniel wasted no time reentering Landon.

    Daniel fucked Landon hard and deep as he used Landon’s pre-cum to jerk Landon off. Landon could do nothing except lay there and moan from the pleasure. As Landon got closer he clenched his anus more and more only making Daniel want to fuck harder. 

    Landon was getting close and with Daniel hitting his prostate every second he couldn’t articulate the words to let Daniel know. But the sounds escaping his body were enough. Daniel tightened his grip on Landon’s dick and began to fuck as hard as he could. Landon could feel the orgasm throughout his entire body. His cum squirted all over his stomach and up to his face. 

    Daniel wasn’t far behind once he saw Landon jiz all over himself. With a couple more pumps he was yelling “fuck baby your hole is going to make me cum!” As he came into Landon he pushed hard and deep, and Landon could feel his dick pulsing inside of him. 

    Daniel fell onto Landon and they stayed there for a few minutes just catching their breath. After a little bit, Landon finally got the energy to say “I think that was one of the best fucks I have ever had.” 

    Daniel looked over and smiled “this is going to be a fun weekend.”

  • Full naked

    I started grad school in a major city, which I won’t name, and was always looking for extra money.  Sometimes I would bartend private events when I could find the work.   One day I found an ad for a nude model for a gay men’s drawing group.  I work hard on my body and have always been kind of an exhibitionist, so I sent in my photos and I got to do it a couple of weeks later.  There were about 30 guys in the class, most of whom seemed like serious artists, and while I was initially nervous and wondering if I would regret my decision, I really found the experience of being naked and modeling to be freeing and a lot of fun. 

    After the class, one of the guys, probably pushing 60 years old, came up to me and asked if I would like to do some modeling for him on the side and could we exchange numbers. I said sure, figuring I was unlikely to hear from him again because this kind of thing happens all the time when you are bartending, and I gave him my number. I was surprised when he did call me a couple of weeks later.

    On the phone, he said that he actually had two proposals for me.  First, he wanted me to come to his place and model for him.  But also, he was having a party and he wanted to know if I would consider being a nude model waiter at his party.   I had never done anything like that before – the closest was bartending without my shirt at a pool party.  So I was like “you really want me to serve completely naked?”  And then I was like, “who is going to be at this party?”  and “what exactly will I be doing?” So he convinced me that it was for a group of about 15 guys, some of whom were artists and there would be food and drink.  I said that I bartended too, which he thought was great, so yes he wanted me to bartend and serve naked because I was beautiful and would be fun to have around.  So I said ok.

    So I bartended his party, and I was head to toe naked, which I was totally comfortable with. It turned out he owned a townhouse, which was really nice, and I was relieved that it seemed like everything was on the up and up. The guys all loved me, and of course the more they drank, the more they wanted to touch me.  So of course I was kept pretty much rock hard the whole time. But all in all they were very respectful, and I enjoyed myself.  As I was getting dressed to leave, the host, whose name is Jack, came to pay me. He paid me a lot of money, which was really nice. And we started talking about how I was in school, and that I really appreciated the money, and I mentioned that I had been looking for a place to live.

    About a week went by, and Jack called me again. I assumed he wanted me to model for him, but instead he said he had another proposal. He knew I was looking for a place to live, and he explained he had the basement level of his townhouse fixed up as a guest room that wasn’t used that much because there were bedrooms upstairs. The guest room had it’s own bathroom and was a pretty big space. He offered to have me live there rent free, but he had one request. He wanted me to be completely naked in the house. 

    Of course, I was excited at the prospect of the free rent but immediately suspicious. So you just want me to be naked? No sex? He assured me that there be absolutely no expectation of that.  And he added that he is not a nudist, so I would not have to see him that way. But that he was serious about my having the room for free, that he was lonely and really liked having me around, but that in exchange he wanted me naked all the time, except of course when I needed to get dressed to go out, or when I was alone in my room. 

    So I told him I would think about it. Then a couple of days later he called me again, and I said ok.  I figured if it didn’t work out I would just leave. But he seemed like a nice guy, and it was a beautiful house, and I was kind of excited by the idea. I asked him what I was supposed to do if we had visitors, and he said obviously he would be respectful of my guests, and he would give me notice if there were any special circumstances, but otherwise I was to assume that my body should be on display for everyone to see at all times.

    As it turned out, I got used to being naked very quickly, and Jack really enjoyed having me there.  He was very respectful, and he didn’t take up a lot of my time, which was great because I needed to study.  He spent a lot of time admiring my body and certainly enjoying how he had managed to get a young naked guy to live with him. But he didn’t overstep his bounds, and I had free rent. During the first couple of weeks, he asked me to model for his artwork a couple of times, and I happily indulged him.

    Then one day he told me he was having dinner with a few friends at their apartment, and they had talked it over and wanted me to be their nude waiter.  I told Jack that would be fine since I was really grateful to him. He explained that the guys wanted to pay me. and they didn’t at all expect me to do it for free. This party would be a little different than the last one. There would be only 5 of them, and it was to be a sit down dinner. However, they all wanted to see me cum.

    My mind started to race with images of what I was going to have to do in front of these five old guys. Part of me was wondering once again what I had gotten myself into, but I was also frankly surprised I hadn’t been asked to do this before, at least by Jack. I had to admit the exhibitionist side of me was intrigued, and running around naked all the time had left me chronically horny.

    Cum how, I asked. Undefined, but maybe you could jerk off us at some point, Jack replied.  I know they will pay you really well. So of course, I agreed. I had officially become the preferred entertainment for a select group of aging gay men with lots of expendable income. It could have been worse, I told myself.

    The dinner was a good deal raunchier than I had expected. I didn’t do much serving of food.  Instead, I was kind of a new toy to be played with. Fortunately, I got to drink with them. The evening consisted on me getting felt up and fingered in every possible position, massaged, sitting straddled across laps, on the dining table, and finally getting jerked to orgasm. I was tipped handsomely for the experience.

    My naked living arrangements continued to be peppered with art modeling and various events as I was passed around to the community of Jack’s friends. During the tenure, I got massaged on a table by a very handsome masseur (also naked) as the main event for a party, the culmination of which was being jerked to orgasm. At another event, I worked alongside two other naked guys as a bartender/server. One of the other guys got full-on fucked by one of the more attractive guests in the middle of the party. I tried to stay clear of that level of whoredom, and Jack was totally sympathetic. The variety of ways these guys had invented to entertain themselves amazed me, and I wondered if this is how affluent older gay men spend their time. 

    I will say that the most memorable event was the New Years Eve party given by one of the gentlemen. The plan was quite elaborate. I was hired with four other guys to bartend a cocktail party which was held at a large suburban house. There were about seventy-five people, mostly gay men but some women too. The guests were in formal attire, most in tuxedos and other dressy clothes, but the bartenders were to be nude and fully erect. To accomplish this, we all had to take Viagra beforehand. So crucial was this element to the detail of the party that it was part of an interview process that we were subjected to. The host’s assistant invited me to a meeting via email at which I was given a Viagra, waited an appropriate amount of time, then stripped naked to conduct the interview and to insure the effects were adequate. Once again I was amazed that they had found five very handsome guys with awesome erections that were proudly displayed against the backdrop of evening dress. 

    Of course, it did not end there. The assistant had informed us at the interview that there would be a “second party” which was optional but for which we would be handsomely compensated should we wish to participate. Toward the end of the evening, when the females and many of the guests had left, some of the male guests stayed around at we were all ushered into another room. At the front of the room was a large plastic swimming pool like the kind kids often play in when the weather is warm. The host called all of the bartenders into the room and explained what would happen next. He explained that during this part of the evening, the bartenders would be getting a little more intimate with each other. The crowd of remaining guests gathered to watch while the bartenders all got in the plastic pool, popped bottles of champagne, and poured the champagne over each other. The idea was then for us to interact with each other in any way we wished. Of course, after a little foreplay, it was almost impossible not to dive into this fantasy orgy where the five of us ended up eating each other’s champagne filled holes, sucking thirstily on each other’s erections, and fucking each other until were all soaked with cum. The host and his friends were left drooling.

    I stayed with Jack at his townhouse for a few more months before I finished school and went on to get my own place. I really enjoyed those times and I was grateful to Jack for the adoration and companionship. I never felt used by him, and I look back on the experience with a huge smile. After the New Year’s Party, there were more art sessions and a few more of the dinner parties. I kept in touch with one of the guys from the party that came by to Jack’s townhouse for some more fun on a couple of occasions. He hadn’t been aware of my naked living arrangement, but he happily joined right in. There was no point in taking him down to my basement quarters for our fun either. We fucked openly in the living room for Jack’s enjoyment.

  • Spider-Man: HomeCumming

    Tom thought Ryan had it all…

    He was older, sexy as hell and always seemed to have a mischievous glint in his eye. When they’d met months before on the Marvel studio lot there had been an instant easy chemistry, the older man had then asked the younger man out to lunch with him. They talked about acting and Ryan had imparted some advice to the up and coming actor… But their date had been mostly thinly veiled flirting and sexual innuendos that had turned on Tom so much he was touching himself as soon as he got back to his place that day. And again that night. Thinking of all the ways he wanted the stud. He couldn’t get Ryan off his mind. He knew then and there he’d have to have this man. And on the night that would change his life forever, the premier of Spider-Man:Homecoming he got to have him as his cherry “on top”.

    So when he showed up at the premiere unexpectedly… Tom knew he’d have his chance. And now they were here…. Up in Tom’s hotel room…

    “Uhhhhhh!” Tom bellowed, his back arching as Ryan slid deep and hard. He felt the change in pace, the urgency as Ryan plunged deeper and his strokes came faster.

    Tom lifted his long sensuous legs from the bed and let them dangle in the air. He spread them wide while reaching between his legs to grab his leaking cock. Ryan leaned down and began kissing along Tom’s jaw, eliciting soft moans from the boy, Ryan laid himself flat against Tom, still giving him just enough room to stroke himself as Ryan thrust with more measured intensity. Ryan began to swivel his sexy hips and dig deep to hit Tom’s prostate. Tom began moaning even louder, the new angle hitting all the right spots, he felt tears welling up in his eyes. The pain, the pleasure. It was all too much. He buried his blushing face into the pillow and let out a scream so loud the entire hotel probably heard. Ryan wanted to blow the young man away. Mark him for life. Make sure he would never forget this night. His lips kissed at Tom’s cheeks, he grabbed Tom’s face and cupped his cheek. It was a possessive move but one he was sure turned the horny boy on even more.

    “Uh…. ooh, ohhhh!” Tom moaned, legs shaking and toes curling. He didn’t know whether to stay in the moment or just cum right then and there. Ryan smiled devilishly down at him…”You like that?” Ryan teases. Tom gasps at the question. Wide eyed, looking at the stud on top of him. Ryan began nibbling at Tom’s bottom lip as he jabbed inside the young hottie harder. “You like that?” He asked more forcefully, with an intense look in his eyes, piercing right into Tom’s soul. Tom nodded fervently, his free hand reaching back and grabbing onto the sheets so hard. Knuckles turning white. He let out a chocked “Oh my god… Yessss… I do!! I Love it aaahhh”… Ryan lifted up, looking down at Tom with lust filled eyes as he snapped his hips a little harder. Tom threw his head back and let out a guttural groan as he wrapped his smooth legs around Ryan’s waist, heels interlocking as he rocked back , needy, against every thrust. Ryan breathed hard, took in the sight of Tom gasping and looking back at him.

    Sweat matted Tom’s hair to his head and his mouth was open, freely releasing groans. Ryan’s hand roamed Tom’s defined chest.

    “Like that?” Ryan asked breathlessly. His voice low and silky smooth, slowing down his strokes for a moment. Tom nodded a response, trying to grasp onto words as his body tried to grasp onto any drops of oxygen. Ryan pulled out almost all the way and waited before slamming back in.

    “Aaaaaaah Ryan!!!” Tom moaned, tipping his head back, ankles hooking even tighter against Ryan’s back, preventing him from pulling too far out. The boy was absolutely insatiable for cock. “I like it” Ryan said, voice deep and dreamy, shallow thrusts making Tom’s back arch just a little more under Ryan. “I like being in you” Ryan groaned out. Tom’s eyed welled up again looking up at the gorgeous man that was making him come apart, mouth agape because he wasn’t able to find that part of the brain that controlled speech.

    Ryan’s dirty talking was the sweetest torture. “I like fucking you hard” Ryan whispered and that yanked a tight groan from Tom that made Ryan smile for a second before his own thrust forced him to close his eyes and slow down for just an instant.

    “Fuckkk meeee ughnn” Tom whimpered. Biting his lips. He exhaled hard before pleading, “Baby, please…. fuckkk meeee” Tom keened. His eyes full of deep need, begging for release. Ryan held onto Tom’s beautiful face, his face dangerously close to Tom’s. He swallowed each of Tom’s ragged breaths, lips just barely grazing Tom’s as he worked into Tom a little harder. Tom’s mouth opened into a silent moan. His spine was tingling and his legs were tightening around Ryan. Ryan felt Tom shuddering and there was no denying they were both nearing that point where they wouldn’t return.

    “Ryan…oh my… ” Tom gasped, lips quivering, his throat dry and his body drenched with sweat.

    Ryan keeps fucking into Tom, so incredibly deep. Ryan’s hips undulate as he thrusts in, and the rub of his cock inside Tom is the sweetest, most mind-numbing pleasure Tom has ever experienced.

    Ryan leans in face inches away from Tom’s “Did you believe me?” Ryan says in a deep half whispered tone dripping with lust, speeding up his thrusts. “When I told you that I would fuck you this good?” he punctuates his “good” with a thrust so perfect it makes Tom’s eyes roll back in his head as he lets out a loud cry of pleasure, unable to hold himself together anymore.

    “I want you to cum for me. Can you do that baby boy?” Ryan asks in between ragged breaths as he gives a particularly mean thrust. Tom can only cry out in response, eyes rolling back into his head. He doesn’t have any words left, can’t articulate anything, but he fists his fingers in the short hairs on the back of Ryan’s neck, tugging lightly.

    Tom can tell they’re both close, in the way Ryan’s thrusts have become erratic, and the way his hair is damp with sweat. Tom can’t even believe he’s lasted this long, and as much as he wants Ryan to be deep inside him, fucking him forever, he also desperately wants to cum. He wraps his trembling hand around his aching cock. He jacks himself off rapidly, his hand moving in a flurry, pre-cum dripping everywhere.

    Ryan begins fucking into him mercilessly, beckoning him on with grunts of “Cum baby, cum, shoot it all over your fucking stomach!” Tom groans, and buries his head in the space between Ryan’s neck and shoulder and let’s out an uninhibited scream of pure ecstasy. He was completely overwhelmed by so many emotions and the indescribable pleasure he was feeling every time Ryan thrust inside him. He’s about to come undone any second now and he knows it. “Oh Ryan… oh my god…you’re gonna make me cummmmm! Tom manages to gasp out. Ryan whispers “Cum for me beautiful. Show me how you come undone…” And nibbles Tom’s ear. It’s just all Tom can take.

    “Oh! I’m gonna cum! I-Im gonna! Oh fuuckkk” Tom cries out, eyes screwing shut, desperately burying his face into Ryan’s neck. Tom feels himself tighten rhythmically around Ryan’s thick cock as his orgasm hits him in waves. Torrents of pleasure. Every muscle in his body tenses. He frantically wraps his free arm around Ryan’s neck. He lets out a choked scream as he bursts all over himself, cum spraying over his sweat covered stomach and chest. He couldn’t put it into words if someone asked him. Cum continues to drip over his trembling hand and unto his stomach. His whole body quakes and his legs shake. He claws at Ryan’s hair and Ryan crushes their lips together into a searing wet kiss and Tom can see stars.

    As he spurts over their bellies, he feels like he’s been wrecked and he doesn’t care. “That’s it! That’s it baby” Ryan grunts as he starts pumping faster into the boy. “You’re so fucking hot. Cumming like that for me. Cumming on my dick like that baby boy…” Ryan’s words make Tom flush down to his chest.

    “Tom” Ryan mewled, screwing deeper and thrusting quicker. “Oh, oh, oh,” Ryan. managed to get out, his own body quaking because he had held back for too long. He came deep inside Tom, trembling and letting out a string of profanities.

    “Fuuuuuuckkkkk!” Tom whimpered and held on to Ryan’s strong arms. Ryan grasped Tom’s face pulling him in for a delicious wet kiss.

    “Let’s do that again sometime soon Spidey” Ryan says letting out a hearty laugh. Planting a soft kiss over Tom’s sweaty forehead.

    The End. 

  • Hitch

    For David

    For Billie Kidd. I was a jerk. You were beautiful.
    For Virginia. Thanks for opening this door.

    Editor: Jerry


    Prologue:

    George Hitchcock is on his way to becoming a full-time reporter. It doesn’t matter where. He took the journalism classes necessary. He took more English literature classes than are required. His creative writing teachers tell him he’s a gifted writer, certain to get published.

    Having the tools is one thing, but does he have a nose for news? That is something that can’t be taught. You either had an instinct for what was news, or you didn’t. Writing the news was the easy part. Captivating your audience with well written prose was essential, once the story turned into big news.

    George is determined to become a reporter. With more than one recommendation, and with letters of introduction, the talented student has been hired as a stringer at the City News.

    While he develops his sources in places where the news starts its journey to become a story, George drinks with the local cops. He doesn’t mind buying his buddies drinks, and they don’t mind talking about the cases that are keeping them up nights.

    It’s an arrangement journalism teachers recommend. if you intend to get your hands on the best stories, before the competition gets to them, you need reliable sources to get you pointed in the right direction, and that’s when the writing classes pay off.

    George knows he has a nose for news. He is sure he’s on the way to the full-time reporters job. Once he gets noticed. He’ll be on his way, as long as he isn’t noticed too closely.

    George Hitchcock, Hitch to other reporters and his friends, is not what he appears to be. That’s a story he won’t be telling to City News readers.

    You’re Up

    After three months as a stringer on the City News, George wasn’t ready to call it quits. He’d be back in the morning, no matter what story he was sent out on this afternoon. The manager of the Local News desk had just picked up the telephone.

    “City desk, Charlie Myers,” Mr. Myers yelled into the phone. “Speak slower, Start at the beginning. Where are you? Who are you? What makes you think this is news, Lady. Slow down.”

    There were a few, “Uh huhs,” after another “slow down.”

    Charlie, Pops to those of us who got to run down the stories he sent us to cover, took notes as he tried to dig details out of the caller.

    He growled impatiently, but Mr. Myers was looking straight at George, which meant he was up. He’d catch the story no matter if it was news or not. Such calls leaned toward the or not, but that didn’t matter. The City News gathered information, and once you were handed the assignment, you ran down the story.

    The longer the conversation went on, the more involved the story became, if Mr. Myers was true to form. It didn’t take a genius to know he was up. All the real reporters were out, and at three in the afternoon, George was the only stringer on the floor.

    It was August. Naturally, It was too hot, too humid, and there wasn’t so much as a breeze stirring. The City News building wasn’t air conditioned, and even with his jacket off, there were two telltale rings on his crisp white shirt under both of George’s arms. At least outside he’d breathe something besides printers’ ink and stale air.

    Mr. Myers banged down the receiver into the cradle. It was a wonder he didn’t break the damn thing, but when his arm shot out with a piece of paper off his note pad in it, George reached for his jacket.

    “Mr. Hitchcock, you’re up,” Pops said. “Fire and police on 3rd S.E. Woman doesn’t have any idea of what’s going on. They’ve blocked the street at both ends. Go see what you can see. If it’s important, we go to press in an hour. Call me if it needs to go in this edition.

    “Sure, Pops,” George said, slipping his jacket on.

    It had been yes, Mr. Myers, no, Mr. Myers for the first week. Now it was Pops. The Walrus, Doc, Mr. Warner, was still Mr. Warner. Why the man scared George was anyone’s guess. Maybe because he was the editor-in-chief at the City News. Maybe because he growled.

    The Walrus hired him. He was a man who looked like he’d enjoy firing people. He gave the orders. He didn’t talk, he growled. George didn’t like being growled at. It was his first job in the field of big time journalism. He didn’t like a lot of things, but he wanted to be a journalist. You had to start somewhere.

    The City News went to press at 3:45p.m. daily. If everything ran smoothly, the City News hit the newsstands at five o’clock. Delivery boys in nearby suburbs had theirs between 5:30 and 6:00.

    “Mr. Hitchcock, call it in if you have the story before three forty-five, it’ll make this edition if you do. Get a ride with a pool car, walk, fly for all I care, but call me before three forty-five if it’s anything.”

    “I’ve been here for over three months. I know when we put the paper to bed,” George said, taking the assignment slip, and heading for the stairs.

    Passing his desk on the way out, he reached for his credentials. Wouldn’t do to go out on a story without his credentials. He was no one without his I.D.

    George glanced at the Walrus sitting regally behind his huge desk, as he made the right turn and headed for the stairs. When the Walrus had nothing to say to him were the best days.

    A good day was when Pops actually gave him a real story. It did happen, but not often enough. He was at work by seven each morning, earlier than any other stringer came in. He was still there at seven in the evening, long after the other stringers were gone.

    If he wasn’t there he couldn’t get assignments. He came early and stayed late for that reason. By being there, chances were, sooner or later, he’d get a story that rated a byline. He wouldn’t get it if he was at home putting in sack time. He could sleep after he’d been made a full-time reporter at the City News.

    Real reporters weren’t in the newsroom that often. They called in for their assignments, and they phones in their copy half the time. It was surprising how little news took place inside the newsroom.

    Getting the real stories over the phone left anything else for stringers to cover. From time to time, with all the reporters on assignment, Pops was forced to assign stories that might be worth covering to the stringer who was up. George was the most likely stringer to be up at any given time, because he was always there, always ready to cover any story he was sent out on.

    A stringer freelanced. He was working for himself, but if the stringer knew his stuff, and got a couple of bylines, the editor-in-chief, Mr. Warner, alias the Walrus or Doc, begrudging hired you as a full-time reporter.

    Half of George’s stories ended up in the circular file. Not because he couldn’t write, but because what he wrote about was of no interest to anyone. If you were assigned a story, you’d better write something.

    His journalism teacher told him, “Anyone can call himself a newspaperman. Until you are in the newsroom long enough to catch the kinds of stories careers were made out of, you’re just another guy with big dreams.”

    George decided to walk to 3rd Street. He didn’t want to take a pool car on a story he could yell in. The City News building was about five blocks away. It was hotter than he liked, but getting outside and getting some fresh air, while imagining a hostage situation or maybe armed robbers took refuge in a house on 3rd Street.

    Had it been either of those, someone would already be covering the action.

    George had a hard time believing this story would amount to anything. None of the last ten stories he covered did. It was summer. Everyone was away. The City was dead and stories played hard to get.

    Tossing his jacket over his shoulder, stuffing the assignment sheet into his pocket, he breathed in the warm fresh air. It wasn’t the heat that got to people this time of year. It was the humidity that smothered you.

    Smart folks were on vacation in August. It was the final chance to get away from the rat race, until the holidays. The kids would be back to school in a couple of weeks, and the family was stuck in town.

    Walking meant not having some nearly brain-dead driver to contend with. If George covered something in one of the far away suburbs, and he’d done it more than once, he accepted a ride in a pool car. That’s if there was one a real reporter hadn’t reserved. if there wasn’t a car available, he improvised.

    No self-respecting reporter took a bus, but he’d taken a bus more than once on assignment. Pop didn’t care how you got to where the story was, but you better not be late. If you couldn’t get back in time for the paper to go to press, you better phone it in.

    George could buy a car. He had savings from working while he put himself through college. There were more essential things than a car. His journalism teacher had been a reporter for several decades. His advice to George was to establish himself with the sources that could do him the most good.

    Cops were the best sources to have. Then, he needed to be friendly with other reporters. Stories don’t fall off of trees. Be friendly to everyone. Because everyone has a story they want to tell. If you are likeable and don’t pressure people into talking to you, they’ll be more likely to tell you what they know.

    George needed one or two stories that earned him a byline. It would give him the inside track on the full-time reporters job he was after. A byline was as good as gold in the news business. Readers who liked what you wrote, created demand. That was as good s gold too.

    Once he was a full-time reporter, the pressure would be off. George could make all those writing classes he took pay dividends.

    Writing was the easy part. George was an excellent writer, according to the journalism teachers and the creative writing teachers at school, but to write great prose, you needed to have something to write about, and so far, George hadn’t had much to write about at the City News. He’d give it time. He had plenty of time.

    Heading for 3rd Street, S.E., took him five blocks from the City News building. Looking down 3rd, he saw two police cars parked nose to nose, blocking 3rd. There were fire trucks further down 3rd, and he saw two police cars parked nose to nose at the other end of the block.

    George was hopeful. Maybe it was a hostage situation. Maybe bang robbers barricaded themselves in someone’s house. The excitement in George was rising. This could end up being something.

    There was no way to know what to expect, and as he approached the first police car, blocking the street, he took his credentials out, pinning the I.D. to his jacket. He let a little of the excitement he felt propel him forward.

    George looked but he couldn’t see anything that required so many police and fire department personnel. The activity centered around a big oak tree between a house and the street. A half dozen uniformed men stood looking up into the tree.

    Was someone up there, George wondered. Maybe he was fleeing the scene of a crime. They might have the bad guy cornered, but why all the fire trucks? Did he set something on fire?

    George was alive with anticipation. He approached the first cop he came to. The young officer was leaning on the fender of his car. His focus was on his buddies under the oak tree.

    “What’s up?” George asked in his friendliest voice.

    The cop stood up to his full five foot eight or five foot nine. He looked George over. George stopped in between the two cop cars that were blocking that end of 3rd Street.

    “Who are you?” Officer Harmon asked, while George read his name tag.

    George, leaving his credentials attached to his lapel, held it up.

    “Cat’s up in the tree,” Officer Harmon said.

    “Is he a cool cat. What did he do to require so much attention?”

    “Who are you?” Officer Harmon asked, looking him over again, like he’d never seen him before.

    George removed his I.D., holding it up for the officer to read. Maybe he needed glasses.

    Getting no response, George added, “George Hitchcock, City News.”

    “Not a dude type cat. A meow type cat,” Officer Harmon clarified.

    “One, two, three, fire trucks. Two cop cars here and two more at the other end of the block. Isn’t that a lot of fire power for a cat?”

    Officer Harmon shrugged.

    “ We saw the fire trucks. We came down to see what was going on. I suppose the other two cop cars did the same thing we did. I can’t tell you why it took three fire trucks to look at a cat in a tree.”

    “Do you mind me walking down there to see what they intend to do?” George asked.

    “No, I’m just watching. You can do what you like,” Officer Harmon said.

    George nodded and walked to where three firemen and a cop stood under the tree. Off to the right a few feet was a woman wringing her hands on an apron with bright red roses on it. I was sure I’d found that cat in the tree’s owner.

    “Excuse me, is that your cat in the tree?”

    “It is. I didn’t know what to do. I dialed 9-1-1. I didn’t expect all this,” she said.

    “What’s the cat’s name?” George asked, looking up the tree.

    “Prissy,” she said.

    “What’s your name?” George asked, taking out pad and pencil.

    “Who are you?” she asked. “I’m Annette Dickerson.”

    “George Hitchcock, City News,” George said.

    “Oh my goodness,” Mrs. Dickerson said. “You don’t intend to write about this in the newspaper?”

    “I will write about it, but it’ll never make it as news. Unless it is a really slow news day, Mrs. Dickerson. Maybe if your cat flew down, that would be news.”

    “I don’t know why all these people came,” she said. “Why do you think they came? Am I going to be in trouble?” she asked.

    Let me go see what I can find out for you,” George said. “Once they saw what the problem was, it was their decision to keep all this equipment here. The cop said he saw the fire trucks and came to see what was going on. No, you aren’t in trouble but Prissy could be.”

    George strolled over to the huddle of firemen and one cop.

    “George Hitchcock, City News,” he said. “What’s up?”

    All four of them looked up into the tree.

    “Who are you?” Assistant-Chief Williams asked.

    George held up his credentials and he read.

    “Cat’s in the tree,” Assistant-Chief Williams said.

    Since George now had three sources, he could write that it was a cat in the tree, but why would he? A cat in a tree wasn’t a story. Three fire trucks and four cop cars were. George decided to use tact.

    “That’s Prissy the cat in the tree,” George offered.

    “You think if we call the cat by name, it’ll come down?” the assistant-chief asked.

    “Chief Williams,” I said, giving him a field promotion. “That cat will come out of that tree when it has to pee or when it gets hungry. Why did you say all these city assets are holding court on 3rd Street?”

    “Like most things that just happen, it just happened. We’re required to run the engines each day, and with this being vacation season, we haven’t had a call since Monday. We’d turned these three trucks on to run for a half hour or so, and we got the 9-1-1 call on the cat in the tree. We naturally saw a chance to do something while we ran the engines, and here we are.”

    George was speechless. If this wasn’t a story before he heard what the assistant-chief said, it certainly wasn’t one now. Running fire trucks, as per city regs, didn’t usually make big news.

    “Three fire trucks and four police cars seem like a lot to answer one cat call,” George calculated.

    “That’s because we’ve nothing to do. The police aren’t any busier than we are. I can’t figure you guys are all that busy,” Assistant-Chief Williams said.

    “Since you got here, what have you done, Chief? They sent me to cover the story about fire trucks and police cars on 3rd Street. If I want to keep my job, I’ve got to write something.”

    Assistant-Chief Williams laughed.

    “Cable, that’s the fireman standing over there,” he pointed, while he spoke. “Cable claimed he’s a tree climber from way back. He volunteered to climb up to get the cat. As you may notice, where the knobby cut marks are, a tree limb has been hacked off. The city said it was to keep kids out of the big oaks along 2nd and 3rd Streets. I told city parks, ‘it works on fireman too,’ if they kept notes on that sort of thing.’ Cable’s arms weren’t long enough, or the limbs weren’t low enough for him to reach. He couldn’t climb this tree.”

    “Wouldn’t a ladder work? Fire trucks still have ladders on the side, don’t they? Are the ladders just for show, Chief?” George asked.

    “That was Simpson’s idea. ‘Get a ladder, I’ll bring the cat down.’ he told me.’”

    “Cat’s still up there, Chief. Ladder wasn’t long enough?” George asked, looking at a ladder on the side of one of the closest truck.

    “No, Simpson went right up there. When he reached for the cat, it climbed higher in the tree. Once the ladder was fully extended, the cat moved two feet higher than the top of the ladder. Simpson couldn’t quite reach it. We decided it was too dangerous to risk a fireman getting hurt. As I told you, we were just running the truck’s engines as is required. We didn’t know what we were getting into, until we got here, and then we thought we could help, but now the engines have run plenty long enough, and we need to get the trucks tucked back in at the firehouse, before someone misses them.”

    “What are you going to do about the cat?” George asked.

    “Go back to the firehouse. I’ll call in a few hours to see if the cat came down. As slow as things are, we can wait, and while we wait, we’ll play a little poker.”

    “I’m a fair poker player myself,” George said, seeing a chance to get acquainted with the fireman in the city.

    “We’ll probably break out the cards around six. Come on by, after you get off. Always room for one more,” Assistant-Chief Williams said.

    “I just might do that, Chief. I need to get back to write this story,” George said. “I can’t wait to see how it turns out, if I’m not sent out on another assignment, I’ll drop by the firehouse.”

    “You won’t mention the poker game if you write about the cat in the tree, will you?” Assistant-Chief Williams asked.

    “Not on your life. I don’t want to see any good poker games closed down because of me,” George said. “Save a seat for me.”

    “You could report it at the poker games. The cops sit in on our games. They enjoy poker too,” Assistant-Chief Williams said.

    “Thanks, Chief,” George said.

    The firemen returned to their trucks.

    One by one, George watched the fire trucks pull away. The two cop cars at the far end of the block, moved out of the street, following the fire trucks. Officer Harmon and another officer drove their cars down 3rd Street, following the three fire trucks and two other police cars. George didn’t write that part down.

    George walked back over to the cat’s owner.

    “What am I going to do?” Mrs. Dickerson asked, overwrought about that darn cat.

    “Do you have tuna?” George asked.

    “Certainly. You’re the newspaper man. You want me to fix you a tuna sandwich?” she asked.

    “Mrs. D, go into your kitchen. First, open the back door. Open the can of tuna. Let the tuna drop into Prissy’s dish. That’s very important, you much make sure to let it fall into the cat’s dish,” he told her. “When Prissy hears it drop, she’ll smell the air and make a beeline for her dish. Once she comes into the kitchen, close the door behind her,” George said.

    He turned to walk back to the City News building.

    After reaching the end of 3rd Street, George stopped to look back at the oak tree. He calculated enough time had passed for Mrs. D to have followed his instructions.

    In less than a minute the cat came out of that tree, heading for the back of the house.

    George smiled.

    “Works every time,” George said to himself.

    He walked back to the City News building. The paper had gone to press and what he had to report could wait for tomorrow’s edition. How long would it take him to write about a cat in a tree? Not long.

    Pops wasn’t at his desk. He’d been there since noon, getting the stories that would go into today’s edition ready to go to press. For the next hour he’d be drinking coffee, stretching his legs, and then he’d come back to begin work on tomorrow’s edition.

    The story of a cat in the tree wasn’t a story at all. It would not make today’s edition and it wouldn’t make tomorrow’s edition. It wasn’t a story, but George got an idea. He wouldn’t write another mundane story. He’d innovate and entertain City News’ readers.

    Dr. Seuss wrote The Cat In The Hat. Why couldn’t George write the story about the cat in the tree?

    It sounded like a good idea at the time but George did go out in the heat of the day and he’d walked to 3rd Street and back. Other than that there was no good reason for him to write the cat in the tree.

    He wrote it anyway.

    Chapter 2

    The Meeting

    George told Assistant-Chief Williams he’d like to sit in on their poker game after he got off work. As he was wrapping things up for the day, the Walrus summoned him to his office.

    The game would have to wait.

    “Mr. Hitchcock, I’d like to see you in my office, now,” was how he phrased the invitation.

    George cringed. They weren’t words anyone in the newsroom wanted to hear, especially when a hot poker game was waiting.

    The Walrus, with a mustache that wiggled when he spoke, was called Doc by some of the older reporters. George called him sir or Mr. Warner. Whatever you called him, when he called you, you jumped. Only God ranked higher at the City News. Even God cringed when the Walrus called.

    Mr. Warner was the editor-in-chief at the City News, and it was never good news when he summoned you to his office. For a stringer, the call was doubly worrisome, because you didn’t have a job at the City News. Stringers hung out there, hoping to get a story.

    When George stepped into Mr. Warner’s office, the big man spoke.

    “Close the door and take a seat, Mr. Hitchcock,” Mr. Warner said, his walrus mustache moving up and down on his face as he spoke.

    “You were sent out on a simple story on 3rd Street this afternoon, I believe. Mr. Myers told me that he sent you out between two and three, and when you came back, I watched you typing away at the stringers’ desk. Hard at work you were. The puzzling thing about it, you looked so industrious. I thought you were finally catching on to how things are done at the City News, Mr. Hitchcock. I was curious and I went to see what you’d produced, I found this in Charlie’s in-basket. He no doubt left it there rather than add it to today’s edition. I brought it to my office to read,” he said, holding up the copy George wrote after his foray on 3rd Street.

    “It was after four,” George said. “When I came back.”

    “Is that supposed to mean something to me?” the Walrus asked.

    “It was left in the basket because today’s edition of the City News already went to press, Mr. Warner.”

    Mr. Warner gave George a stern look.

    “Let me quote,” he finally said.

    “What do you do when your cat’s in a tree? Mrs. D dialed 9-1-1. ‘My cats in the tree,’ she plainly said, “The cat’s in the tree, way over my head.

    “In a flash fire trucks drove to her house. Fire trucks one, two, three will get that cat out of that tree.

    “A firemen said, “I’ll climb the tree and bring that cat down.””

    “With branches too high, or arms too short, he never gets off the ground. He can’t climb the tree and bring the cat down.

    “A ladder will work,” a fireman said. “A ladder reaches way over my head. I’ll climb that tree, and bring the cat down.

    “No matter how many times he reaches for the cat, where he reached wasn’t where the cat was at.

    “That darn cat doesn’t want to come down, and I can’t wait to get my feet back on the ground. It’ll take a better man than me to get the cat out of that tree.”

    “Fire trucks one, two, three, drive away. The police have no reason to stay.

    “Wait! Mrs. D is suddenly inspired, dashing for her house like it’s on fire. In a flash she puts tuna in the cat’s dish on the floor.

    She opens the back door, and who came skidding across the floor, that darn cat, and Mrs. D shut the door.

    “What do you do, when your cat’s in the tree? One thing is for sure, you shouldn’t call me. George Hitchcock, City News.”

    “And what do you call this, Mr. Hitchcock? Has it not occurred to you that you are working to become a professional reporter. We, at City News take our work seriously, and this, this,….”

    “Mr. Warner, you send me out on stories no one is going to read. Half of them never make it into print in the City News. I decided that this story needed some pizazz, Mr. Warner, and so I gave it some pizazz, It’s cute. I like it,” George said, defiance in his words.

    “Remind me how long you’ve been with us at the City News, Mr. Hitchcock. Be precise with your answer. Your next editor might want to know, and you can pray he has more patience for nonsense than do I,” he said.

    “I’m glad you didn’t call it work, because what I do here doesn’t resemble working, Mr. Warner. I need this job, because I need the experience I’m getting. I am a good writer, Mr. Warner, and I’m going to be one of the best reporters in this town in a few years. Speaking of nonsense, that’s all I’ve been assigned since you put me on as a stringer. I came here three months and nine days ago? You can fire me, but you haven’t heard the last of George Hitchcock.”

    “Feel better now, Mr. Hitchcock. I wouldn’t want you to go away feeling bad,” the Walrus said.

    “If you don’t like what I write, maybe we should part company. Yours is not the only newspaper in town. I am going to be a reporter, with your help, or without it.”

    “You write fairly well. I read everything you write, Hitchcock. I’m aware that you have some aptitude for the written word, but the City News is a serious newspaper. We don’t do cute. I expect you to write serious stories. Take this… this…, whatever it is, and write me two to three paragraphs on what took place on 3rd Street,” he said, tossing the copy at George.

    “Write precisely. Be succinct. Double spaced.”

    The paper hung in the air for a second, slowly floating down into George’s lap. The Walrus had made that move before. He knew right where the story would land, but it wouldn’t land in the City News.

    It wasn’t his first, the City News is a serious publication’ speech. George felt like he’d been scolded by the headmaster. He’d deserved it. What he wrote wasn’t serious. He’d go back to write it again. This time he’d write it Mr. Warner’s way, and it would still end up in the circular file. So much for the poker game at the firehouse.

    George put his poetic masterpiece into his jacket pocket on his way back to the stringer’s desk. It was cute, but he’d write the three dull paragraphs Mr. Warner wanted. You couldn’t fight city hall, and, if you were smart, you didn’t argue with the editor-in-chief of your publication. George was smart, but frustrated.

    In ten minutes the story was done. He dropped it into Pops’ in-basket. He’d get it when he came in the next morning, but it was another useless exercise. Pops would file it where he filed most of Georges nothing stories’ his trash can.

    It wasn’t the first time George had been in Mr. Warner’s office. It was the first time he’d had a conversation with the man. He’d been prepared to be fired, but he’d have come and gone from the third most read paper in the city without anyone knowing he’d been there.

    He intended to leave his mark on the City News, and after he did, at a time of his choosing, he’d quit, and he’d get a job at the first or second most read newspaper in town.

    Mr. Warner didn’t fire him, and that was something. He gave him the, ‘The City News is a serious newspaper’ speech.

    Because the City News did report serious news, the ‘Cat Caper’ was probably inappropriate. He knew it while he was writing it.

    What did Tom Jefferson say, ‘The tree of liberty must be watered with the blood of tyrants and patriots from time to time.”

    George was just watering the tree. Mr. Warner could have fired him for that. He did challenged the man head-on and it made him feel better even if it wasn’t very bright. He was angry and he let the anger speak for him. He knew that was never wise.

    The Walrus was restrained. He wasn’t. The slow pace his career had taken frustrated George. The Walrus may have something to do with the pace, but he had a job to do and he was doing it.

    George needed the company of newspaper men. He knew just where to find some.

    *****

    George gave up the idea of going to the firehouse to play poker. There was a game a lot closer than the firehouse. It was where City News employees drank and played poker. He needed the company of newspaper people.

    For George playing poker was relaxing. He wanted to talk to reporters tonight. He turned toward Jerry’s as soon as his feet hit the street outside the City News building.

    A story that would get him noticed might come at any time. A story with meat on its bones. That’s what he needed. Pops didn’t routinely hand good stories to stringers. Sometimes just being there was enough to be handed a story that turned into something.

    George had to be in the newsroom at the time a good story came to a stop on Pop’s desk. That is why he came in early and left late. If he was in the newsroom the hours the other stringers were, Mr. Warner wouldn’t have caught up with him. He’d have nailed him the next day and two days would have gone bad instead of one.

    The cat in the tree didn’t go over any better with Pops. He’d left it where he found it, in his in-basket. He didn’t throw it in the trash can, no, he left it for Mr. Warner to see. He liked Pops, but Pops answered to Mr. Warner.

    It was the middle of the summer in the city. Like the fire department and the police department, the news business was on holiday. Even their best reporters weren’t covering anything that a publisher or editor would call a big story.

    George understood that his impatience wasn’t doing him any good. He had to wait for a story that was something other than routine. Once he got a story like that, if he was smart, he’d be able to turn it into major news.

    Being fired by the City News would not look good on his resume. He needed a drink and some company that knew the business he was in. Some nights he wanted to get as far away from reporters as possible, but this wasn’t one of those nights.

    Jerry’s was close to the City News building and, and it’s where City News’ employees drank, and some reporters played cards there. If George went to Jerry’s around dinner time, the family men were home eating with their family and there was usually a chair open.

    George saw the table and the three players as soon as he walked in. There was something he needed more than the company of other reporters at that moment.

    “Barkeep,” George said, and the bartender looked up. “Johnny Walker.”

    “You’re running late. We almost sold your seat to the next warm body that came in the door, but, alas, you are he,” Al Shapiro said. “Bring your beverage over here. We shall deal you in, George.”

    Pouring the shot glass full, George tossed it back. That one was for Mr. Warner.

    “Hit me,” he said, and the bartender poured another shot.

    It followed the first shot. That one was for George.

    George dropped a dollar on the bar. He went to take his seat at the table.

    As reporters went at the City News Albert Shapiro was the dean of reporters. He’d worked there for twenty years. If there was a big story being covered, Al was likely to be covering it. A widower with three grown children, if he wasn’t at the City News building, he was at Jerry’s. It’s where George got to know Al.

    “You aren’t planning on driving, I hope?” Al asked.

    “Not unless the bus driver has a heart attack, and it’s the only way I can get to Maryland Avenue,” George said, slipping out of his jacket.

    George loosened his tie before reaching for the five cards in front of him.

    “Why the long face,” Al asked George. “You look like you’ve lost your best friend, and he shot your dog before he left.”

    Al had been the first reporter to read any of George’s copy. He didn’t hesitate to offer suggestions. If anyone knew what an editor wanted to read, it was Al. George didn’t know why he’d befriended him, but he was happy to accept the renowned reporter’s advice.

    “I got to spend a little time with the Walrus before coming over here,” George said, studying his hand.

    “If you’re no longer an employee of the City News, you’ll need to leave the table,” Wee Willie Whitaker said.

    “He didn’t fire me,” George said with pride. “I told him it was fine with me if he did.”

    “You didn’t,” Al Said, looking away from his cards.

    “He told me to take my work more seriously. He didn’t like the copy I turned in at the local news desk. I think he waited to see what I was writing, and then he called me into his office.”

    “He didn’t like what I wrote on an assignment Pops sent me out on,” George said. “it was a nothing story. I spiced it up.”

    Al held out his empty hand. George reached into his inside jacket pocket and produced the original copy. He handed it over to Al. He frequently asked to see what George was writing.

    “How many, Hitch. I’m not going to ask again. If you don’t pay attention, we’ll get someone else to sit in on the game,” Wee Willie Whitaker said, handling the deck of cards like a man aspiring to head for Las Vegas to do his dealing there.

    “Sorry. Give me one,” George said, after looking at his hand.

    He did want to hear what Al had to say. He was a real reporter, and he knew what was good and what wasn’t.

    George didn’t look at the card he was dealt. He wanted to see Al’s reaction.

    Al chuckled twice as he read.

    “No,” he said, laughing, “This wouldn’t be something Doc would let run at the City News. It’s clever, Hitch,” Al said. “Funny stuff.”

    The copy made the rounds to Wee Willie and Jack Andrews. They both laughed out loud. Wee Willie slid it back to Hitch.

    “What is it that has our aspiring ace reporter, thinking about something other than poker?” Wee Willie asked, after kicking the pot up a quarter. .

    “Oh, I was just hallucinating about getting a real story to cover,” George said.

    “It takes time, Georgie,” Al said. “Give it some time. And when you get that big story, make sure you’re ready to cover it.”

    “Stringers don’t get real stories to cover,” Jack said, looking at his cards. “Kick it a quarter.”

    “Call your quarter, raise you a quarter,” Al said, as as quarters dropped into the pot.

    “Hitch?” Wee Willie said impatiently.

    That meant Willie liked his hand. George picked up the card he was dealt, looking it over carefully before making his bet.

    “Kick it a buck,” George said, nothing showing on his face.

    “A buck. You were drawing for a straight. You didn’t get your card, Hitch. You’re bluffing,” Wee Willie said.

    “Easy enough to find out Whitaker. Put your money where your mouth is,” George said, staring into Wee Willie’s eyes.

    “I’ll be a son-of-a-bitch. He did get his card. You’re the luckiest dame card player I’ve ever seen,” Wee willie objected.

    “Cards aren’t about luck, Willie. It’s a game of skill,” George said with no doubt in his voice. “I’m bluffing, remember?”

    . “I knew we shouldn’t let you in our games. I fold,” Wee Willie said.

    Al tossed his cards on the table in front of him.

    “Too rich for my blood. You two fight over it,” Al said.

    “Three sweet tens. Come to Papa,” Jack said, reaching for the pot.

    George put his hand on top of Jack’s hand.

    “Not so fast, Tonto. Three ladies beats your tens,” George said.

    “I’ll be a son-of-a-bitch. What did you draw, Hitch,” Jack asked.

    “He dealt me the three queens. I drew a seven,” George said, bringing in the pot and stacking the quarters in front of him.

    “Barkeep, come fill my amigos’ glasses. Put it on my tab,” George said.

    As the four men drank and played cards, the banter was mostly about the news, the predictable summer doldrums, and expectations that a story that wasn’t on the radar at present would break the logjam of nothing stories. The overwhelming opinion was that this story would hit around Labor Day, and it would captivate the news.

    The city would be filled with residents home from vacation. The adults would be back at work, and the kids would be back in school. Somewhere in the world would come a catastrophe. Maybe an earthquake, a volcano, massive fire, or a government somewhere would be overthrown by its antagonists. No one would see it coming.

    Once that story hit the headlines, the summer doldrums would be over, if things ran true to form. The presence of more people led to more news.

    George lost two hands in a row, after winning the first hand, and then he won three hands in a row. Wee Willie grumbles, Jack kept kicking the pots higher and higher, and Al would throw in his hand as soon as someone kicked it a buck.

    Al was no fool. He knew the odds. He also respected an element known as Lady Luck. Even when a man appeared to be bluffing, Al didn’t bet the farm, only to find out he wasn’t bluffing at all.

    “You’ve run me out of quarters,” Wee Willie complained. “Will you take my check? I’m not ready to quit. I want a chance to get some of my money back.

    “You need a loan, Willie?” George asked. “I’ll tell you what, do you have one of those nasty black cigars you gas us with? What’s your price? I’ve been run over by a Walrus. I may as well gas myself with one of those nasty cigars.”

    “I don’t go anywhere without my Good Old Smokes,” Wee Willie said. “For you, a buck should cover it. Make that four quarters.”

    “If he’s going to smoke one of those things, I’ll buy one too,” Jack said, as cigars and quarters changed hands.

    “Tell you what, Willie, I’ll give you a buck not to sell me one of those stink bombs,” Al said, tossing four quarters into the center of the table.

    “I’m in the wrong business,” Wee Willie said, counting his quarters.

    Al produced a Zippo to light George’s cigar. Before he could offer Jack a light, Jack was putting out a match and puffing away.

    Willie counted his quarters.

    “Old is what makes it taste like this,” Jack said, as he read the cigar band. “Old Fashioned Smoke.”

    Smoke hung over the card table. Al coughed. Willie dealt.

    “These might explain why our fathers only lived to fifty or so. An Old Fashioned Smoke a day would no doubt assure an early grave,” George said, puffing to keep the cigar lit.

    Smoke lingered over the poker table.

    “Let’s play some stud,” George said, once the deck came to him.

    Wee Willie groaned.

    “You and your stud poker,” Wee Willie complained.

    The bartender filled each glass from the bottles he carried.

    George dealt the cards.

    Jack continued to bet big.

    Al coughed.

    Wee Willie complained.

    Chapter 3

    Power Steering

    George had a meeting with Detective Jack Carter at noon. While the phone on Pops desk rang constantly, no one was sent out on a story. One other stringer had been hanging around. If something came in, George would graciously let the other stringer take it, if the story would make him late meeting Jack.

    Detective Jack Carter had become George’s closest source with the police department. George had been drinking with him, once he found out where cops drank, after going to work at the City News. The Anteroom was where respectable cops drank. When George wasn’t drinking with reporters at Jerry’s, he was drinking with cops at the Ante-Room. He was usually drinking with Jack.

    From his earliest visits to the Ante-Room, George had been cultivating relationships with Jack Carter and Arnold Slopes, both detectives. Following the advice of his journalism teacher, he was cultivating the sources that could do him the most good.

    George liked Jack. He was a kind of sad sack Sam Spade, with a bit of Dick Tracy on the side. In a marriage gone bad, Jack and his wife had hit a patch of bad road. Jack was working double shifts over night, getting off around noon, when he went to the Ane-Room for a few drinks. He went home to sleep while his wife was at work, leaving before she came home.

    George was part marriage counselor, part good-old-boy, and part drinking buddy. He could confide in George, when he wouldn’t have been comfortable telling men he worked with what he told George. When George went to the Ante-Room to drink, he imagined he’d be hearing stories about the cases that kept cops up nights. A good reporter could use what he heard to write stories about those cases, but Jack had confided in him about a case that had gone ice cold.

    A low level hood, Jimmy Vogal was the prime suspect in an ambush murder. Vogal lawyered up after Jack hauled him in for questioning about the hit. With no evidence Jack wasn’t able to haul Vogal in for another round of questioning.

    Vogal drank in Loey’s. It was a place where a lot of bad guys did their drinking. Jack wanted to go in undercover, but he’d been a cop for thirty years and he headed the city’s major crime bureau. Not only was he known, but most of his undercover cops ended up making news when one figured in breaking a case that had gone unsolved for too long.

    Seeing that this was right up George’s alley. If he was helpful to Jack, his drinking buddy might return the favor, and George told him, ‘if there’s anything I can do to help, just say the word.’ It was an offer he made only once, but in the case once was enough.

    Jack wanted to talk to George about going into Loey’s because no one would no him there. He’d tell anyone who asked, he was a hood out of Detroit in the city on business. He was told that Loey’s was a friendly place for out of town talent.

    Jack wanted to brief George one last time before he went into Loey’s for the first time Friday night. George had been in the newsroom before seven that morning, but there wasn’t anything for him to do. Now that it was getting closer to the time for his meeting with Jack, he didn’t want to take anything but a story that wasn’t going to take him far.

    Fifteen minutes before noon George told Pops he was going to lunch. There was still one stringer in the newsroom. Pops nodded his head, continuing to mark the copy in front of him.

    Jack was already in the Anteroom when George arrived. Jack looked beat and he had a drink in front of him. He’d been on an all night stakeout and on his way home. George told him there was nothing cooking at the City News.

    Jack ran through what he wanted George to do. George remembered that he was from Detroit in town to do a job. He was to let anyone he talked to figure it out. That’s all he was to say.

    George could fit in anywhere. He was friendly without being too friendly. He drank with other reporters, cops, and now he was going to drink with hoods. Jack wanted him to keep his ears open. Vogal’s boys drank at Loey’s. They drank with other hoods and people friendly to hoods. If George kept an eye on Vogal’s boys, there was a good chance he could pick up some useful information. He was to steer clear of Vogal. He was to listen and talk no more than necessary.

    There was no trick to it. By the third Friday he went to Loey’s, everyone seemed to know he was a hitter out of Detroit. George listened, nodded from time to time, and said nothing that told anyone anything about him.

    The mystique surrounding him got him a few free drinks on nights he went into Loey’s. Vogal had come and gone on several nights when George was there. He noticed the same guys came in and went out with him. George figured these were Vogal’s boys. You could tell who the leader of the pack was.

    On two different nights guys who came in with Vogal came over to talk to George. He was polite, quiet, and didn’t encourage them to say across the table from him. The third guy was more interesting. The guy who came in next to Vogal and went out next to him came over to introduce himself one night.

    “I’m Drew Trask. You’re new,” he said.

    “Not that new,” George said.

    “You’re out of Detroit I understand,” Trask said.

    “I am,” George said with a very slight smile.

    “Here on business I understand,” Trask said.

    George nodded, sipping from his shot glass.

    “I’m Drew Trask, just wanted to say hello. Welcome to town.”

    “Thank you, Mr. Trask. I feel welcome at Loey’s. Nice place,” George said and Drew Trask walked away without sitting down.

    Trask leaned to talk to Vogal before he sat down next to him. Vogal turned around in his chair to look at George. George nodded respectfully, as if he knew Vogal was a player. Vogal nodded back.

    Vogal came and went from the bar in the evenings. There were always three or four men with Vogal. Drew Trask came in right behind Vogal and he sat next to him. The other men chatted among themselves. Vogal didn’t have much to say but when he said it he said it to Drew Trask.

    It was a few weeks after Trask had come to stand beside George’s table, when he came back to where George was sitting.

    “Do you mind if a sit down?” Trask asked.

    “By all means, Mr. Trask. How are you this fine evening?”

    “You remember me,” Trask said.

    “I make a point to remember people. You never know when you’ll need to know who everyone is,” George said.

    “No one knows your name. What do they call you?”

    “My name isn’t important but friends call me George,” he said.

    “Since you are from Detroit, and my parents came here from Detroit, I’d like to consider myself a friend,” Trask said.

    “A is such an interesting word, don’t you think?” George asked.

    Trask didn’t know what to say, as George intended.

    “Of course, people in our business should never ask questions. You never know what the answer might be.”

    “Tell me about it,” he said.

    He didn’t know what to make of George.

    “Let me buy you a drink,” Trask said.

    “That’s not necessary, Mr. Trask,” George said.

    “Jimmy…, Vogal, he’d be disappointed if I didn’t buy you a drink. Consider it a little hospitality. Everyone knows Jimmy. Maybe come over and have a drink with him,” Trask said with trepidation.

    “Mr. Trask, I’m in your fair city on business. I do a solo. I find it’s best not to get involved in local intrigue in the places where I do business. You seem to be a fine young man, but I don’t care to be involved with your Mr. Vogal. My apologies but it’s a rule I follow. After I’m gone, hardly anyone will know I was here. You can quote me on that.”

    Trask flagged down a waitress.

    “What are you drinking. I must buy you a drink. Since I bothered you. It’s only fair,” Trask said.

    “As you wish. Johnny Walker,” George said to the waitress.

    “Maxine, it goes on Jimmy’s tab,” Trask said to the waitress.

    George did not object. He’d turned down an invitation to sit with Mr. Vogal. He dare not turn down the offer of a drink.

    “If you’ll excuse me, George. I will be going. Have a nice evening,” Trask said and he left George alone.

    Once the drink was delivered and consumed, George stood, straightened his jacket, and left the bar. He felt uncomfortable. He was under more scrutiny than he liked, and turning an invitation down from Jimmy Vogal might be taken as an insult.

    George was sure that Trask reported everything George said to him to Vogal. George said nothing. The report would be short.

    At the Anteroom on Monday, George reported to Jack. He told him about Trask. He told him that Vogal was trying to get a sit down with him, but George had said no. Jack nodded his approval.

    “You aren’t there to talk to Vogal, George. He’s not a guy you want to be around. Characters like that have instincts that click in when someone says one wrong thing. A guy like Vogal wouldn’t hesitate to hurt someone he thought was there to hurt him. Listen don’t talk. Stay clear of Vogal. Trask, he’s not a nice guy. He does what Vogal tells him. If you talk to him, he’ll tell Vogal. I like that better than you sitting down with Vogal. Your mystery is your strong suit. No one wants to get on the wrong side of a heavy hitter from Detroit; not even Jimmy Vogal.”

    “They think I’m a hit man?” George asked.

    “From what you told me. Yes. It’s why I sent you there with that cover story. The local mob wants someone bumped off, they call Detroit. They’ll send a man to do the job. That way their fingerprints aren’t on the killing,” Jack said.

    “It’s the conclusion they’ve drawn about you. Hit men are solitary creatures. They keep to themselves, trusting no one. They are hired to kill. It’s a job they take seriously. No one knows who is getting whacked. No shortage of guys in Loey’s who need whacking,”

    George laughed but he knew it wasn’t funny.

    Jack was careful. He did not like using inexperienced people to do what he was sending George to do. There was always a certain degree of danger when you were in a den of vipers. It only took one person to draw some uncomfortable attention to a guy like George.”

    *****

    Another week went by as the summer heat baked the city, sending a large portion of the people toward the beaches. July was hotter than June and August would start out hotter yet. Even the nights saw the heat turned up to high.

    Late in July Drew Trask came over to talk to George right after he sat down. Loey’s wasn’t crowded. It was early, but Vogal sat across the bar with his usual entourage. It didn’t take long for Trask to come over to talk. Trask now came to talk each time George was in the bar.

    Trask was half drunk and more talkative than usual. He no longer was feeling George out for Vogal. He liked to talk to men who did the kind of work he did, and that’s when George hit the jackpot.

    Trask began talking about a music store heist. It was a ‘neat caper’ that he pulled with Jimmy. Trask held the music store owners family hostage, and Jimmy went with the owner to clean out the safe. This was like a really sophisticated shop. They sold grand pianos and the best guitars, and classy brass instruments. The best available. The rumors said the safe was full on Thursday night. The owner took the money to the bank Friday morning.

    They pulled the job on a Thursday night. They made a real killing. The music store owner was too scared to talk. There wasn’t a word about the robbery anywhere. Jimmy and Trask swore they wouldn’t tell anyone how sweet the job was.

    And now Trask told George and George couldn’t wait to call Jack. This would give him the probable cause to bring Vogal in for questioning, which is what Jack was after.

    On the way home George stopped at a phone booth to tell Jack they needed to meet the next day at noon. Trask gave him something very interesting on Vogal.

    *****

    George didn’t mind doing a favor for Jack. He made it clear that anything that came out of what George did for him, George got the exclusive story before any other reporters were called.

    George watched the clock as eight became nine and it was closing in on ten o’clock. Once again he couldn’t take anything that would keep him away from the Anteroom at noon. This had been what he was at Loey’s to do, but he still needed to do his job.

    George was brought out of his daydream by Pops voice.

    “Myers. Local desk. Speak up. Where? Thomas Circle. Got it. Yeah, I’m sending someone right now,” Pops yelled, banging the phone into the cradle.

    “Hitch, you’re up. Fender bender, Thomas Circle. Get moving.”

    George looked around for the other stringer who had just been there. It was a few minutes after ten. He could cover this and still meet Jack on time. He grabbed the assignment sheet out of Pops’ hand and headed for the stairs and the nearest bus stop.

    The bus was waiting, closing its doors a minute after George took a seat. Ten minutes to Thomas Circle. He could make it easy. He looked around the bus. There were three other people on the bus with him in midtown in a thriving metropolitan area. Where was everyone?

    A fender bender wasn’t the way to earn his first Pulitzer but you never knew what might turn up. George didn’t like to turn down a story. He could always call Jack if he ran late.

    Everything took time. George had plenty of time.

    The bus dropped him within sight of Thomas Circle a block away. The heat was on. July would soon become August and what he hoped would be the last of the intense heat and humidity. He had plenty of time and he wasn’t going to hurry.

    He’d cover this story like his career depended on it. Each story needed to be taken seriously, and if he ran late he could call the Anteroom and tell Carter what time to expect him. It wasn’t ten-thirty. It would take but fifteen or twenty minutes to get the names and see how the cop read what had happened. A half an hour tops, and he’d have plenty of time to meet Jack.

    George could see a tow truck on the far side of the circle. A police car was parked behind it. On his hook was a big old car that had its nose bent under with fluids leaking out of the front of it.

    A cop leaned on the front of the car the tow truck driver was securing. They were chatting casually when he walked up to the cop.

    The cop saw George coming, he was jotting something in a notebook, and he put the notebook in his belt, once George stopped next to him.

    “OK, Paul, take her away,” he said to the tow truck driver standing by the driver’s side door.

    “What year was that Cadillac?” George asked.

    “1958. Big boat. Came into the circle like he owned it,” the cop said, picturing it as he spoke.

    Once the tow truck was out of the way, another twenty or thirty feet ahead was one of those big black Mercedes sedan. George could see the damaged front right side fender. The left front wheel was two feet up on the curb. There were no apparent fluids on the street beside it.

    “He could aim for another ten year old car? He hits a top of the line Mercedes. It looks brand new,” George said.

    “Ain’t that the truth. You are?” the cop asked, realizing George wasn’t a curious pedestrian.

    “George Hitchcock. City News.”

    The cops demeanor changed just enough to be noticed.

    “You are?” George asked.

    “Officer Lemon. That’s the standard spelling,” Officer Lemon said.

    George hadn’t written down what he said as he said it. Officer Lemon watched his hand create each word. He’d make today’s news.

    His mother would love that.

    “Can you tell me in your own words, what happened?”

    “You’re joking, right?” Officer Lemon said, taking a good look at George. “Fender bender. What you see is what you get. Will this be in the newspaper. Will you use my name?”

    “Officer Lemon, how many fender benders are there in the city each day?” George asked, knowing the likelihood this fender bender would make today’s edition were slim to none. Officer Lemon relaxed.

    “Cadillac entered there,” Officer Lemon said. “Mercedes was heading counterclockwise and was struck about there.”

    Officer Lemon pointed out the locations as he spoke.

    “She could drive that car home,” he said. “She’s waiting for her husband. Woman are so damn helpless. She’s not hurt. You’d think the mayor’s wife might have a little more gravel in her spine. No, she’s got to wait for daddy.”

    “Woe,, woe, back up there, Cowboy. She’s the mayor’s wife? Why didn’t you start off telling me that?”

    “It’s important? It’s still a minor traffic accident. The kid was unconscious when I got her, but the ambulance had him on the way to General in five or six minutes. He was talking….”

    “Someone was hurt? Officer Lemon, you’ve been holding out on me. Who was hurt?” George asked. “Officer Lemon, read me what you wrote in your notebook.”

    “Sure,” Officer Lemon said, flipping open the notebook.

    George turned the page in his notebook to start over.

    “Cadillac vs. Mercedes. Cadillac failed to yield. He must have been going thirty. He hit the Mercedes behind the right front wheel. Drove the Mercedes onto the curb, where it is now. She could drive that Mercedes home. That cars a tank. She’s waiting for her husband to give her instructions. Woman are so helpless,” Officer Lemon took time out from his reading to put in his two cents worth.

    “Mrs. Packard said she wasn’t hurt. The boy wasn’t hurt bad, More stunned, I’d say. No seat belt. Unconscious when I came on the scene. He was talking before they took him away. They took him to General. In my opinion, his nose was broken. Facial lacerations, not serious. He hit his head because he wasn’t belted in. The Caddy hit the Mercedes a foot behind the right front wheel. Another foot behind that wheel and that kid would have eaten the front of that Cadillac. It’s also a tank. Couldn’t hit some other ten year old car. Had to go for the brand new Mercedes. That car as two thousand miles on it. Slap a new fender on it, it’ll be good to go. Lucky lad, Jon Delesandro, 19. Student at Witherspoon Prep. He has a Kennilworth Avenue address. Witherspoon Prep is high rent,” Officer Lemon said. “How’s a kid from the poor side of town swing that?”

    “Scholarship maybe,” George said.

    “I guess,” Officer Lemon said. “Here, copy it from my notes. I got the information from Mrs. Packard. I didn’t talk to the kid.”

    George wrote down the address and the boys name. He’d need to follow up. No telling if the head injury was more serious and with a politicians wife involved, well, that’s why they called it news.

    “Relationship to the mayor’s wife. Different names. Not her kid. Her nephew. Did she say?”

    “Relationship? Hey buddy, you’re barking up the wrong tree. I don’t know and I don’t care. You do know who Mayor Packard is. For one thing, he’s my boss, and I don’t ask his wife nothing about her relationship to nobody. I like my job and I’d like to be gone when hubby comes to rescue Mrs. Mayor Packard.”

    George listened without understanding Officer Lemon’s reluctance to question Mrs. Packard. He did know that the mayor had a reputation as being a man you didn’t want to cross, but all they were talking about was a fender bender. It was news because she was the mayor’s wife and she was in an auto accident.

    “Driver of the Cadillac? What did you do with him?”

    “In the backseat of my car. Someone is coming for him. Tom Collins. Fifty-four. He’s from the burbs. You can copy his info,” Officer Lemon said, pointing to it in his notebook, but George had no interest in Tom Collins. The story was the mayor’s wife and the boy. He wrote down Mr. Collins’ info anyway.

    “Is that her over by the Mercedes,” George asked, seeing a fairly nice looking woman in her early to middle forties standing nearby.

    “That’s her. Said her husband is on the way,” the officer said. “I don’t want to leave until they decide what they want to do with that car. The mayor will probably want to drive it to the Mercedes dealer. Can leave it there and I can’t leave until it’s moved.”

    “You don’t mind if I use your name, Officer Lemon?” George asked.

    “Mind? No. You said….”

    “That’s before you told me it was the mayor’s wife. It will be in the newspaper. That is news and I’ll report you as the officer of record.”

    “Cool,” Officer Lemon said as George walked toward the Mercedes.

    The fender was mangled but it was pushed upward. The tire hadn’t been touched. It wasn’t flat. George felt the thickness of the metal. It was a tank. He’d read about important people using Mercedes because of how solidly they were built. They offered maximum protection for its occupants if you bother to belt in.

    In Mrs. Packard’s case, she looked fine. George peeked at her over the hood of the car. She had noticed him approaching, and she watched what he was doing, while he inspected her car.

    George stood. Walked around the car, and came face to face with Mrs. Mayor. Her red hair came out of a bottle. Her eyebrows were two shades too dark. Her complexion was good. Her eyes were brown and clear. She hadn’t been drinking.

    “Mrs. Packard,” he said, flashing his I.D. like he’d seen cops do it. “Are you all right? Can I assist you in any way? I understand that your husband is on the way.”

    “Yes, I can’t understand what’s taking him so long,” She said, looking for him in all directions.

    “You sure you’re OK. You don’t want me to call someone to have a look at you?” George asked as politely as he knew how.

    “No, I wasn’t hurt, but the car. My husband will be livid. It’s brand new. I never saw the car that hit me. He came from the side. He was going too fast. I’ve driven through that circle a thousand times,” she said.

    Not a mention of her injured passenger, George realized. The car was expensive. George would have been worried about it too, right after he was far more worried about an unconscious bleeding passenger. What was wrong with this picture? George didn’t know but he intended to find out.

    “You were going where, Mrs. Packard?”

    “I was going home. We were going to have a nice lunch. Oh, my husband is going to be angry,” she said again. “The man was obviously speeding. He was probably drinking. Look at my new car.”

    “You are sure that you’re OK, Mrs. Packard?” George asked, as any concerned person would.

    She’d just been in an accident. At times, after an accident, a person thinks he is fine, but serious injuries become apparent once the adrenalin in the body dissipates.

    “I’m fine. I’d know if I wasn’t,” she said almost as though she felt insulted that George would ask.

    “You were going home to lunch with the young man. Can I ask you his relationship to Mr. Delesandro?”

    “I can assure you he’s not a boy. Who did you say you were?”

    For the first time George sees Mrs. Packard is seeing who she is talking to. There is a question obvious on her face.

    George knew this thread had been pulled as far as he’d be allowed to pull on it. He produced the I.D. he’d only flashed a few minutes before. He confessed to who he was.

    “George Hitchcock, City News.”

    She looked as though she’d swallowed something unpleasant.

    Studying his face, she also studied the I.D. It was obvious that this interview was over. She’d recovered her mayor’s wife’s demeanor.

    “I’ve just had an automobile accident, Mr. Hitchcock. If you had any decency, you’d leave me alone. My husband will be here in a few minutes. You can save your questions for him, if you’re that bold.”

    “I’m sorry, Mrs. Packard. I hope you are feeling better. Do you know which hospital your passenger was taken to?” George slipped in for good measure.

    Mrs. Packard turned her back on him, walking toward a bench nearby. Not a word about the kid. It’s as if she’d been alone.

    George wasn’t about to jump to conclusions. He had enough to write the story. Mayor’s wife in automobile accident. She had been in an accident, and she may have been shaken up, George consider.

    It was a story that would definitely make the newspaper. For the first time, George was covering a story he was certain was going to make the City News, but he needed to talk to the Delesandro kid. He needed to make a trip to the hospital, but that could wait until after his lunch time meeting with Jack.

    There was still time for him to return to the newsroom and write a preliminary story, saving the Delesandro interview for after lunch.

    Chapter 4

    Open The Door

    At eleven fifteen George was back in the newsroom. He went to the desk with the Smith Corona he liked.

    At that time of day the newsroom was mostly empty, and except for Pops, reporters and stringers came and went.

    Pops sat at his desk checking copy that would appear in today’s edition. When he looked up he saw George typing away.

    “You done with the Thomas Circle story?” Pops asked.

    “There was an injury. I’m going over to General Hospital to interview the injured passenger. I wanted to write the information down that I gathered at the scene. Then I’ll hit the hospital.”

    “Good. If you can’t make it back in time, call it in,” Pops said.

    Pops phone began to ring and he yanked the receiver up.

    “Myers, local desk. Speak up. Don’t yell. Who is this?”

    George laughed. It worked for Pops, he’d been there forever.

    He went back to work on the basic information about the accident. He did not put Mrs. Packard’s name or Jon Delesandro’s name in what he wrote. That he’d keep for himself. They wouldn’t get this story away from him, and a story about the mayor’s wife might very well go to a staff writer who covered Mayor Packard.

    Once he was satisfied, he put the copy in the basket on the desk. If he wasn’t back by 3:45, the copy boy would take it to Pops, but he would be back. Looking at the clock, it was 12:10. He was late.

    The Walrus was standing in the doorway, his eyes on George, as he turned right to go to the stairs. Nothing was said. The best days were when the Walrus had nothing to say to him. It meant his job was safe for another day, maybe.

    He took his jacket off as soon as he hit the street. He walked the five blocks double-time, and felt the rush of the cool air as soon as he stepped inside the Ante-Room.

    Jack was sitting at the bar. George went to stand next to him, but Jack ignored him for the first minute.

    “You’re late,” Jack said. “You’re always late.”

    “You have a hot date, Jack? Ask yourself, where are you going to be in a half hour? Me, I’ve got work to do, Jack.”

    “You have a point. I got no where to go.”

    “I was on assignment. Fender bender at Thomas Circle. I get there and find out its the mayor’s wife and some kid, Jon Delesandro. He got the worst of it. He’s at General Hospital getting his face fixed.”

    “You’ve got to be kidding me, Hitch. You got assigned a story involving the mayor’s wife. You are getting up in the world.”

    “I’ve got to go over and talk to the kid. See how he is. I wrote a tentative story, but I’ll change my copy after seeing the kid.”

    “You don’t know who the kid is? I know who that kid is, and I ain’t no reporter. Just a schmuck with a kid of my own.”

    “I thought your kid wasn’t talking to you,” George said.

    “He’s not, but he was two years ago at the city tennis championships. He tagged dear old dad to take him. Why don’t he play football or baseball. No he’s got to whack a silly ball back and forth, back and forth, back and forth.”

    “Cut to the chase, Jack, you’re making me dizzy. Is there a point to this conversation, or is this what I get for being late. I’ve got to go talk to the kid when I’m finished here.”

    “Yeah, my ace reporter friend, Jon Delesandro lives off of Kennilworth Avenue in low rent housing with his mommy, He is city tennis singles champion two years running. My kid plays him in the finals last year. This Delesandro is good enough to turn pro. He’s nineteen and making my kid look like a cupcake. He beat Jack Jr. 6-1, 6-love. He’s got a backhand that could stop a Mack truck. Why’s he playing high school kids? Why isn’t he somewhere else working on becoming a pro? How much money do those guys make?”

    “Tennis,” George said. “I know nothing about tennis. I hope Delesandro’s game isn’t impacted by what happened.”

    “I hope the little shit breaks both his legs. And the arm he hits his backhand with,” Jack says, tossing back his shot.

    The bartender walked over with a shot glass and a bottle of Johnny Walker, he poured it full. George tossed it back, putting his hand over the glass.

    “No body can drink just one, Hitch. You going to ruin me,” the bartender said.

    “I’m at work,” George said. “One is my limit when I’m working.”

    “I’m working too,” the bartender said. “If I don’t have a drink every hour, I get dizzy. I feel faint. You think it’s something I ate?”

    “Put it on my tab,” Jack said.

    “You got it, Jack,” the bartender said.

    “Let’s go over and sit in a booth. Lots of ears hanging around the bar today,” Jack said.

    “Tell me what you have?” Jack said covertly, checking the hallway next to the booth.

    George slid into the booth and Jack sat across from him.

    “Drew Trask,” George said. “He runs with Vogal. On my last trip to Loey’s Trask gets real friendly, comes over to talk, as soon as I come in. I think I bought him a drink a week or so ago. He’s real chatty, he starts talking about Vogal. He wasn’t specific, but they pull jobs together. I listen and laugh a lot. He likes to talk,” George said.

    “You told them you from out of Detroit, here on business. Like I told you?”

    “I’ve told you that I did. That was over a month ago, Jack. Sure. Anyone who asks, I tell them I’m out of Detroit but no one asks any more. I think words gotten around.”

    “OK. Trask is a rattlesnake, George. I’ve hauled him in a couple of times. It’s been a couple of years, but he’d remember me. He’s one of Vogal’s lieutenants. He’s mean when he’s cornered. Tell me exactly what he told you,” Jack said.

    “He came in with Vogal a couple of times last week. I told you he asks me if he can sit with me. It’s like he thinks he needs permission.”

    “He thinks you’re in town on business. I told you they’d assume that once you mentioned Detroit.”

    “Yes, you did. Anyway he sat down last night. He’s three sheets to the wind, slurring his words, and he starts talking about this job and that job, until he gets around to a job he pulled with Vogal months ago. He calls it a neat caper. A music shop. High class stuff. They hold his family while they take him to the music store to open the safe. They know when it’s full. So someone has told them when to go,” George said. “They made quite a haul according to Trask.”

    “I can’t move on it right away. Too much of a possibility Trask might point the finger at you if we suddenly pull Vogal in on what he told you. I know the job he’s talking about. We didn’t release any details. The shop owner is scared to death they might hurt his family if they find out he talked to us. We have to cover that possibility when I move on Vogal. While I’ve got him, I want to take another go at him on the Max Stein hit,” Jack said. “This is perfect George. I was hoping you could pick something good up, but this is good. The store owners description of Trask is perfect but Vogal didn’t fit the description he gave of the second guy. Like I said, he’s plenty scared of retaliation.”

    “So what I gave you helps?” George asked.

    “You did good, George. Keep going in. Maybe in a couple of weeks you can stop going in there. For now you seem to be OK there and like I say, Trask could peg you as the snitch if I haul Vogal in on the music store job. Probably not but I’d rather be safe than sorry. Do you mind going to Loey’s for a few more weeks?”

    “It’s like a walk in the park, Jack. I’ve never been around so many characters in my life. I could write a book about Loey’s.”

    “You might want to change your name before you do,” Jack said.

    “No one knows my name. They know George is all. I’ll keep you posted. Let’s meet in a week. I’ll want to move on the information you gave me later next week,” Jack said. “You’re there to listen not talk. Remember that. After I haul Vogal in on the music store heist, I might want to pull you out. We’ll look at that after I hear what Vogal has to say. It could be too risky to send you back in.”

    Jack raised his hand as the bartender looked his way.

    “Let me buy you another drink, George. You did good.”

    “I’m working, Jack. I need to stay sober,” George said.

    “George. you’re my ears in Loey’s. If they are talking, you listen. That’s all I want from you. I’ve let you hang your ass out for me, because you seem to have some sense. Something happens to you, I’m on the hook for it, George. Do not do anything but listen,” Jack said, firing his words at George.

    The bartender was there to fill Jack’s shot glass a minute later.

    “What, I look like I’m getting fat. You two sit back here to help me get some exercise. He won’t drink, and you want me to do a hundred yard dash to fill your shot glass. What’s wrong with this picture,” the bartender complained, walking away.

    Jack laughed.

    “Do you know Karl?” Jack asked.

    “I know you guys call him Karl. That’s it,” George said.

    “X-cop. Shot by the bad guys at a bank robbery. He took two in the chest drawing the fire away from his partner. He got a commendation for that. They retired him. Wouldn’t let him come back to work. He bought this bar. We drink here to keep him in business. Good cop. This place doesn’t do all that bad. It makes him feel like he is still part of the blue, you know. Once you wear the blue you never take it off.”

    “I didn’t know that,” George said. “That he was a cop and a hero by the sounds of it.”

    “And another thing, what’s that broad doing with that kid? She has him at Witherspoon Prep. Kid’s going to turn pro and make a million bucks, what is he doing going to that pissy private prep school? He should be playing tennis, and more tennis, but he isn’t. Why isn’t he? Answer me that,” Jack said.

    “I don’t know from tennis. I interviewed her at the scene. Clammed up pretty damn quick, but she and the kid were going to have lunch at her house. She told me, ‘We were going to have lunch at the house.’ It’s the middle of the day. Witherspoon is year round. The prices they charge, you’d think she’d want the kid in school, if she’s paying for him to go there.”

    ‘You’d think,” Jack said. “Kid from his background. Easy to dazzle him with a high class show. Kid never had two dimes to rub together. She’s driving him around in her new Mercedes, She has him in private school. You’d think the mayor might want to know about that.”

    “I doubt I’ll be interviewing the mayor but if I do I’ll ask him about it, Jack,” George said.

    “He’s not an easy interview. He likes to be asked questions he selects,” Jack said. “Politicians are like that,” Jack said.

    “I’ll take that under advisement, but I really need to get out of here. They should have some disposition on the kid by now. It’s been over two hours. I’m going over to General Hospital and see if I can get him to talk to me,” George said.

    George stood and Jack stood to shake his hand.

    George walked three blocks to the bus stop he needed. The bus dropped him a block from General Hospital. He walked a half block toward the hospital, stopping at a florist shop. He went to the cooler just inside the door, taking out the most perfect rose he could find, and the woman at the counter wrapped it in soft green tissue paper.

    Outside the florist shop, George took off the soft green wrapper. He drew a five dollar bill out of his pocket, wrapping it tightly on the stem of the rose. Discarding the green paper in the first trash can he passed, George walked to the hospital entrance, going directly to where the receptionist was station.

    “You’ve got to be the loveliest nurse in the hospital,” George said, handing her the rose.

    “Aren’t you the sweetest, …and what have we here? Honest Abe,” she said with fondness. “My favorite president. How did you know? I’m not a nurse. I’m a lovely receptionist. Judy Carmichael, at your service. What can I do for you, Lover Boy?”

    “Jon Delesandro. Car accident, came in about ten-thirty. I suppose it’s too soon for him to be in a room,” he said.

    “No, we work fast here at General Hospital. He’s in room 203, but I shouldn’t tell you that,” she said in a honey sweet voice.

    “Do you know what kind of shape he’s in? He had facial lacerations and a probable broken nose. I’d like to know how he is.”

    “Well, Honey Chile, that kid’s in better shape than most people working here, and most of them haven’t been in an accident. His pulse was fifty-eight and his blood pressure was 110 over 74. No sign of shock in that boy. They want to observe him for 24 hours. Possible concussion,” she said, pulling the numbers out like she had them written in front of her.

    “That’s amazing. Not only beautiful, but with a memory like an elephant,” George said. “How do you remember all that.”

    “Kid’s on the fast track, Lover Boy. Someone is pulling strings. No one gets out of our ER in less than six hours, unless they die of course, and then they get a pass on the six hours,” she said, tossing a file in front of George. It had Jon Delesandro’s name on it.

    “You are something. Got anything on the JFK assassination?” George asked, looking over the details written on a piece of paper attached to the front of the file..

    Eight stitches at his hairline, three on the right eyebrow, and they put the nose back where it belonged in the ER. He was released to a room in the hospital before noon.

    “I’m going to go get you another rose, sweety. How is it a file comes here? Shouldn’t it be filed where his doctor can get to it.”

    “They never come to me, but a Dr. Horowitz is going to come directly to me. He’ll ask for this file. He’s a doctor of some notoriety, so I’m told. Treats only the moneyed class. A doctor like Horowitz usually holds his nose when his lemo drives past General Hospital. I’m required to bow when I hand him Delesandro’s file.”

    “Horowitz? I’ve heard of him,” George said, pondering the information.

    “You better go see Jon right away. It sounds like he is going to be well taken care of. Might move him out of here is my guess. Dr. Horowitz isn’t likely to come here a second time,” she said. “Might I ask who you are, Sweet Heart?”

    George took out his I.D.

    “Sorry. I was so dazzled by your beauty, I forgot who I was. George Hitchcock, City News it says here. Does that picture look like me, My Lovely?”

    “Doesn’t capture the beauty in your eyes, but I’d say that’s you, George, and you will spell my name right, won’t you, Honey Chile?”

    “You can bet on it, Darlin. I’ll be right back. I need to see if Delesandro will talk to me,” George said, heading for the stairs.

    He turned toward where room 203 should be. No one was a the nurses station, and George walked right into Jon Delesandro’s room.

    He was propped up on a boat load of pillows. His nose was stuffed with gauze. A perfect accompaniment for the two black eyes that were already apparent.

    The stitches stood out, but no one would notice once his eyebrow grew back and the little bit of hair that was missing hardly made a difference. Jon Delesandro would keep his handsome face, and now he’d have scars to tell his girlfriends about.

    It was a private room. This kid couldn’t afford a private tennis racket. It was General, and if some high powered doctor was taking the case, Delesandro would be on his way out of General. George really needed to talk to the kid. Questions needed to be asked, and the answers would no doubt be interesting.

    Whatever the kid was on, he never knew George was there. George decided he needed to make a phone call. Then he’d return to the newsroom to file what he had for a story. He probably wouldn’t be able to interview Delesandro until tomorrow.

    Outside the hospital, George stopped at the first phone booth he came to. He reached for the phone book, going to the private school section, and he dialed Witherspoon Prep.

    “Yes, I’m calling about Jon Delesandro,” George said in an authoritative voice.

    The woman said that she wasn’t at liberty to give any information to anyone over the phone.

    “No, you have the wrong idea. I have information for you. You are a year around college preparatory institution, are you not?” George asked.

    “Yes, but I don’t understand. What are you calling about?”

    “Jon Delesandro wasn’t at school at just after ten this morning. Jon was in Mrs. Barnard Packard’s Mercedes, which was in an accident at Thomas Circle. Mrs. Packard stated that she was going home for lunch. I thought you should know these details. There are going to be questions about why one of your students was where he was. You’ll need to have some answers.”

    “Just a minute. Let me connect you to the head mistress.”

    There was silence on the phone. Then it was put on hold.

    “Yes, Headmistress Wadsworth. How may I help you.”

    George gave her the same briefing that he’d given the woman who answered the phone.

    “I’m sorry. Who are you?” she asked.

    “I’m George Hitchcock, City News.”

    “We don’t discuss our students over the phone Mr. Hitchcock.”

    The phone was hung up.

    George contemplated looking up the mayor’s home phone number, but it wouldn’t do any good. The phone would be busy, and Mrs. Wadsworth would be discussing a student over the phone. George was certain of it. Mrs. Wadsworth was exactly that type. She wasn’t at liberty to discuss a student with common folk, but the mayor’s wife, that was a different kettle of fish.

    George needed to make one more call, if the number was listed. He went to the white pages, looking up Delesandro. He found the number for an address on Kennilworth Avenue. He wrote the number down next to the number for Witherspoon Prep. He’d be calling those numbers again.

    He dialed the Delesandro’s number. The phone rang and rang. After 25 rings, George hung up the phone. Taking a deep breath, he felt like he’d been running a marathon. Whatever running a marathon felt like. He’d been rushed all morning. He needed to get back to the newsroom. He would write a a respectable recounting of the fender bender at Thomas Circle that morning. There was more to the story than what he had, but for now he’d go with the details he’d gathered.

    He couldn’t sit on Mrs. Packard’s name any longer. He needed to identify Jon Delesandro as the injured passenger. Nothing had been said about Mr. Tom Collins, driver of the 1958 Cadillac. He was small potatoes. George was certain that the story didn’t end at Thomas Circle. He would leave the reader hanging, which meant he’d need to come up with more facts before he was finished with the story.

    George went to the corner, flagging down the first cab he saw. He needed to regroup. Write the story, and then, he’d promised his mother to come to dinner that evening. He’d love to call and cancel but he’d canceled the last two invitations to dinner. He had to go and the longest day would inevitably grow longer.

    “City News building, and don’t spare the horses,” George said.

    “My horses have plenty of power to spare. You a reporter? You look like a reporter. You are, aren’t you? Funny what you see driving a hack. I never noticed anyone until I started driving a cab. Now, I notice everyone. Funny what you can ell about a person by giving them a good looking over. I give everyone a good looking over. Once you get a rod stuck in the back of your neck, you learn to look a guy over before you pick him up. I can tell you that much. You, my friend, look like a reporter. Well, here we are. A buck seventy-five.”

    George gave the driver two one dollar bills and a fifty-cent piece.

    He went directly to the newsroom, took off his jacket, loosening his tie, he began writing about what he’d found at Thomas Circle..

    “Mayor’s Wife In Auto Accident.

    George knew he couldn’t go straight at someone like the mayor’s wife. The questions he had would not be answered. He left the meaning of what he’d written open for the reader to wonder about.

    He smoothed over his conversation with Mrs. Packard, but at the end, he quoted her, “We were going to my house for lunch.”

    After ending the article with Mrs. Packard’s words, George wrote a sentence with an innuendo in it. It was subtle, but any thinking reader would read it and pause to think. George paused to think before taking his copy to Pops’ desk. He put it in the in-basket.

    George saw Pops reading it. When he reached the last sentence, after reading it, he looked directly at George.. Pops shook his head. He did not pick up the red pencil to cross it out. He was letting it go. The Walrus would be another story. He might use his red pencil to cross out the sentence. George wrote what was obvious to him. What was obvious to the Walrus, he didn’t know. It was his newspaper.

    Everything that he knew and left out were covered by that sentence. Suspicion was left for the clear thinking reader to have. A fan of the mayor and his wife wouldn’t be offended. They’d see nothing wrong. George didn’t only need to write a story the reader related to, but he had to write it to get it past Pops and the Walrus.

    One misstep, and a staff reporter would be collecting the police report, and interviewing Officer Lemon, and he could write what George wrote without bothering Mrs. Packard or Jon Delesandro. The basic facts were suggestive without readers knowing what was being suggested. If the innuendo was out, someone else would be covering the story tomorrow, if they wanted a followup.

    “Your blocked off for the rest of the day?” Pops asked on his return from one of his bathroom breaks.

    “Yes, I am. Private business to take care of.”

    “Good. I’m tired of looking at your face. You need to get a life, Hitch. Get out of here,” he said gruffly. “And don’t be late in the morning.”

    George laughed. Pops’ was right out of Damon Runyon.

    George wasn’t a newshound tonight. He wasn’t working for Jack, the Walrus, or even for himself. He was invited to dinner at his parents’ house, the house where he grew up.

    George needed to be invited before he went. He talked to his mother a couple of times a week, but going home to dinner meant dealing with his father, and the only reason George came in contact with his father was his mother.

    A good time would not be had by all. George would be on pins and needles for the visit, and once he left, he’d be glad that was over.

    At four George got on the first of the two buses that would get him to within a half mile of his parents’ house. They had to eat by six if George was to catch the last bus back to town. The thought of spending a night in his old bedroom was enough to give him ulcers. He’d put on his walking shoes that morning just in case.

    *****

    Chapter 5

    Home Sweet…

    George rang the front doorbell. His mother would answer, because that’s what women did. His father wouldn’t get out of his recliner for love or money, and especially not for the son he despised..

    “Hi, Georgie, you know your father isn’t going to like this.” she said, looking at his clothes. “You two never give an inch. You could try, Georgie. He is your father.”

    “I had a really long day, Mom. Would you rather I call and cancel? It’s over an hour on the bus from town, and that’s over an hour back. I wanted to see that you’re all right. He hasn’t hit you again, has he?”

    “Oh, Georgie that was such a long time ago. Can’t you just stop it. He’s my husband. He’s your father. You should show him some respect.”

    “I show him the same respect he shows me, Mom. He’s never had any use for me. A man that hits his wife is the lowest form of life.” George said.

    “Be nice. He’s reading his paper. We don’t want to upset him. Let’s have a nice dinner,” she said, trying to make the peace.

    “You think I’m deaf? I can hear you two.”

    “George, it’s Georgie. He’s come for dinner.”

    “What, you decided to become a stevedore this week?” his father asked derisively. “It’s the same God damn shit from last time.”

    “We’re not doing this again, Daddy. I’m here for dinner. I’m here to see my mother. Let’s call a truce for once.”

    “Why can’t you dress right for Christ’s sake,” Mr. Hitchcock said, looking over the top of the daily newspaper.

    “I dress fine, Daddy. I’m not doing this with you tonight. Mom asked me over for dinner. It wouldn’t hurt you to act nice. Do it for my mother.”

    “Men don’t act nice. They act like men,” his father said. “Your mother knows how to act. You’re the only confused one in the house.”

    “Dad, please don’t start trouble,” George pleaded.

    “Cause trouble. Me cause trouble? You are trouble. Look at you! You’re a disgrace,” Mr. Hitchcock said, the venom clear in his words.

    It was always the same. His father had no tolerance for anything but rules he made for everyone. You either acted the way he expected, or you were on the outs. George had been on the outs for years. Once he was eighteen, he got as far from his father as he could get, worked his way through college and got the job at City News. He was a man now. He wanted to see his mother, and in spite of his father’s hostility, George saw his mother when he could.

    “Come into the kitchen, Georgie. We can talk,” his mom said, moving George in front of her. “You can help. Put food on the table for me. Like you used to do.”

    “That’ll be a first. Doing something domestic, how original,” his father said, making a lot of noise, as he turned the page of the paper. “He won’t say anything at the table. I made his favorite. Steamed seafood, fries, slaw, and hush puppies. You know how he loves his seafood. We’ll be able to talk.”

    What do you say at a table with a man who isn’t going to allow there to be peace, as long as George was in his house?

    “Yes, I remember. You’re the best. Why do you stay with him?”

    “We’ve been together for almost thirty years, Georgie. We are used to each other. You wouldn’t want me to be alone, would you?”

    “No, Mom. I’m sorry dad and I don’t get along. I don’t try any more. I am what I am, Mom. That won’t change. You understand that, and Daddy never will,” George said.

    The meal was delicious and quiet. George and his mother made small talk.

    “It’s been hot?”

    “Yes, it has. Autumn will set in soon.”

    “We could use rain.”

    “Some rain would be nice.”

    George’s father stayed occupied with the food. As usual, his shot glass stayed next to him. He got up twice to refill it. He had nothing to add to the conversation. He did love seafood and his booze.

    For the first time in a while, George didn’t leave his parents’ house with indigestion. The food did distract his father, and George helped his mother with the dishes. Rather than have their typical clash with his father on the way out of his house George left by the kitchen door.

    A block away from the house, George looked back. He’d been trapped in that house with his father, for eight years until he left for college, never living there again. It had been hard on his mother, but George had a plan, and he wasn’t giving that up. He’d work on his mother once he was a full-time reporter. Then he’d be able to find a place large enough to move his mother in with him.

    Remembering a childhood that turned sour the year he turned ten reminded him of how lucky he was to have the City News job. His dream of being a newspaper man began at about the same time. George’s life had become clearer to him at ten.

    As he became more aware of his own identity, the trouble with his father deepened. His father wasn’t one to leave well enough alone. It was his way or the highway.

    George was back in town and as soon as he stabilized his career, he’d make better arrangements for his mother. She’d resist the idea at first, but once she realized she could escape from his father, she’d be out the door in a flash, as he was the year he turned eighteen.

    George had only one thing in common with his father. They both had a taste for Johnny Walker. George had no memories of his father being sober. George hadn’t been a drunk. He could hold his liquor. Johnny Walker didn’t make George mean. He wouldn’t allow it.

    It took two buses to get to where his parents lived, and the same two buses to get him to his Maryland Avenue room. He walked four blocks once the second bus let him out. He simply wanted to forget the day, relax for a few hours, and go to bed.

    Just inside the door, on the table with the phone on it, was a plate of chocolate chip cookies his landlady,Mildred, set out for him. She cleaned his room twice a week, even when he was rarely home, and Mildred always left him a treat, once she’d finished cleaning. The woman was a saint.

    George remembered the day he went to see his room. It was second floor front, and George didn’t know what to expect after years in college dorms. He answered an add, ‘Rooms to let. Maryland Avenue.’

    Mildred had gone in front of him up the stairs. She walked to the front of the house, put a key in the door, and let the door swing open as she stepped to one side.

    George knew he’d need to bargain. It was how things like this were done.

    As soon as he saw the huge front window and the park outside, he knew he was home. The room was modestly furnished, but the furniture wasn’t cheap college dorm stuff. It was well used furniture, but well kept, like Mildred kept her rooms. The view of the park with children playing, dog walkers walking their dogs, and gray squirrels was worth the forty dollars a month. He could actually relax there.

    “It’s wonderful,” George said, unable to hide his joy. “I’ll give you two months in advance, but it must be this room. I love this room.”

    “You drive a hard bargain,” Mildred said. “I’m lucky to get a week in advance most of the time. No one stays two months, except Mr. Magruder. He’s been with me since Samuel died. He was my husband. I needed to let rooms if I wanted to stay here. Mr. Magruder was my first boarder. Very nice man. Quiet,” she said softly.

    George took the cash he had set aside for the room out of his pocket, and he gave Mildred four crisp twenty dollar bills. The deal was struck, and even though he was out most of the time, George loved swinging open the door and seeing the park across from the picture window. It was perfect. It was quiet. It was home.

    George picked up a paper on the way to his room. He hadn’t opened it. What he really needed was a stiff drink. He decided to eat the cookies instead. He left the half bottle of Johnny Walker in the drawer where he kept it. He could never remember which days Mildred cleaned, or maybe he wasn’t sure what day it was when he left his room, but he didn’t want his landlady seeing the bottle of booze when she cleaned. Mildred was a proper lady and he intended to be a proper boarder. She didn’t need to know he drank.

    George undressed. It always felt so good getting out of that suit. He picked up the paper, piled the pillows up on the couch/bed, leaned back, and opened the paper.

    He’d not forgotten to look for the article on the mayor’s wife, but below the fold, on the front page, there it was.

    “Mrs. Packard In Auto Accident.”

    His mouth dropped open. It was on the front page, below the fold, but that wasn’t the best part. The best part was the byline.

    George Hitchcock was there for all to see, and in bold print. George Hitchcock had his first byline. A story he almost didn’t take had turned into a front page deal.

    The anguish over a too long day, ending with it being necessary to deal with his father, dissipated among the words George read. They were his words, almost all of them.

    George read it three times. Two sentences had been changed, but only to give them clarity, and the last sentence was just as he wrote it. It had gotten by Pops and the Walrus.

    George knew that he’d reached too far with that final sentence that would have the readers thinking. He expected it to be missing. It was right where he put it, exactly like he wrote it. That was a surprise. He let the paper rest on his lap, and he looked at the park across from his window. It was dark but several street lights furnished enough light to see the trees and the swings.

    Wasn’t it a nice day. Even spending time with his father couldn’t ruin how nice this day was.

    Tomorrow he would follow up on the front page article. Tomorrow, he’d interview Jon Delesandro, and he’d call the mayor’s house to talk to Mrs. Packard. Maybe he’d go by Witherspoon Prep.

    He’d left questions in what he wrote about Mrs. Packard’s accident. Tomorrow he’d start answering those questions.

    George fell asleep with the paper on his lap. He fell asleep making plans for the next day. He fell asleep knowing he had work to do. He wouldn’t be sitting around the newsroom, waiting for a story to cover. This was his story, because it was his byline.

    *****

    George was up and at ’em a little after six. Mildred handed him a cup of coffee and a dish with an English muffin and strawberry jam, once he came down. George handed her yesterday’s copy of the City News, pointing out his byline.

    “Oh, Mr. Hitchcock, it’s beautiful. Don’t you want to save it. You need to frame it. Isn’t this your first byline?”

    “First important one. I wrote for my college paper. My name was all over it. This is a good one. No, I want you to have it. I don’t need to hold onto such trivia. Besides, I’m going to buy ten copies of yesterday’s edition before today’s edition hits the street.”

    “I heard you come in yesterday evening. The way you climbed the stairs, well, I knew you’d need a pick-me-up this morning. You shouldn’t work so hard. My Samuel worked all the time, and he died way too young.”

    “You’re a doll, Mildred,” George said, kissing her cheek.

    She giggled, and George went out the front door, not wanting to miss his 6:43 a.m. bus.

    Pop’s was already there. He sat with a steaming cup of coffee on his desk, and a stack of copy from after the City News went to press yesterday.

    “Any followup on the Thomas Circle fender bender?” Pops asked.

    “I need to interview the kid. I want to talk to his mom, and I couldn’t get anything out of Witherspoon Prep yesterday. I’ll take another run at them to day.”

    “If you’d told me no, I’d have advised you to find another occupation. Nice job, Hitch. I might need you if something hot comes in, otherwise followup on what you wrote yesterday.”

    “Yes, Sir,” George said. “For the first time in his short career as a reporter, he had a list of people to talk to, starting with Jon Delesandro. After writing down everything he hadn’t put in the article yesterday, George hit the street, heading for the hospital. As he came in the main entrance, walking toward the stairs.

    “Hey, Lover Boy. Can’t stay away from me,” Judy said. “You better stop and talk to me. You never know what the well informed receptionist might be able to tell you.”

    George turned away from the stairs and Jon Delesandro. He could put off a visit to room 203 a little longer.

    “You get lovelier every day,” George said, swinging over to Judy’s desk.

    “Don’t be so quick on your feet, Sweety Pie. Guard outside of Delesandro’s room. Not right at the door. Maybe ten feet down, but he’s there to keep people like you out.”

    “Any way to get people like me inside that room?”

    “Do you know who my favorite president is, honey child?”

    George put a five-dollar bill on the desk.

    “I believe you know Abe? I’m out of roses at the minute, but I’m going to bring you one as soon as the florist shop opens its doors.”

    “You are a handsome devil. You speak my language. Forget the rose, Lover Boy,” she said. “I’m do to go on my coffee break in ten minutes. It so happens there’s a coffee machine down the hall from room 203. Every time I walk down to that machine, guess who follows me like a bloodhound?”

    “It pays having good women in high places,” George said. “If I wasn’t busy in room 203, I’d follow you anywhere,” George said.

    “I bet you would,” she said. “I appreciate the compliment, but we both know why you’re here, and Lit’l old me has nothing to do with it.”

    Judy got up and smoothed out her dress before climbing to the second floor. A minute later, George went to the second floor. Setting about ten feet further down from Delesandro’s room, was an empty chair. George slipped into the room.

    Jon Delesandro was still propped up on four pillows, but his eyes were open and staring into a television screen. He looked a bit like a displaced raccoon. The missing hair with the stitches stood out in a pinkish colored flesh that was darker than his regular skin tone.

    “How are you today, Mr. Delesandro,” George asked in a friendly but serious voice.

    “Headache. Aren’t you supposed to tell me how I am?” he asked.

    “Oh, I’m not a doctor. I was here yesterday. You wee out of it. I thought I’d check on you this morning,” George said.

    “Nothing a few aspirin won’t cure. I think I’ve had my ration for this morning,” he admitted.

    George smiled. He didn’t want ludes, dex, or crank to cure his ills. How refreshing. The kid wanted an aspirin, which told George a lot. In the midst of the peace and love generation, recreational drugs had come into fashion for the kids.

    While Nixon drank his nights away, the peace and love generation got stoned and floated away. George preferred Nixon’s drug of choice. He probably drank some expensive label booze. George started on his father’s supply of Johnny Walker, and he hadn’t gotten around to trying another brand, but he would one day.

    Drugs were all over the university. You could hardly walk to class without being approached to an offer of drugs for sale. It was the new way to put yourself through college. You didn’t need to go any farther than the closest rock concert or beer bust, to get access to drugs.

    It took George until he was twenty-six to get his first job with the third largest paper in the city. He stayed with his college paper, until the City News hired him as one of their stringers. Until yesterday, he handled the over flow that real reporters didn’t have time to cover.

    After his first byline, he had a story to cover, and an idea of how he wanted to go about covering it. Jon Delesandro was his first stop that day, but he wouldn’t be the last. George had questions, and the final assertion in his article created the day’s work.

    “The two time singles tennis champion in the city, Jon Delesandro, should be playing tennis somewhere, shouldn’t he?”

    George intended to ask him, if he didn’t get the boot first. The bodyguard on the door wasn’t a problem. Judy proved that. There are ways to get by bodyguards, but to get an answer to the question he posed in the City News, George would need staying power.

    Jon Delesandro could be his younger brother, and not that much younger. He was sure there was more to the story than a simple lunch date with the wife of the most powerful man in the city. The private room and the guard on the door proved something. It remained to be seen what it proved. George had a hunch that Jon Delesandro and Mrs. Packard were up to a lot more than having lunch, but all the hunches in the world didn’t make for good reading

    According to Jack, this kid was good enough to turn pro. What stopped him from declaring that he was ready for pro ball, and he should have had more offers than he needed to be on the Delesandro bandwagon, but here he was, tucked away from the tennis world in a fancy prep school, going on lunch dates with the mayor’s wife. George could jump to conclusions from what he wrote the day before. but George wouldn’t hurt the kid for a byline. If he couldn’t tell the story without hurting the kid, he wouldn’t tell it. He decided that last night.

    The mayor and his wife were players. They knew the turf they’d hoisted themselves onto. George wasn’t afraid of the flack that could come from city hall. He’d opened the door to a larger inquiry, and so far, it was his story.

    If he found a way to make it turn out OK for the kid, he was all over it. Ruining Delesandro’s reputation, before he had one wasn’t what he did. It’s not how he would write the story.

    George had discovered in the last twenty-four hours, there were limits to what he’d do for a byline. He’d gotten up that morning thinking about his limitations. Before he got his first byline, George didn’t know he had limits.

    “Tennis?” George asked.

    “Not right now. I’m recovering from a car accident.”

    “Why aren’t you playing tennis?”

    “I am. Mrs. Packard hired my coach to get me ready. She says he’s one of the leading tennis coaches around. He says I need to go slow, develop my game. He’s smart.”

    “And well paid, no doubt,” George said.

    “I wouldn’t know about that,” Jon said.

    “He’d be a fool if he wasn’t,” George said. “Who does he have you playing. You need to play the best if you want to improve your game,” George told him, knowing a little about sports.

    “When I’m ready, he’ll get me the kind of matches I need,” Jon repeated what he’d been told but wasn’t sure about.

    “Develop it for what, Jon? A friend of mine has a son you played in the city tournament last year. He said you were a ringer. You were good enough to be a pro, and you were playing high school kids. How do you explain that/” George asked, wanting the kid to think. “You don’t get better playing pushover competition, Jon. To get better, you’ve got to play the best.”

    “Who did you say you were?” Jon asked.

    “George Hitchcock, City News,” George said.

    “Where’s Arnie? He always covered me for the News. How long have you been covering tennis? I’ve never seen you before.”

    “I don’t cover tennis, Jon. I cover car accidents. There is a question being asked about what you’re doing with the mayor’s wife in the middle of the day, when you should be practicing for a tennis tournament somewhere.”

    George hit him with the big guns, because he was about to be asked to leave. He needed to leave Jon Delesandro with more to think about than prune danish, or chocolate cheese cake for dessert.

    “I’ve got a headache,” Jon said, and George stood.

    “I’m a lightweight, Jon. I won’t hurt you. If everything is above board with Mrs. Packard, no one can hurt you, but there are hard core reporters out there who are buzzards. They smell someone dying, and they hover to get their talons into them. You need to think about what you are doing with your life, and why you aren’t scheduled to play in the US Open in September. That’s what a kid with your talent should be doing. I’m not the only one with questions, Jon.”

    George had to call Arnie Siegal in sports to find out which major tennis tournament came next. He didn’t tell him that the city champion was a little under the weather. He needed to sound credible to Delesandro.He knew a tennis racket from a baseball bat. After that he was in the dark. He did know there was love in tennis, for the young at heart of course.

    “You need to go?” Jon said.

    “Mrs. Packard been here to see how you are?”

    “No, why would she?” he asked. “She’s a busy woman.”

    “Her insurance is paying the bills. That’s a reason. Does she have so little interest in what happened to the kid riding shotgun in that fancy new Mercedes. People with money can afford a new Mercedes, Jon. What kind of car does your mother drive? Oh, I forgot, she takes the bus, because she’s working herself into an early grave, trying to raise her son by herself.”

    “What’s my mother got to do with anything. Why don’t you leave me alone. I’m tired.”

    “Does she even know her baby boy is in the hospital, Jon? I’m leaving my card on the table. If you’re up to your ears in a situation you don’t know how to get out of, call me. I’ll help you. I hope you are feeling better soon, Mr. Delesandro.” George said, as he left.

    George was no fool. He knew the watchdog was only one loud word away. He doubted Delesandro knew he had a watchdog. Just like he didn’t know he was being played for a sucker. At six one with broad shoulders and a ready smile. Jon probably didn’t notice the girls swooning over him as he passed. He only had eyes for his high school coach and the net he drove his competition off of.

    Now he was safely kept away from little girls at an all-boys college preparatory school, He had a coach telling him he needed to take his time, while the mayor’s wife was making time with him. One thing was for certain, athletes had more than enough strength and stamina. Athletes had staying power and Loretta Packard had Jon Delesandro staying with her.

    It didn’t take a mind reader to read what was going on. From the time Mrs. Packard brushed him off, he’d been reading the situation fine. Jon had said nothing to make George think otherwise.

    For the first time George had more than he could write. He couldn’t write accurately about this situation in the City News. With readers reading between the lines, his supposition could still prove to be wrong.

    If the readers got the right idea, he could end up getting fired and sued, especially if Jon Delesandro didn’t mind being used that way. He was a red-blooded American boy after all, and George, well George was a stringer for the third most read paper in town. Did he really want to risk all that for one salacious story.

    Chapter 6

    Follow Your Nose

    George headed for the stairs and the main entrance. He still had work to do. He was already writing the followup on the fender bender at Thomas Circle. Jon seemed OK to him but head injuries were unpredictable. He needed to call the mayor’s mansion and Witherspoon Prep.

    While he didn’t expect much more than he got yesterday, Pops and the Walrus would be looking for more. Why else would the story about Mrs. Packard’s auto accident have been on the front page and not in the local section. Than again, there was a lack of news during the city’s summer hiatus. Even the newsroom stayed half empty.

    He hit the final stair and was heading for the door when he got the call.

    “Hey, Lover Boy. Have time for a chat?”

    “For you, My Love, I’ve got all the time you want,” George said, stepping over to the receptionists desk.

    “He’s staying one more night. Mild concussion, but they want to watch him. He’s some kind of athlete. Horowitz came once. Hasn’t been back. Probably won’t be. A staff doctor is supervising the case. You think Horowitz is scared by the size of the germs at General?”

    “Wouldn’t surprise me. How about visitors?” George asked.

    “No visitors have stopped to ask his room number. It’s been as quiet as I’ve ever seen it, and there’s the bloodhound in the hall outside. No one has called to ask about him either,” Judy told him.

    “Why would a boy from the poor side of town need a guard?” George asked.

    “He under arrest?” she asked.

    “He’s an athlete not doing anything athletic. Well, not in public anyway,” George said as he gave it a second thought. “Than there’s Dr. Horowitz. The doctor who isn’t there. That must mean he doesn’t need the good doctor’s services.”

    “You’ve got three other hospitals in town,” Judy said. “The poor folks come here. You want special treatment and luxury accommodations, you don’t come here. Were a good hospital but bare bones. We won’t pad your bill because we can’t add that high. All that’s left is keeping him here so he doesn’t talk to anyone. What’s he got to talk about is the question.”

    “When I gave that question a go, I didn’t have an answer, but you asking me gives me a good idea why he’s in a low rent zone with a very expensive guard on his door. They don’t want anyone asking him questions. You’re a doll Judy and your smart.”

    “The guard on the door caper only works if you don’t have a receptionist running interference for her favorite reporter,” Judy said.

    “isn’t that the truth,” George said. “His mother? They can’t keep his mother from seeing her son,” George said.

    “No, they can’t but I’m betting mommy doesn’t know where her little boy is at. Do you know where your kids are?”

    “No kids. If I had kids I’d know where they were,” George said. “I think someone needs to tell Mrs. Delesandro where Jon is. I have a hunch it will come as a surprise to her,” George said.

    “No one has been here to see him but Horowitz. He looked at the file and handed it back to me. He scooted away from here as fast as his short fat legs would take him. Whatever he was here to do, it didn’t take any time for him to do it.”

    “Jon doesn’t need a high powered doctor. That tells me the case would have been a waste of his time. I need to go use a phone. I have a feeling Mrs. Delesandro will leave for work soon.”

    “Maybe he called his mother on the phone,” Judy said.

    “I’m betting he didn’t. He is being dazzled by some high powered people who aren’t particularly worried about Jon or his mother. A poor kid can be dazzled by the glitz and glitter the wealthy flash around. They put the guard on his door to keep the kid in the dark and it’s time to turn on the light.”

    “You let me know how this turns out, Hon. Why do you care about this kid?”

    “I don’t get to tell anyone what to do but this kid has a ticket out of palookaville and there are people holding him back. I think he needs a wake up call. I aim to give one if I can,” George said.

    “Sweetheart, you the finder of lost dreams?” Judy asked.

    “What’s a nice thing to say. Maybe I’m the reminder of what the dream is. He hasn’t lost it but it’s a dream that can fade fast.”

    “Problem is, you can get that horse over to where the water is, but if that horse don’t have a mind to drink it, he ain’t going to, Hon.”

    “I’m told, but don’t know, this kid is good enough to turn pro. Why wouldn’t he be going in that direction? Instead he’s running around with the mayor’s wife.”

    “He’s getting something he ain’t never got before,” Judy said. “And that is the most powerful drug of all. Men are known to get themselves swept right away in the sea of love. Blinded by love.”

    “Yes, it is,” George said. “I think I need to call his mother. She needs to know where her son is. It’s not my job to tell her, but I have questions only she can answer,” George said.

    “I hope you can help him. He’s here until tomorrow morning, according to Dr. Jasmine.”

    “I shall return,” George said dramatically, heading for the door.

    George went to the phone booth on the corner. He took out his notebook where he wrote down the Delesandro’s number.”

    “Hello!” a soft voice said. “You need to make it fast. I’ve got to catch a bus in five minutes,” she said.

    “Mrs. Delesandro, mother of Jon Delesandro?”

    “Yes, who is this?” she asked, panic in her voice.

    “Calm down. Not a thing to be alarmed about. My name is George Hitchcock. I’m with the city news. Do you have yesterdays edition of the City News, Mrs. Delesandro.”

    “Yes, it’s on the coffee table. I haven’t had a chance to read it.”

    “OK, first, I just left Jon. He is fine. I was under the impression you hadn’t been informed he had been in an automobile accident yesterday,” George said. “I decided you should be informed.”

    A gasp could be heard on the other end of the phone.

    “He’s fine. Didn’t you know where your son was?”

    “No, I have no idea. He’s not been home in some time. You’re sure he’s all right. Yes, the story is on the bottom of the front page.”

    “Front page. A car accident. Why the front page?” she asked.

    “Do you know who your son is with, Mrs. Delesandro.”

    “That woman,” she spit out.

    “What woman is that?” he asked.

    “It sure as hell ain’t Ladybird. Mrs. Packard won’t leave Jon alone. I’ve tried to talk to him. He thinks she’s helping him. He’s a talented boy. He can have a future and that damn woman won’t leave him alone. I don’t know what to do.”

    “Mrs. Delesandro, can you remember my name?”

    “No. Let me right it down. What hospital? I’m going to get fired. I need that job.”

    “He is at City General. I’m George Hitchcock, City News. I’m going to give you my home and work numbers. Can you write them down?”

    “Yes. Go ahead.”

    George gave her two numbers.

    “I don’t have a car, Mrs. Delesandro. I’d come pick you up if I did, but you’ll have to decide what’s best for you under the circumstances,” George said. “I understand they will keep him until tomorrow. He is in room 203. They think he has a mild concussion. If you can’t go right away, well, that’s what I know. I called you as soon as I left the hospital.”

    “Mr. Hitchcock?”

    “George. Call me George,” he said, feeling sympathetic toward the woman..

    “Thank you. I don’t know why you felt it was necessary to tell me about my own son, but thank you. I’ll get there somehow. I don’t know what buses go there. I need to be sure my son is OK. I can get another job. I can’t get another son, even if he is hardheaded.”

    “I thought you would. Mrs. Delesandro, I hate asking you this right now, but the news waits for no man or mom. Can I interview you about what has been going on with your son. I’ve been told he should be starting a professional tennis career. I don’t know anything about tennis, but if he isn’t using his God given gifts, well, would you talk to me about it. At a time and place of your choosing.”

    “Absolutely, I will. You can bet on that,” she said, almost joyful.

    “Thank you, Mrs. Delesandro. Everything is going to be OK,” George said, cutting off the call.

    He dared not make promises he couldn’t keep. He was hanging on to the story by the skin of his teeth. He needed to make the most of it. He hung the phone up, leaning his head against the cool glass on the phone booth, suddenly exhausted.

    He still needed to call Mrs. Packard, and he intended to go to Witherspoon Prep to see Mrs. Wadsworth eye to eye. None of it was appetizing. The battle for Jon Delesandro had begun.

    “Hey, Buddy, you going to use that phone or what. People are waiting,” a rude an irritating voice broadcast to anyone who cared.

    That’s all he needed. Get in a fist fight over a telephone.

    George stepped out of the phone booth and walked to the corner. He wasn’t sure which move he wanted to make next. He wasn’t going to get anything out of Mrs. Packard or Mrs. Wadsworth. He had to try.

    *****

    Mrs. Packard and Mrs. Wadsworth weren’t talking. They weren’t talking to George. The first call to the mayor’s residence got a cordial, “Good morning, and she’s not available at the moment.”

    His second call a few hours later got him, “Don’t call here again, Mr. Hitchcock. We know who you are. Mrs. Packard has no comment for you.”

    George was the wordsmith who put that nagging little innuendo at the end of the article on the fender bender at Thomas Circle. While Mrs. Packard’s backers weren’t looking into Mrs. Packard’s boudoir for the answer to why Jon Delesandro wasn’t playing more tennis, Mrs. Packard obviously was, and she wasn’t talking.

    While clamming up works in some instances, when you clam up in the face of a journalist’s inquiry, it crates more questions.

    George knew enough not to tug on Superman’s cape or spit in the wind, but no one taught him how to dismiss a question that got to the heart of what his original inquiry.

    George would have had nothing more than hunches to go on in the Packard fender bender, until Jack Carter remembered a tennis player that made his son look bad, and the woman who seemed to sponsor everything that tennis player did. It was the tip that kept on giving, but George had hit a snag on the Packard story. He wasn’t done with it yet, but he didn’t know his next move either.

    He might make another run at Mrs. Packard but she wasn’t suddenly going to tell all. What she said confirmed Jack’s suspicion about the woman and Jon. George was already thinking in that direction. Jon’s reaction to him wasn’t the kind of reaction he’d expect if Mrs. Packard was Jon’s innocent benefactor. He’d brag about it.

    Even Judy went straight to the male’s inability to sort out the fact he was being played by the woman he was romancing. George had no information that excluded that as a possibility. For the first time George wondered why Mayor Packard hadn’t put a stop to his wife dallying with the tennis player. As city tennis champion, he had to know who Jon was. His wife was paying for him to go to Witherspoon. You didn’t do that by using the household account.

    What better source for matters of the heart could he have than another woman. Men were mostly oblivious to the undercurrents surrounding their need to breed. For a man it’s straight forward. I can so I do. George wasn’t stupid and Judy called it the way she saw it, which was how George saw it but he couldn’t write it that way.

    His second article on Mrs. Packard’s accident didn’t mention Judy or Jack. As Joe Friday said, ‘Just the facts, ma’am. Just the facts.”

    It wasn’t compelling reading. He wrote about the passenger in the car being hospitalized. Jon Delesandro, the city’s tennis champion, would be released on Sunday if there were no complications. He added that the famous Dr. Horowitz had been consulted. He didn’t mention the consultation was with the receptionist. He didn’t see Jon.

    He ended the three paragraphs with the fact Mrs. Delesandro didn’t know of Jon’s hospitalization. It caught her off guard. George dropped it into Pops’ in-basket a little after noon. He immediately retrieved it, read it through, and put his initials on it in red, dropping it into the out-basket as ready to go to press. That basket would go to the Walrus. He’d add his initials if Pops’ judgment was true to form.

    It was and the article appeared on the front page of the local section near the top of the page. The byline, George Hitchcock, was on the story. It wasn’t nearly as impressive as the original story, but another byline, the second in two days was great. A byline increased his pay. It also drew him closer to that full-time reporter’s job.

    It spoke of Jon’s hospitalization, his city tennis championships, and a stirred but not shaken Mrs. Packard.

    might not. Maybe he thought over what George had said to him.

    George decided to stop at Judy’s receptionist station first. He had a feeling that stopping there would save him a lot of wasted steps.

    “Your boy flew the coop sometime after I left for the day yesterday. I checked first thing. They were holding him day to day because of his head injury. The doctor did not sign the release form. A kid that age, you can only keep them in bed for so long. I think he decided it was time to split this joint,” Judy said. “Sorry. No one knows when he left or if he left with someone. His clothes are gone. I think that’s the major clue in this mystery. No one in a gown is going to be allowed to escape from General Hospital.”

    “They move someone into his room?” George asked.

    “Yes, and the little old man in there isn’t Jon, unless he had a really bad night,” Judy said.

    “He was day to day. I figured he’d disappear about now. I need to make a phone call, and unless I miss my bet, this is goodbye Judy.”

    “Hey, George! Keep me posted on the kid, will you. I’d like to think you can make it turn out all right for him. You take care of yourself., Hon”

    “Will do, Gorgeous,” George said, heading for the phone booth on the corner.

    “If you’re ever in the neighborhood, come say hello,” Judy said.

    “Will do. That’s a date I won’t need twice,” George said, leaving with a wave and a smile.

    There was no answer at the Delesandro number. He’d call the mayor’s house and ask for Jon, but they knew his voice. If they had the kid on ice at the hospital, he wasn’t going to be available at the mayor’s house, which meant he needed to talk to Mrs. Delesandro.

    With no other option present in his thinking, George returned to the City News building. He was already writing, ‘Where’s Jon Delesandro?’ It made the local section’s front page. It was simple and to the point. It continued the story for a third consecutive day. George’s byline was on the story. It told George he was on the right track on a story the City News wanted covered.

    Pops looked up as George was taking his jacket off.

    “Hitch, keep your jacket on. You had a call. Jack will be at the Ante-Room at noon, if you can stop by. Whose Jack? The Ante-Room is where the cops hang, isn’t it?” Pops asked, knowing very well it was. “Take lunch. Go see what Jack wants, Do not try to highjack another reporter’s story. You got that?”

    “Got it, Pops. When do I trespass on another reporters story?”

    “First time for everything. Take your time,” Pops said.

    George actually enjoyed a drink about lunch time. He did all his drinking at Jerry’s or the Ante-Room. He did know to limit his intake of booze, but it went with the territory, Drinking with sources often loosened their tongues enough to get the complete truth out of them.

    The Anteroom served buffet items to draw in drinkers during the day. Hard boiled eggs, pigs feet, pickles, and whatever they could serve cheap, was free to the clientele. George wondered who ate pigs feet. He’d need to be pretty drunk to eat one of those and what happened to a pig that doesn’t have feet?

    “Shot. Johnny Walker,” George said, moving up to where the food lined an empty section of the bar. He collected two deviled egg halves, and a large juicy dill pickle, and black olives. George dropped a buck on the counter to cover his shot and free lunch.

    “I’m sitting in a booth in the back. Bring your food and drink there,” Jack said. “Hey, Karl, his drinks go on my tab.”

    “Jack, that’s not necessary,” George said, after eating the second deviled egg half.

    “Yes it is,” Jack said. “I am looking for a favor, George. I need you to go to Loey’s and wait for Trask to show up. You said he bought your persona as a Detroit hood, and he talked freely to you. One of my detectives picked up a rumor that Vogal and Trask are on the outs. I need to know if Trask can be turned. See him. Let him talk. Ask no question. You know the drill. Can you do that?”

    “Yes, I can do that. You tell me every time we meet. I know what you want and how you want me to go about getting it, but if Trask and Vogal are on the outs, why would Trask go to Loey’s, where Vogal hangs out most nights?”

    “Old habits are hard to break, George. These aren’t rocket scientists. He’ll go to Loey’s because he goes to Loey’s. Maybe he won’t but my bet is he will, and if he does, well, he apparently feels comfortable talking to you. That’s why he might want to have a sit down with you, get it off his chest. He’ll see you as someone he can talk to,” Jack said.

    “Do you know what they fell out about?” George asked.

    “I do. I pulled in Vogal on the music store job. Vogal had nothing to say. I talked to Trask on the street, after I talked to Vogal. Trask and I have a history. He wasn’t forthcoming. It was before the news got to me about him and Vogal having a split.”

    “He said they didn’t tell anyone that they pulled that job,” George said.

    “Uh huh. Well that could complicate things. If Trask is dumb enough to go into Loey’s knowing Vogal is gunning for him, what are the odds he’s going to draw a straight line from what he told you to why Vogal is out to get his head on a pike.”

    “Good question. Let’s find out. I’ll do it. You do remember that if anything comes of what I get for you, I get the exclusive, Jack. Don’t be calling another reporter and feeding him what I got for you,” George warned him.

    “For Christ sake, George. I told you I’d do that, didn’t I? You get Trask to talk to me about Vogal, make it the smart move if he’s afraid of him. Simply be the Detroit hood he thinks you are. Let him know what you’d do if he tells you about the split with Vogal. He obviously likes talking to you. Let him talk, and then call me and let me know what he has to say. After that, I’m pulling you out. It’s getting too dangerous and I’ve got my ass hanging out by sending you in there.”

    “Don’t worry. I can read a situation fairly well. I catch any bad vibes, I’m out of there,” George said.

    “Good. We’ll wrap this up and get you out of there. Keep your cool and let him talk,” Jack said. “I’ve interviewed Trask. He’s not one of your great thinkers. He runs his mouth and has no idea of the implications concerning what he’s saying. He views you as safe. If he stops to talk to you, you know he has no idea you fingered him and Vogal for the music shop job,” Jack said. “He’d have dropped a dime on you in a second to get out of hot water with Vogal.”

    “If you say so, Jack. I’ll try to get over there tonight. If I feel any bad vibes, I won’t stay. I don’t mind helping put the bad guys away, but I won’t purposely put myself at risk.”

    “Exactly the attitude you need to have. Go in, don’t drink, George. Keep your mind clear. You pick up on anything that makes you feel uneasy, you split. Don’t hang around,” Jack said.

    “I can do that,” George said. “I’m working that story about the Packard accident on Monday. I am running down some leads. If I can’t make it into Loey’s tonight, I’ll go tomorrow night for sure. Things have been slow but they’re giving me a free hand with it at the moment. I’ve got to follow it through until I get to the end of it.”

    “George, you’re doing me a favor. You do what you need to do. A day or two won’t matter in this situation. You’re no good to me if you get yourself fired. Do your job and than do the favor. My only concerning is Vogal moving against Trask before you have a chance to talk to him but your safety and security is far more important than anything you do for me. Don’t lose sight of that. I appreciate what you’ve done. The music store job wasn’t solved, until Trask told you about it. Go in when you have time. If Trask wants to sit down with you, he’ll tell you about the split. Steer him to me if you can. That’s all. Do not stick your neck out. Make him think giving up Vogal is his idea. Simply agree it’s what you’d do if you were in his shoes.”

    “I get it, Jack. I’ve helped you on the music store job. It’s good to know I have helped. What I don’t get, and you haven’t bothered to explain it, you don’t seem all that worried about that robbery. Am I wrong, or is there something you aren’t telling me?”

    “You have good instincts. I’ve figured out that Vogal whacked Max Stein almost a year ago, George. Little by little I’ve come to believe Jimmy Vogal hit Max Stein. He was a well known and popular businessman. He left work one evening last year and someone put a bullet behind his ear,” Jack said.

    “I don’t have a witness, no clues, just a dead body. Recently, as in since Max got whacked, Jimmy’s been seen with Mrs. Stein. It doesn’t take a genius to know if a hood is dating your woman, you shouldn’t turn your back on him. Max didn’t know and Vogal hit him to clear the way to his wife. I have no evidence to prove what I just told you. When a guy drops dead unexpectedly, we always look at the closest person to him. Mrs. Stein is on that spot, George. The only question I have, did Mrs. Stein encourage or help plan her husbands execution.”

    “Jesus, Jack, that’s cold,” George said.

    “It’s how the world works, George. What you want to remember, if a hood is dating your woman, don’t turn your back on him. In Max’s case, don’t turn your back at all.”

    “Absolutely not,” George said. “That’s cold.”

    “Could be a money motive as well. Once I pin it on Vogal, I’ll have plenty of time to wrap up Mrs. Stein. Odds are she was in on it.”

    “Now it makes perfect sense, Jack. Look, I need to get back. We’re short handed. Everyone is away. Gone to the shore to escape the heat,” George said.

    Both men stood to shake hands. George headed for the door.

    *****

    Chapter 7

    Where’s Jon?

    After calling Jon’s mother, George sat down to write, ‘Where’s Jon Delesandro? She saw him the night George first talked to her, and she’d called to talk to him the next day. Jon was still at General Hospital until late the second day, when he disappeared and no one, not even Dr. Jasmine knew his whereabouts.

    George knew where Jon Delesandro was but like Jack couldn’t prove Jimmy Vogal killed Max Stein, George couldn’t prove that Jon was at Mrs. Packard’s house. Why would the mayor of a major metropolitan city allow his wife to dally with someone Jon. George knew why Mrs. Packard kept Jon close to her, but the mayor?

    He could write that and after leaving work late on Thursday night, with Where’s Jon Delesandro in Pops’ in-basket, George needed a good night’s sleep. He liked Loey’s on Friday night. It was usually packed and he felt more comfortable not seeing the eyes of other patron’s studying him.

    By the next morning George was ready to write, “A Mother Worries.” After “Where’s Jon Delesandro” had the story back on the front page, George pondered the next move he needed to make.

    After writing the preliminary version of “A Mother Worries,’ George went to the car pool to check out a car. He asked for something that wouldn’t stand out. He rethought that description after the attendant drove a 1968 Ford Galaxy, with the right window that wouldn’t roll up, handing George the keys. It was after eight by a good bit and the traffic would all be heading into town as he went up Connecticut Avenue to where he was told the Mayor’s house was.

    It was still a little cool early in the morning now that it was August, but it would be another hot and humid day. He looked at the right window that wasn’t there, and he knew he needed to ditch the dog of a car before the heat was turned up on high again.

    George didn’t own a car. Before getting the job at the City News, he’d worked for the same paper he’d worked on while he went to college. It was slow in the summer there too. College towns grow remarkably calm once the school is holding only summer classes. The best part of that job, he drew a salary no matter how slow the news was, and when school went back into session, there was n end to what college students did for fun and entertainment.

    George put away several thousand dollars in the two years after he graduated. He thought of using the several thousand dollars to buy a car, but his first job was as a stringer. You only made money if your stories were in the paper, and not knowing how many opportunities there would be, he opted to keep his money in the back to spend as needed until he was a full-time reporter and could afford a car.

    So, he checked out what was reputed to be transportation when he needed to. This morning he had no choice. The most important story he’d covered to date required him to sit a safe distance from the mayor’s house to monitor the comings and goings. George knew what he expected to find, but he wasn’t jumping to conclusions. He would wait and see.

    Checking the address, he made sure he had the right house. Once he was certain he was in the right spot, he parked far enough away not to be noticed, and he went on stakeout, which gave him plenty of time to think.

    He was doing what he needed to do so far. This week had proved to be his most successful week to date. The fender bender at Thomas Circle had become a front page story twice that week, and on Friday morning, if what he thought was true, “A Mother Worries” would earn its way onto the front page. It was the natural evolution to a story.

    George yawned as the morning grew warmer. At nine thirty it had to be eighty-five outside and the sun was now shining on the black Ford’s roof. George loosened his tie.

    George had written ‘Where’s Jon Delesandro, after talking to Mrs. Delesandro. She visited her son the day he last spoke to her. When she called the next afternoon, in between her two jobs, Jon was no longer a patient at General Hospital, according to the receptionist. George happened to know the receptionist was quite reliable. If she said Jon wasn’t there, he wasn’t there. Which meant his mother once again had no idea where he was, but George did and now he waited.

    Still getting his byline on this story meant he was doing what they wanted him to do. Someone besides George and Jack Carter thought the mayor’s wife had become too close to the young tennis star. Pops or Mr. Warner could stop him in his tracks. They hadn’t.

    What did George know about Mr. Warner or Charlie Myers. They were hard boiled newspapermen. They’d let an inexperienced reporter run with a story he was covering, without any push back, but neither of them would let another newsman swing in the wind, covering a City News story. Nothing made it into print without Pops and the Walrus seeing it first, and they let his stories run almost untouched and that was a first in his three months at the City News.

    The story he was telling needed to be told the way George was telling it. Someone more powerful than George wanted this story told. If he went too far, he’d be a small loss for the City News. Stringers were a dime a dozen.

    With that thought, George sat up and took notice. At a little past 10:30 Jon Delesandro came out of the side entrance of the mayor’s house. He got into the front seat of a perfect 1968 Mercedes Sedan. No way this was the wrecked car he saw Monday. No one could repair that much damage this fast. This was another new Mercedes. It pays to have money, George thought.

    Mrs. Packard came out a few minutes later, carrying a lovely flowered scarf in one hand and a black purse in the other.

    George moved down in his seat as the Mercedes drove past him. His watch said it was 10: 39.

    He started the Galaxy intending to follow them. He’d parked facing the wrong way. It’s the only way he could see the house. Now he’d need to hurry up and turn around so he could follow them.

    As he was unparking the car a guy about the size of Rhode Island stepped in the way, preventing George from following Mrs. Packard. It didn’t occur to George he’d been spotted by someone in the house.

    They were able to draw straight lines too. They figured that when he got no response with phone calls, his next move would be to come to the house. George should have realized that but he didn’t give it a thought.

    The main question had been answered. Where was Jon Delesandro. Why not ask the mayor’s wife or the baboon blocking his car. What do you say to a man mountain who is standing less than a foot from your front bumper?

    He’d answered the question. Only to have the answer rendered moot. It was rendered irrelevant almost immediately. He no longer knew where Jon was. After locating him he’d promptly lost him again, but maybe they weren’t all that smart. No, George couldn’t follow them but they’d be home sometime. Mrs. Packard wasn’t giving up her toy boy that easily and if Mayor Packard didn’t know Casanova was living under his roof with his wife, well that’s why they had elections. Someone was going to ask him what he knew and when he knew it.

    George leaned on the horn thinking it moved most people, but it didn’t move the mountain of a man standing in front of the car. He simply waggled his finger at George.

    The man mountain didn’t move for a couple of minutes. When he turned to walk back to the house, it was too late to catch up with Mrs. Packard’s car.. The walking road black had succeeded in throwing George off Mrs. Packard’s trail.

    Having the pool car and no where to go, George went to the Delesandro’s apartment, and Mrs. Delesandro opened the door. George gave her his biggest smile.

    “George Hitchcock, Mrs. Delesandro. City News. This morning I have a car. I can drive you to work while I interview you. Would that be OK with you?”

    “My word, yes. I’m always running late. Thank you. You’re a life saver, George.”

    Mrs. Jane Delesandro was a country girl. She fell in love with a tall handsome navy man who joined the navy to see the world. Newt Delesandro didn’t want kids. He wanted to be in the navy, and after a few months of courting Jane Woodruff, he sailed out of her life, leaving her pregnant and with a bouncing baby boy, six months after she last saw him.

    Her people, being country people, didn’t cotton to a woman with no man having a baby. If God wanted women to have babies out of wedlock, he wouldn’t have made men, and that was that.

    Jane loved Jon more than anything in the world, and she did all within her power to give him a good upbringing. Jon never met her parents, and as far as she knew, they had no interest in seeing him. He’d never seen so much as a picture of his father, and he knew nothing about him, except he was a navy man.

    “I know,” she said. “I should have found a way to have a man in his life, but you know how men are, and I didn’t want Jon influenced by men who might be as irresponsible as his father was.”

    “You raised a handsome boy with a talent that can feed him for years to come, Jane. Give yourself a break. He’s still a kid, and he thinks he knows what he’s doing,” George said, partially believing it.

    “He looks just like his father, tall, handsome, and he’s smart in his way,” she said. “Things were going so well for him until a year ago. Jon had come into his own as a local tennis champion. That’s when she saw him. Her husband gave him the trophy for the city singles championship. At first she’d call the apartment and talk to me. She’d ask about Jon, then she came to take us to dinner. After that, she only came by while I was at work. Jon would tell me, and then Jon was staying at her house, just for a day or two. They have a pool. Let’s face it. They’re rich and I can only afford this dump. Jon deserves the best but not with some fifty-year-old hussy.”

    While Mrs. Delesandro worked two jobs and twelve hours a day to raise him, he was rarely home now. He was nineteen and he was a big boy, and Mrs. Packard didn’t need to say much to have Jon staying close to home; her home.

    Since the Packards got involved, Jon spent less and less time with his mother and more and more time with the Packards. Jane rarely knew where he was, and while Jon called from time to time, he was evasive about what he was doing there.

    “My son is physical. He loves tennis, but I haven’t seen him play in the last year. I don’t know if he’s playing at that fancy school where she has him going. Jon was never a good student. He has a God given gift that’s going to waste. Once she’s finished with him, where will that leave him?” Mrs. Delesandro lamented. “He’s being used.”

    Jane Delesandro got to work early, and George and she drank a cup of coffee and had some donuts, before George dropped her off.

    Mrs. Delesandro was sweet. She knew how hard the world could be, because it had been very hard on her. She made a decision that she never regretted, but it had cost her in a way that gave her no backup, and no matter the situation, she was on her own.

    George had taken the pool car out for a half day. He’d brought it back a few minutes after one. The attendant looked at the slip George gave him, and he looked at the book that recorded him taking the car. The gray haired man shook his head.

    “I was doing an interview. It ran a little late. Actually, we stopped for coffee and donuts, Mr. Benson,” George read his name tag.

    “We got lots better cars. Who stuck you with this turkey?”

    “I just said I needed a car for this morning. This is what he told me to take. I don’t remember his name,” George confessed.

    “That’s Ernie. He’ll give you the worst car he’s got if you don’t ask for a new sedan. This thing ain’t been out of the garage since last winter. It’s got fifty miles on it since the last inspection. Ask for a new sedan next time, OK. You can’t do City News business in this dog. He gives you any static. Tell him I told you what to ask for. I’m his boss.”

    “Thank you, Mr. Benson. I’ll remember that,” George said.

    “Just leave it right there. I’ll park it,” Mr. Benson said.

    George took off his jacket, and began writing the copy, “A Mother Worries.”

    He quoted Mrs. Delesandro when he could, but he didn’t write any of the most salacious things she said. It was the truth and it certainly would be news if it appeared in the City News, but it was a family newspaper and the people reading his articles would already know what trajectory the fender bender at Thomas Circle had taken.

    He told the facts. He sympathized with the plight of a mother who was concerned for the safety and future of her son. He wasn’t in any physical danger, and boys usually made the calculation about what they were doing when they slept with someone else’s wife. Being young was a relatively common explanation. George covered the bases without touching home plate. The reader would decide. George had gone as far as he dared go.”

    Once again George was shooting in the dark. He made no accusations or assumption, using Jane Delesandro’s words as much as possible. The names she called Mrs. Packard didn’t make it into print.

    Readers were aware of Jon Delesandro and the men who read the sports pages immediately know who he was. George intended this edition of the City News to followup on the fender bender at Thomas Circle.

    He pulled the copy out of the Smith Corona and carried it to Pops’ desk, dropping it into his in-basket. By the time he was sitting back down, Pops reached into the in-basket to take out what George just dropped there.

    George put another copy form in the typewriter, half paying attention to what he was doing while watching Pops. The red pencil dashed down, only for an instant, and then hit it a second time before he tossed it into the out-basket. It was going to press if the Walrus didn’t intercept it on its way to today’s edition.

    “A Mother Worries,” George wrote. It was all in his head. Once more the article relied on Jane’s words describing her son. After fifteen minutes, he’d written the quintessential piece on the Thomas Circle affair. He did not mention Mrs. Packard until the end.

    “This reporter found Jon Delesandro leaving the mayor’s mansion at 10:30 this morning. He left with Mrs. Packard in the 1968 Mercedes that replaced the wrecked Mercedes at Thomas Circle.”

    George dropped “A Mother Worries” into the out-basket. It was plainly marked for Saturday’s edition. The copy boy would know to leave it for tomorrow.

    George sat back. He had a story for today and one for tomorrow. Life was good. It appeared Friday’s story would be a go and if today’s story got by the Walrus, tomorrows story was a follow up.

    It was a story that kept on giving. It lasted an entire week. It’s the first time George had follow ups on a story he was given. He had nothing left to say. “Where’s Jon Delesandro” and “A Mother Worries” were enough without. The reader would have drawn his own conclusions by now. Any more would be too much George thought.

    He had no plan for the rest of the day. He’d like to follow Mrs. Packard for his own reason, but the interview with Jane was solid gold. She was a mother deeply concerned for her son’s future.

    “Since he was twelve,” she told George, “Tennis was Jon’s entire life. He wasn’t a good student. Tennis kept him in school. Now he’d been distracted. Dazzled by a woman’s attention and her wealth.”

    George had taken it as far as he wanted to go. The reader had the entire picture and it wasn’t up to him to cover how it turns out. That’s the stuff novels were written about.

    “Hitch!” Pops yelled over his ringing phone. “You’re up.”

    Pops grabbed the phone.

    “Myers. Local desk. What? Slow down. Quit babbling. Where are you? Yeah, yeah. Lady, if that was news our paper would need to double its size. Call the Star,” Pops yelled, slamming down the receiver as he grumbled.

    “What do you have, Pops?” George asked.

    “You got credentials?”

    “I have my I.D. What credentials?”

    Pops was digging in his bottom drawer and he pulled out some plastic coded credentials.

    “Mayor’s having a news conference. You’re going to cover it. Don’t hesitate asking him any questions you might have. Am I making myself clear,” Pops said.

    “That’s Mort Cort’s bailiwick. Why am I trespassing on his turf?”

    “These will get you into the press conference at City Hall. Stop at the reception area. They tell you which room. Cort knows your coming. He’s there to cover the news conference. He can read. He’ll know why you’re there. Ask your question and then follow it up. Don’t fuck this up, George. You’re being watched by a lot of people.”

    George took the credential. He was confused. Cort was going and they were sending him too. It made no sense. What did he have to say to the mayor?”

    The fender bender at Thomas Circle popped into his mind. He wanted to ask Mayor Packard what Mrs. Packard was doing with Jon. He really didn’t want him to tell him but he wanted to tell him. He’d been writing the story all week and chapter 2 was about to begin.

    “I have copy in the basket at the desk where I write copy. It’s marked for Saturday’s edition. I’ll be here all day tomorrow but just in case. I wanted you to know it’s there, Pops.”

    “On our story?” Pops asked.

    He’d only covered the one story all eek.

    “Yes, on the Thomas Circle affair.” George said.

    The news conference was at two o’clock. With any luck it wouldn’t last that long. He’d be back in time to write about it for today’s edition. He might get two stories in the Friday edition. Wouldn’t that be peachy.

    “You got that, George?” Pops asked when he hesitated.

    “You think you can find City Hall in fifty minutes?” Pop asked, looking at the clock as he spoke.

    “You’re damn right I can,” George said, realizing he was covering his first political story.

    Pops laughed.

    George hadn’t heard the man laugh before.

    As he headed for the stairs and the mayor’s news conference, the Walrus was in his doorway watching George come his way. George couldn’t shake the feeling that he was being fed to the lions, except for one small crack in the Walrus’s facade. The man who chilled George to the bone was smiling.

    George turned toward the stairs. He wanted to look back to be sure but he didn’t dare. Pops laughed at something he said and the Walrus smiled. It might literally be raining cats and dogs outside? It was becoming a most unusual day.

    Did Mr. Warner know he was going to the mayor’s news conference? Of course he knew. No one made a move at the City News without the Walrus’ say so. Maybe Mr. Warner was seeing the same hungry lions George saw. Could that be what made him smile?

    There was only one way to find out. George stepped out into the afternoon sun. He’d walk to City Hall. It was a fifteen minute walk and in spite of the butterflies in his stomach, he’d stop for a sandwich and a big cold wet drink.

    George couldn’t remember having a better day.

    Chapter 8

    Man Mountain

    On an assignment to city hall, George felt like he was floating. He would get a chance to ask Mayor Packard about Mrs. Packard’s dalliance with young Delesandro. It’s what he’d wanted to do since the fender bender at Thomas Circle, but being a lowly stringer, he had no access to the mayor until now.

    Pops was right. The question had been spinning around inside his head since he encountered the mayor’s wife at Thomas Circle. It needed to be asked with the proper respect, and it would be asked with the backing of the City News.

    He wasn’t sure how to ask the question he wanted answered, once the time came. George knew words. When the time came, he’d pick words that would get a response. Hopefully A response he could print. There was a hazard in asking a question if you didn’t know the

    answer. He needed to be prepared for a follow up question if the answer wasn’t an answer at all. You didn’t let someone off the hook because he was a good dancer.

    What he was most likely to come back with, ‘Mrs. Packard’s affairs have nothing to do with the purpose of this news conference. We discuss political matters at City Hall.’

    Her affairs were all to do with politics. As the mayor’s wife, Mrs. Packard was able to gain access to someone she wouldn’t have paid any attention to if her husband wasn’t the mayor.

    How did he get all that into a question before he was shut down?

    It was the question that needed to be asked, and George had been given credentials so that he could ask it. The usual city hall reporter who covered local politics, Mort Cord, was present to cover the event for the City News. George was there to ask the question the City News wanted answer. George’s readers wanted the answer.

    Everyone would know why he was there, once he asked the question that would start, I’m George Hitchcock, City News.

    Turning right, George was in no hurry. He had forty-five minutes to walk the five blocks to city hall. He breathed the sweet fresh air. It was a nice day. The heat and humidity had broken, and ten degrees cooler and little to no humidity was a welcome relief.

    George did what he’d done a hundred times since going to work for the City News. He checked his right inside pocket for his notebook, coming to a stop in the middle of the sidewalk. He’d taken it out of his pocket while he was writing the piece on Mama Delesandro’s plight. He left his notebook on the desk beside the Smith Corona he used.

    Making an about face, he’d lost only five minutes, and there was plenty of time to kill. Jogging up the seventeen stone stairs, he walked back into the news room to retrieve his notebook.

    His notebook was in plain sight, right where he left it. Picking it up, he slipped it in his inside jacket pocket. He still had a half hour. There was no reason to rush.

    Then he saw something that brought him up short, once he’d turned back toward the stone stairway.

    He always looked at the doorway of the office dead ahead, on his journey to the stone staircase. Mr. Warner’s office. He was no longer standing in the doorway.

    A feisty looking gray haired septuagenarian had the Walrus backed up against his desk, and she was reading him the riot act. The woman was smartly dressed and neat except for a few darting gray hairs. She could have been anyone’s granny, but he’d never seen a granny fierce as this one.

    George could hear her irrate voice, but he couldn’t hear what she was saying. Mr. Warner was red as a beet. He did not respond to her.

    The woman, maybe five foot nothing, had her head turned up and her mouth was almost touching Mr. Warner’s chin as she yapped. She put George in mind of a Mexican Chihuahua who has cornered a German Shepard, having no idea what she was doing.

    It was almost comical if George hadn’t suddenly felt the sting of her words. It was a vague and unfocused stinging, but George had the unmistakable feeling that he was somehow involved.

    He turned back toward the front of the newsroom, approaching Pops’ desk. Pops saw him coming and looked up.

    “Pops, who is the lady in the Wal…, Mr. Warner’s office?”

    Pops laughed out loud.

    “That ain’t no lady. That is Dorothy Mellon Miles. Your boss, kid.”

    “I’ve never seen her in here before,” George said.

    “She comes in about once a year. Heaven help the poor moron whose ox she’s in there goring.”

    “What do you mean?” George asked.

    “Only two things bring that woman in here. The City News is being given an award of some kind, or someone has written something that has torqued her jaws. Heaven help that poor son-of-a-bitch. Hard to get hired once Dorothy Mellon Miles puts the hex on you, son. …Aren’t you supposed to be somewhere? I bet you better get your ass in gear. You won’t get into one of the mayor’s news conferences once it starts. He has muscle heads blocking the doors.”

    “Yeah, Pops. I was just curious,” he said.

    “You don’t get into that news conference, you won’t get to ask that question you have running around in that reporter’s brain of yours. Go! Go! Shoo! Can’t you see I’m busy. Don’t worry about the Walrus, he’s surprisingly agile when it comes to keeping Mrs. Miles at bay. Her bark is worse than her bite, and she has surprisingly little influence on what we do here.”

    George hesitated just before he made the turn toward the stairs. How could the owner of one of the city’s three newspapers have

    surprisingly little influence in the newsroom? It was plain to see, she didn’t know how surprisingly little influence she had. She’d influenced Mr. Warner into a corner of his office.

    The woman’s jaws were still flapping as fast as she could make them move. Mr. Warner was a big boy, and she was a tiny speck of a woman, but a ferocious speck.

    George laughed as he danced down the steps. Pop had done two things that made his day, maybe his whole week at City News. Pops called the Walrus the Walrus, and he’d called him a reporter. It couldn’t get much better than that, and he still had plenty of time.

    Once the room where the news conference was being held was pointed out to him, he joined the gathering press corp. There were maybe twenty other reporters attending the mayor’s news conference. George recognized some of the faces, and strangely enough, Mort Cort nodded to him, once he stepped inside the room where the news conference was to be held. George smiled, returning the nod.

    Mort was the dean of local politics at the City News. Having his own office, he did not rub shoulders with staff reporters, and as far as George knew, Mort didn’t know there were stringers working at the City News. George had seen Mort from a distance and on television from time to time.

    While the nod was polite, it wasn’t the least bit cordial, and George refused to be intimidated by well established and well known beat reporters. These men had nothing he didn’t have, well, relatively speaking. He would join their club in time, and he’d be just as respected for his ability as a reporter as they were, but why wasn’t Mort surprised to see another City News reporter on his private turf?

    Had Mort seen George from a distance? if he had, why?

    George noticed a couple of rows of folding chairs. From time to time, a city official or invited guest would come in and take one of those seats. Better known reporters sat behind the dignitaries. The rest of the men there to report on the news conference stood along the side of the room and in the back.

    George was handed a sheet of paper by the only woman in the room. She walked up one side, down the other, and then she offered a stack of papers to the man sitting at the end of each row.

    The news conference had been called for the mayor to speak on the newest transportation bill he would sign later that day in his office. The subway and light rail system was being expanded into nearby suburban areas. Since the subway was originally proposed the plan was always to eventually expand its reach. It was hardly a news flash.

    Pops spoke of the question running around inside George’s reporter’s brain. The only question he could have been referring to was the question about Mrs. Packard and Jon Delesandro. He’d been on that story all week without a hint of interference. While he hadn’t been instructed what to ask the mayor, it didn’t take a brain surgeon to know why George was there. It could only have to do with what the mayor’s wife was up to.

    Who else besides Mort Cort knew he’d been sent to City Hall to make one gigantic wave?

    George wasn’t a political reporter. By industry standards, he wasn’t a reporter at all. He may have a reporters brain, but from where he stood, he was merely freelancing for the City News. It amounted to pretending to be a real reporter. Until Pops or the Walrus said the words, George was nothing, and someone who was nothing risked nothing by making waves. He’d been sent on the fools errand.

    When George got a story, it was up to him to make something out of it, but some stories make something out of themselves, because of who was involved and what their involvement was. The fender bender at Thomas Circle was such a story.

    Ordinarily, if a stringer was put on a story like the Thomas Circle affair, it would have been turned over to a staff reporter, a real reporter, once the initial reporting was done.

    A story involving a high official’s wife would automatically go to a staff reporter. George knew how things worked. No matter what happened, when the smoke cleared, George may or may not still have a job, but he had one now, and he intended to do his job the way he knew it should be done. He would not flinch in the face of adversity.

    George stationed himself in a line behind a half dozen people leaning against the right hand wall, when you were looking at the podium on the raised platform at the front of the room. There were people so arranged against the other wall, and along the back of the room. The two dozen seats were now filled.

    Before the news conference began, there were nearly forty people in the twenty-five by twenty-five foot room. The buzzing of many conversations filled the space.

    The indication that things were about to get rolling was when the buzzing became a stirring and the stirring led to a murmur, and then the room went silent, as men began to appear at a door on the right side of the raised platform. The first man in line, the mayor’s chief of staff, moved up to the podium.

    “I’m Stephen Foster, the mayor’s chief of staff. I want to welcome you to the mayor’s press conference on the transportation bill that he’ll sign in his office this afternoon. His Honor, Mayor Barnard Packard,” he man said, moving back away from the podium.

    The mayor, now standing at the podium with light applause greeting him, had originally been wedged between two gigantic men. Once he stepped out from in between them, they looked even larger, because the mayor was five foot six, which was his height as well as the measurement around his middle.

    Smiling warmly, Mayor Packard tapped at the microphone, listening to see if he heard anything. He looked back at his chief of staff, still tapping on the microphone that was attached to the podium with a two foot flexible cable.

    “Is it on?” you could plainly hear the mayor ask.

    In that size room, all he needed to do was speak at a conversational level, and everyone could hear what he said, but the chief of staff had to come back to the podium and tap the microphone, check the connections and assure the mayor he would be heard.

    “Excuse me,” the mayor said, leaning into the microphone, it came through as a shrill squeal.

    It put George in mind of a pig being chased by someone with a very large ax.

    “Good morning. I mean good afternoon. This is a news conference on the transportation bill that I’ll sign later today,” he said without surprising anyone.

    “Since the subway and light rail project began several years ago, the expansion that will get underway once I sign the legislation into law it tightens our economic and fundamental connection with our nearby suburbs. I want to greet our suburban neighbors who have come to witness the joining of our communities in a tie that that shall be unbroken for all time. Gentlemen, welcome on behalf of the city and its mayor,” the mayor said, stepping back to lead a light applause.

    When the mayor stepped back to join the light applause, George got a better look at the two man mountains that the mayor arrived between. One was the clone of the other. They stood like choir boys, hands folded safely in front of them.

    The man mountain that stood behind the mayor’s right shoulder was the same mountain that barred his egress from the parking space at the mayor’s house. George could plainly see him waggling his finger at him that morning. There was no mistake about it.

    A warm fuzzy feeling didn’t emerge from the recognition.

    The mayor stepped back up to the podium, removing a sheet of paper from his inside jacket pocket, and blocking most of what George could see of the raised platform. Only the head of man mountain one was visible, and it gave George a sinking feeling. Did he really want to confront the mayor with a question about his wife

    George was intimidated all over again.

    The mayor looked at the podium, where he placed the paper.

    “Thank you, gentlemen. This is a news conference concerning expansion of the subway into the nearby suburbs. It’s a project whose time has come. As the city grows, our suburbs grow, and transportation is the key to linking the economies of all regions nearby our fair town,” he read

    George had been handed a sheet of paper describing the news conference as an official endorsement of the subway and light rail expansion. George wasn’t there for that endorsement. He wasn’t there to keep track of what the mayor said. The mayor needed to answer his question about his wife and Jon Delesandro.

    “Now, I’ll take your questions,” Mayor Packard said.

    George would wait until the questions on the subway expansion were all asked, before he’d ask the question he had.

    It was a cordial exchange. The mayor called on the reporters by name. He smiled a lot and his answers weren’t so much answers as they were prepared comments he’d tried to memorize with only partial success. He wanted to appear polished. He appeared to be rehearsed, reciting facts he was reading from a sheet of paper on the podium.

    During the question and answer period, the mayor worked his way around the room, smiling, asking reporters questions about their families, new arrivals, sad departures, and whatever sounded folksy. This was the quality that got the mayor his job. He did folksy as well as anyone.

    During the questioning, George worked his way to the front of the line, until nothing separated him from the raised platform or the mayor. He raised his hand and kept it raised.

    The mayor looked directly at him. The show was about to begin.

    “Yes, a new face, and who might I ask are you?”

    Man mountain one picked this opportunity to step forward to whisper sweet nothings in the mayor’s ear. Partially turning his ear, the mayor listened to the ten second meeting.

    George said, “George Hitchcock, City News,” but the mayor’s ears were busy.

    “You’ve been calling my house, Mr. Hitchcock? You were seen parked across from my house this morning? You aren’t stalking me, are you? I should think here are laws against that.”

    “I wasn’t there to see you, Mr. Mayor,” George said.

    “I should hope not. There are limits to the freedom the press enjoys. You are aware of these?”

    “Yes, Sir, I am, but I wasn’t there to see you. I went there to see your wife,” George said.

    The room broke into a raucous laughter as the mayor stared at George, looming above him on the podium.

    “Get on with your question,” the mayor said, not so friendly as before.

    “The question I have does fit in with the general theme of transportation. Mrs. Barnard was in an automobile accident at the first of the week. First, I wanted to know how she was. Yes, I’ve called to see. I was sent by the City News to cover the fender bender. Second, I wanted to ask how the Delesandro boy is, and if you know his whereabouts. He’s left the hospital and his mother hasn’t heard from him. Readers of the City News are wondering too,” George said, adding enough bullshit to make the question sound appropriate for any occasion.

    George didn’t mention that day’s installment that started at Thomas Circle earlier that week. It would appear in today’s edition of the City News. It spoke of Jon being released from the hospital without his mother knowing where he was or how he was.

    George knew where Jon was. He’d seen Jon coming out of the mayor’s house that morning. He’d gotten into Mrs. Packard’s car, and they drove away together. George saved that revelation for the last line in today’s installment, and now he was working on the installment that would no doubt appear in tomorrow’s edition of the City News. It would soon be the mayor’s turn to squirm.

    “Mr. Hitchcock, move a little closer. I’m going to explain my rules to you. I don’t want there to be a misunderstanding, because you are new, I’ll do this once, and if you don’t have a full understanding of my rules, or can’t comprehend them, you’ll be asked to leave. Do you understand?”

    George was now five feet from where the mayor stood. They were locked eye to eye. George said nothing. He waited for the rules.

    “Mr. Hitchcock, do you know who the mayor is?”

    “You are, Mr. Mayor,” George said without hesitating.

    “As the mayor, my wife and lifelong partner, has no role in the administration of the business of our fair city. Does that make sense to you.”

    “Certainly, Sir, perfect sense,” George said in perfect agreement.

    “My family is off limits to reporters and their questions. Did you hear what I said, and do you understand?”

    “Yes, Sir, I heard you quite clearly.”

    “Now that we’ve established the ground rules, would you like to ask a question about the transportation expansion that’s the topic of this news conference?”

    “Yes, Sir. I would, Sir,” George said with a great deal of deference for a high public official. “Mr. Mayor, once the subway expansion is completed, will Mrs. Packard and Jon use it to get around town or will she continue driving Jon around in her Mercedes?”

    The entire room came alive with the buzz of reporters. What was written about Mrs. Packard and Jon Delesandro in today’s edition of the City News had been written on the wind as well. It would be reported by the city’s media, but the City News was the only afternoon publication. The story belonged exclusively to the City News until in the morning. Then it would be the story dominate the news all weekend. It was perfect timing for the City News and for George.

    George had done what he was sent to city hall to do.

    There was a titter of laughter and some genuine horrified looking reporters concerning George’s breach of decorum. After all, the mayor had just told him not to do what he just did, and he did it anyway. What was the city coming to?

    George would have taken more time to enjoy himself except for man mountain one charging off the dais. He came between George and the mayor. As the man mountain moved forward, George could do nothing but back up. He did so, knowing that he wouldn’t be attacked in a room full of reporters no matter how annoying he was. George felt relatively safe under the circumstances, but he was remembering a movie he’d seen years before, ‘Daddy Long Legs.’ The star, Fred Astaire, was a flawless dancer. He was elegant and graceful. It wasn’t Fred that came to mind at that moment.

    What George remembered most about this famous dancer, his partner did everything he did, but she did it backwards and in high heels. George felt a little like her, as he backed up.

    Once his backward dance stopped, George was no longer in the room with the other reporters, he’d been separated out, through a pair of swinging doors at the side of the platform.

    Once on the other side of those swinging doors, man mountain stopped moving. He stood in front of the doors, hands folded in front of him, looking very much the choirboy. He said nothing, but his Cheshire cat grin alarmed George.

    If he screamed, and he was perfectly capable of screaming bloody murder, everyone in the room he’d just been removed from would hear him. He wasn’t too alarmed, yet.

    “You do know that holding someone against their will is illegal?” George asked.

    “I haven’t touched you. You’re free to go,” he said with a coy smile on his immobile face and body.

    George looked around. He was in an empty hallway. There were doors he didn’t dare open, that might allow him to exit. There were doors that might be another layer of separation between him and the other reporters. His smartest move was not moving. People were a few feet away.

    Man mountain 2 pushed against the swinging doors. Man mountain one moved forward. One door was pushed open far enough for the man’s head to appear. He whispered something to his clone and disappeared back from where he came.

    Man mountain one began to speak.

    “Listen carefully. You are to leave Mrs. Packard alone. If you are smart, and I have no reason to think you are, you’ll stay away from the mayor and his family. If you continue being an annoyance, well, you’ll be finding out what it is I do. The warnings won’t get any more pleasant than this one, Mr. Hitchcock, but I know your type. Too smart for your own good. You simply have no idea who you’re fucking with, and because of that, I will be told to enlighten you, which will give me a great pleasure,” he said.

    “This is not the last we are going to see of each other. Men like you can’t help themselves. That’s where I come in. You don’t know what misery is until I show you what I’m paid to do.”

    “you’re threatening me?” George said angrily.

    “Would I do that? I’m merely explaining my employment. If you choose to avail yourself of my services, that’s your choice, not mine.”

    George was angry now, he had something to say about his employment.

    “I’m surprised you had all that in your head. What’s your name, since we seem to be inexorably connected. I’d like to know your name,” George said.

    “They call me Harold,” Harold said without hesitation. “You can call me Harold if you like. Make us kind of compadres.”

    “Harold, for your information I’m engaged in the only profession mentioned in the Constitution of the United States. That’s a paper signed by the founders that lays out the laws that governed the country they established, Harold. Those laws give me the right to cover anything that can be considered newsworthy. I have the freedom to go where I please and interview anyone who will agree to be interviewed, Harold. You, because of your size, think you can do what you want, but you can’t. There are laws about that too.”

    “The mayor tells me what to do and what not to do. I follow his law. He hasn’t told me to hurt you, yet, but if he does, have no doubt you’ll be hearing footsteps behind you. If I were you, and I’m glad I’m not you, I’d start looking over my shoulder, because you have no idea who you are fucking with,” Harold said, disappearing on the other side of the swinging doors.

    He left George with nothing to say and no one to say it to. As frightening as Harold was, the void he left behind him became far scarier. Did he want to push through that swinging door to find out what was waiting on the other side? Did he stay right where he was. That was a good question.

    There wasn’t a sound coming from the room filled with reporters and dignitaries a few minutes before. He wasn’t sure what to make of that. He’d been pretty sure of himself when he arrived at City Hall. He had the City News behind him. Now he was completely alone.

    It seemed too easy but George stepped back into the empty news conference venue. It was totally empty. He was all by himself in the room. It was quiet as a tomb, which provided no comfort.

    There were doors in front of him and doors behind him. He knew which door went to the business part of City Hall. He came in that door. Two dozen reporters, including Mort Cort, saw him being removed from the room. No one would bother him here.

    Standing in front of the door he pulled it open. Harold wasn’t behind that door and a few feet away was the usual foot traffic that moved around the building on most days.

    It was Friday and a lot of people would be leaving work early to start a summer weekend at the shore or at least in air conditioning. George merged into the exodus. He didn’t really think he was in any danger, but he was sure glad Harold hadn’t been waiting for him outside the conference room. He wanted to put a scare into George and he had succeeded.

    *****

    Chapter 9

    Out of Detroit

    Once he was outside,of City Hall, George stepped to one side at the top of the concrete steps. He moved back among the pillars to watch the people leaving. He was particularly interested in the faces.

    George knew Harold threatened him. It may have been a nice threat as threats went and he didn’t know what to do about it. The first thing he did was make sure he wasn’t being followed.

    There had been no one in the corridor outside the conference room. George thought if he was in danger that would have been the perfect place to ambush him, before he joined the people migrating out of City Hall.

    George gave a thought to calling Detective Jack Carter. He’d know whether or not he should be worries. He’d talk to Jack tomorrow. He’d need to let him know what he found at Loey’s that night. He decided to go down the stairs to get lost among the people.

    At the first corner they had to stop for the light. George stepped to one side and when the light changed, he didn’t move. Once again he looked at the faces. He saw no one he recognized and he crossed the street stepping into the doorway of a shop on the corner.

    He stood there for a couple more minutes and he blended into the crowd the next time the light changed and they came charging across the street heading for a relaxing cool weekend.

    George stopped two more times. He saw no one he recognized but he still felt like he was being followed. One more block and he’d reach the City News building and safety. He wouldn’t stop again.

    His smartest move at this point, tell the story like he’d tell any news story. He’d leave a written account of the incident at the mayor’s news conference. Then if something happen to him both Pops and the Walrus would know it was foul play.

    He breathed a sigh of relief when he stepped inside the safe haven. He still stood to one side watching the faces to see if he recognized anyone from City Hall.

    If the mayor and his henchmen wanted to frighten him, they’d done a good job. He’d wasted so much time watching for a tail that today’s edition had gone to press. The story would have to wait.

    He was sent there to ask the question. No one could have foreseen the outcome. When push came to shove the mayor wanted the coverage on his wife’s dalliances with Jon Delesandro to go away.

    He was about to learn the age old adage, when you find yourself in the hole, stop digging.

    George was safe now and he was about to protect himself from the mayor and Harold. He headed for the stairs and the newsroom.

    There could be a hundred reasons why Mrs. Packard was seeing Jon Delesandro but no reason was given. Their answer to questions they didn’t want to answer was stop the questioning and move the questioner away from the mayor.

    Tomorrow morning when the morning papers hit the street, they’d all be talking about the mayor’s wife and the tennis star. That’s when they found it that the story couldn’t be stopped, The best they could do after that was get revenge. That thought crossed George’s mind while he faced off with Harold the muscle head.

    George was scared but he was a reporter. He’d write the story, and once he stepped inside the newsroom he realized how silly he was being. Anyone with an ounce of sense wouldn’t need to follow George. Where would a reporter at the mayor’s news conference be going afterward? George would return to the City News building. He almost laughed because he was certain he was being followed. His silly imagination got the best of him.

    After one more look over his shoulder, he went to the desk with the good Smith Corona typewriter. He took off his jacket, sat in front of the typewriter, and he pulled a form he’d type his copy on from the in-basket. He was immediately lost in the words that told the story about the mayor’s news conference. He included everything that happened until the mayor called on him to ask the question.

    He spent some time writing about his meeting with Harold, once he was pushed out of the room. This would never go to press, because it would be a he said, he said deal. George could accuse Harold, but Harold wood deny it.

    By writing the copy on the incident after he asked the question into copy, both Pops and the Walrus would read it. They’d know why George wrote two versions. They were newspaper men not unfamiliar with covering their asses.

    He wasn’t under any illusion that he made any friends by defying the mayor. He was sure he’d made some enemies. George had a job to do, and the mayor or any body else wasn’t going to stop him from doing it. His instincts told him to keep doing what he was doing.

    George’s fingers danced across the keys. He was in his element, forming sentences, wording and rewording he facts he needed to reveal. In a little over thirty-five minutes, he’d completed two versions of what happened at the mayor’s news conference.

    Glancing toward Pops. His head was down and his red pencil dashed across each page of copy that would make it into the Saturday edition. He knew better than to interrupt him while reading the stories that would fill tomorrow’s edition of the City News. George wanted to tell Pops what happened at City Hall. It could wait.

    Looking at his watch. ‘Where’s Jon Delesandro,’ would be on every newsstand in the city in less than a half hour. That would be followed by tomorrow’s article ‘A Mother Worries.’ If the mayor was pissed at the coverage his wife was getting on Friday, he’d be super pissed off by tomorrow.

    Putting both versions in Pops’ in-basket wouldn’t confuse the wily newspaperman for a second. He wouldn’t blink twice while reading the two versions of the same story, and then George hoped he’d carry both versions to the Walrus. He might even comment, ‘our stringer is becoming a newspaperman.’

    The long version was for the record and the shorter version was for tomorrow’s edition. It was inconceivable to George that the shorter piece wouldn’t make it into print with his byline on it. It was the continuation of the story about Mrs. Packard and Jon Delesandro, and each of those stories had the George Hitchcock byline on it.

    For the first time in hours, he remembered that he’d told Jack Carter that he’d go to Loey’s that evening. Jack wanted Trask pointed in his direction. Drew Trask might hold the key to closing down Jimmy Vogal’s operation and solving the murder of Max Stein.

    It wouldn’t be as easy as it sounded, because Trask wasn’t always at Loey’s in the evening. There was a real possibility, if he was on the outs with Vogal, he might want to steer clear of Jimmy’s regular drinking hole.

    As much as George wanted to score points with the career detective, after the day he’d had, he wasn’t sure his nerves could take walking the razor’s edge twice in the same day, but he wanted to get it over with, and if he got what he wanted out of Trask, he could ditch Loey’s and it’s connections to the underworld.

    George wanted to go home, catch a shower, and dress for Loey’s, but on the off-hand chance he was being followed, he wouldn’t risk leading them to where he lived. He took the room on Maryland Avenue after going to work at the City News. His new address wasn’t part of any official record. He wanted to keep it that way.

    In the newsroom other reporters were wrapping up their day, putting the finishing touches on whatever story they were submitting for the Saturday edition. George rarely noticed what other reporters were doing. He knew they were doing the same thing he was doing, but he didn’t feel connected to them. He felt quite separate from them. He’d been artificially separated from most people for his entire life. It was nothing new. His independence had become his strength.

    George stood and started toward Pops’ desk, coming up short when he heard the plaintive call of an irrate Walrus.

    “Hitchcock, get your ass in here,” the Walrus bellowed, and every set of eyes in the newsroom were on him.

    George cringed, did an abrupt about face, marching himself into the office that overlooked the newsroom. He figured it was coming, but he never knew when.

    “I hope this won’t take long; I have an appointment I need to keep,” George said, standing in Mr. Warner’s doorway. “And I haven’t eaten all day. I need to eat to live,” George said, unstringer like.

    “Shut the door,” Mr. Warner ordered.

    This was not good.

    The Walrus held a copy of yesterday’s City News. His article was circled over and over again. George knew by the placement it was his article on Mrs. Packard. It got by both Pops and the Walrus and gave him his second front page story in a week. Obviously Mrs. Dorothy Melon Miles didn’t care as much for it as the Walrus did.

    “Nice article,” George said, handing it back.

    “What did you do to the mayor? I didn’t send you over there to start a war with City Hall, George. The mayor called Dorothy Mellon Miles before you went to city hall, and she just got off the phone with me, and she wants you head on a silver platter. We, being out of silver platters, so I’ll simply ask you, what happened at the news conference, and did you ask the question we sent you there to ask?”

    George studied the Walrus. There was something different in his demeanor. He was less confrontational. After contemplating what he wanted to say for a minute, he remembered the copy and he handed it to Mr. Warner. It was the copy on what happened at City Hall.

    The man placed the long copy in front of him., pushing the short version to one side. Once Mr. Warner finished reading the copy, he sat up straight. He was looking at George but he wasn’t seeing him.

    “Did the man touch you? Put his hands on you?”

    “He is gigantic,” George said.

    “I know the man, Harold Seizemoore. Tackle on the local professional football team. It’s the kind of muscle the mayor employees, but why is a mystery. The man is a waste of time. Typical low rent political hack who bought himself into office. I’ll ask you again, Did Harold touch you?”

    “No. If I’d stopped moving backward, he’d have run over me. I have no doubt the man was threatening me, but it wasn’t a direct threat and I wouldn’t write that it was. Cort saw what happened. He can tell you everything that I wrote up until I was out of the room.”

    “Cort has spoken to me. He corroborates what you wrote. Of course we’ll go with the shorter copy, and leave the battle with City Hall for a later skirmish,” Mr. Warner said, not sounding angry with George, which was a first. “I’ll keep the complete version of your encounter with Mayor Packard, just in case. It might come in handy some where down the road.”

    The Walrus reached behind him, taking out today’s edition of the City News. The first five copies that came off the press went straight to Mr. Warner for his approval. He held out a copy for George to take. The print was still warm.

    George turned the paper to see the below the fold front page. His byline was there along with ‘Where’s Jon Delesandro.’

    “It still gives me goosebumps. Seeing my byline on a story.”

    “You earned. You’ve earned everyone. I don’t pamper my reporters. They’re arrogant enough with out me making it worse. What you get you earn, George. I’ve seen ‘A Mother Worries’ and it’ll go in the Saturday edition. You’ve done a good job on this story. Keep it up, and I know what you’re about to ask me, and don’t. I’ve got Old Lady Miles after my scalp already. She sees that I’ve made you a full-time reporter and she’s going to be back in here again,” Mr. Warner complained.

    George smiled. It was exactly what he was about to ask for.

    “It looks lovely,” George said. “Thanks.”

    “I wanted to let you know that your encounter with the mayor was inevitable. He’s insufferable. Best to get it out in the open. This story will be all over the city tonight. It’s what everyone will be talking about this weekend. Your timing, as well as your prose, are excellent. Don’t let it go to your head. So far you’ve reported on half a story. Don’t get careless, Mr. Hitchcock,” Mr. Warner said.

    Mr. Warner moved the long version of the story to one side, and he read what George wrote for the Saturday edition.

    “I’ll make sure this gets downstairs for tomorrow’s edition,” Mr. Warner said. “I want you to tell me exactly what you did and what was said, after you left here this afternoon. Leave nothing out.”

    “It’s all in there. I wrote it all down,” George said.

    “I’ve read it. Now I want you to tell me the story. I can’t let some of what you wrote in, but I’ll doctor it up a little. The story on the mayor’s wife is enough for the moment. We’ll be accused of overkill if we accuse the mayor’s flunky of threatening you. I have the copy. We’ll use it if we need it.”

    “I was sent to cover the mayor’s press conference,” George said.

    Over the next ten minutes, George gave Mr. Warner the details about asking the question he’d been sent to ask.

    By the time he finished, the Walrus was leaning back in his chair, his gigantic brogans propped up on his desk, and the fingers of both hands tented together on the man’s more than ample stomach.

    He’d heard every word. More impressively, he’d listened to every word, not interrupting George one time. Deep in thought, he removed his feet from his desk, sat up straight in his chair, and he leaned forward to drum his fingers on his desk top. He was looking at George, but he wasn’t seeing him, and it took several minutes for him to say anything.

    “You did fine, George. You did what I sent you there to do,” Mr. Warner explained. “I knew you would, but I didn’t expect you to be threatened. I want you to know that.

    “What about Mrs. Miles?”

    “That old goat. She’s got nothing to do with what we do here. Being an owner of a newspaper doesn’t entitle her to direct the news.”

    “I can handle the threats, Mr. Warner. I’m a newsman. What are your instructions?” George asked.

    There was silence for a couple of minutes, while Mr. Warner thought through the situation.

    “You’ve done fine with the Jon Delesandro angle. Just enough, and not overpowering. What I need you to do is report the story. You have fine instincts, George. Your writing is fine, but you haven’t gotten your feet wet yet. I don’t want to throw you into the deep end of the pool, because, believe it or don’t, there are sharks in there. Do not do anything to piss off the mayor any more than he’s pissed off now. Report the story. Take the assignments Pops gives you. Do not get in over your head, and if you feel like you are over your head, you come to me. Do you understand, George?”

    “Yes, sir. That’s what I would have done, even if you hadn’t told me to do it. I’m running late for a meeting. I need to get out of here,” George said.

    “Sounds like business?”

    “In a way. You know Jack Carter?”

    “The detective?” Mr. Warner asked.

    “Yes, I am doing him a favor. It could end up with him giving me a story. Only time will tell,” George mused, knowing nothing was certain, until it was.

    “It’s the great equalizer, time,” Mr. Warner said thoughtfully. “Mr. Hitchcock, I want to remind you, you’re a reporter, not a police detective. Make sure you don’t get the two mixed up.”

    “No, Sir,” George said. “I know who I am.”

    “Be careful,” Mr. Warner said with concern.

    George opened the door and stepped back into the newsroom.

    Then he yelled, “Get out of my office and if you fuck up again you’ll be looking for another newspaper job.”

    The same faces that turned to watch George go into Mr. Warner’s office turned to watch George move back to the desk he was using.

    “The greatest Show On Earth” came to mind.

    Everything George knew about Mr. Warner was now in question.

    He called George a reporter. He was going to put him on staff. It was the full-time reporter’s job he was looking for.

    Mr. Warner hadn’t treated George like a third grader all day.

    *****

    Chapter 10

    Eyes & Ears

    Returning to the desk with the good Smith Corona, George took a bag from the bottom drawer. Going to the reporters bathroom, he took off his shirt and tie, putting on the green Ban Lon shirt he’d brought with him for that evenings trip to Loey’s.

    George combed his hair in a way that made him look a little rougher than he was. A coat and tie was standard issue for many of the hoods who were forever trying to look more respectable than they were. George decided, a more casual look was in order.

    Returning to the desk where he’d left his jacket, George removed his wallet and anything that would identify him. He kept ten dollars and his metropolitan bus pass. Everything went into the bottom drawer with the white shirt and tie. Leaving his jacket on the back of the chair would clearly indicate the desk was being used, and no reporter was going to sit there before he returned in the morning.

    George left the City News building as a hood from Detroit. He walked two blocks to the bus stop, got on the bus that went by Loey’s, and before eight, he was seated with a shot of Johnny Walker in front of him, but he didn’t drink it, even if he did want a stiff shot. He needed to keep his wits about himself, and he couldn’t shake the feeling he was being followed.

    The day’s events had him rattled. It was a new feeling for George. He usually maintained tight control over his life. Harold’s threatening demeanor told him it wasn’t over between them. He hadn’t seen the last of Harold Sizemore.

    His posture was perfect, and he was looking at a spot over the bar, and he let little change his focus. He sipped, though he wanted to toss it back and order two more. He needed to keep his cool. He needed to go very slow. He was not there to drink. George had come to go fishing, and depending on what he caught, he might end up furnishing Jack Carter with what he needed.

    Someone he’d talked to a couple of times at the bar came to stand by the booth, where George sat alone.

    “you’ve been busy? I haven’t seen you this week,” the familiar face said.

    George moved his attention away from the chosen spot over the bar. He looked up into a face he’d had a drink with before.

    George gave him a curt nod. Aloof but approachable for serious conversation.

    “Jason, how goes the wars?” George asked soberly, but he did not ask Jason to sit with him.

    “Good days, bad days. I’m holding my own,” Jason said.

    “See that you do,” George said. “The consequences are harsh if you don’t.”

    Georges attention shifted back to the spot over the bar. He wasn’t there to socialize. He was on assignment, and he did not intend to risk blowing his cover with the unscrupulous he sat among.

    Jason walked away.

    By this time, everyone who was any one, knew George’s story. He was a heavy hitter out of Detroit. He’d come to the city on family business. Each time he went to Loey’s, George felt his persona deepening. He had gotten into the gangland role he played. It had become a lark, but this escapade had real world consequences if he slipped up even a little. That hadn’t crossed his mind before.

    For the first time, George realized that someone from Detroit might come to Loey’s, once they came to town.

    A visitor from Detroit wouldn’t know George from Adam. He realized that he didn’t know a single street name in Detroit. Should someone who knew Detroit question him, his ruse would be finished. He knew Detroit had a football team but for the life of him, he couldn’t remember its name. No one from Detroit would fail to know the name of the city’s football team.

    His best move was to nurse his shot and stay for an hour. If Trask didn’t show up by nine, George would head for home and give up his undercover life. That day’s encounter with trouble told him, if you ask for trouble, you’re likely to find it.

    With half his shot gone and nine o’clock fast approaching, someone walked up to the table, as George kept watch on his spot.

    “George. I was hoping you’d be here I need to talk to you. Do you have a few minutes? I’m up to my neck in it.”

    George didn’t speak. He indicated with his head for Drew Trask to sit across from him. Trask sat down, looking around the bar as he did.

    “You seem to be stressed, my friend,” George said, looking into the man’s face. “Is there something I can help you with?”

    “You don’t know the half of it, George. I’m in a bind. I know you aren’t going to tell me your business, but I’ve got myself on the wrong side of Jimmy?”

    George raised one eyebrow. Trask looked away from his face.

    “You have me at a disadvantage,” George said, playing his role to the hilt. “Might I ask, Jimmy who?”

    “I forgot you’re from out of town. Jimmy Vogal. He’s a regular here all of his boys drink here. Loey’s is cool and we don’t need to worry about cops. Jimmy and me had a falling out. It’s a long story. If I skipped town and went to Detroit, do you think they’d hire me on to do the work I’m good at,” Trask said. “I’m good at what I do.”

    “I’m sure you are, Mr. Trask. We aren’t in the kind of work one is hired for. No one is going to hire you without checking your references, and might I be so bold as to say, many men are good at the same things you’re good at. Detroit has plenty. Why hire an unknown from who knows where, when you have a dozen such local men to pick from and you know who those men are?”

    “I know. I figured as much. You, being who you are, well, I was hoping you’d put in a good word for me,” Trask said, continuing to look around nervously.

    George let pass any idea he’d help Trask find work elsewhere.

    “You can’t be too careful, Mr. Trask. Odds are against the hiring of outsiders in our business,” George said.

    “Yeah, same here. Cops are always trying to get inside our operation. You can’t be too careful.”

    “You can’t,” George said, sipping from the shot glass.

    “You’re almost out. Let me buy you another one,” Trask said, waving down the waitress before George could stop him.

    “This Mr. Vogal sounds like a serious fellow. He seems to have his fingers in a lot of the local pie,” George said.

    “Vogal. Jimmy. He’s the guy I hang with. Was. He’s got it in his head that I gave him up on a job we pulled together. He couldn’t be further from the truth. Did I mention that job to you? It was a nifty caper. I don’t mind telling you. I held the music store owner’s family hostage, and Jimmy went with him to get the cash from his store. Anyway, the local heat pulled Jimmy in for questioning on that job. They have him pegged for pulling the job. I don’t know how they came to that conclusion. It was only the two of us, and we agreed not to tell anyone that we did it. My cut was two large. Jimmy takes more, because he’s the brains,” Trask said, continuing to look around the bar while telling George the story.

    George absolutely stopped breathing two sentences into Trask’s recitation. If he’d been sweating before, he was perspiring big time now. If Drew Trask remembered that he told George about the music store heist, it would be a short night.

    George took another sip of Johnny Walker, but just enough to wet his parched throat. This was no time to lose control. He needed to continue to look in total control, while being detached from anything Trask said to him.

    The waitress dropped another shot down in front of him. Trask threw back the shot, pulling a five out of his shirt pocket.

    “Hit us again, Hon. Keep the change,” Trask said with a smile.

    George suddenly wanted three more shots. He needed to excuse himself and get the hell out of Dodge. He’d heard almost everything Trask was saying before. It reinforced the music store caper. It wasn’t what Jack wanted, although he could use it to put Vogal away, but not long enough for it to do Trask any good.

    “What you describe puts you on the spot. If Mr. Vogal is as astute as he sounds like he is, it’s difficult to say how he might look at a traitor in his midst. In Detroit, someone goes against the family, he is dispensed with so he can’t hurt the family. How it’s done here, I don’t know. You describe an unhealthy situation for the mug on the outs.”

    “For me,” Trask said.

    “I’ll take your word on that. If I were you, and I’m glad I’m not,” George said, clamming up as he saw the waitress approaching.

    “Yeah, you were saying?” Trask asked before the waitress put the two shots on the table.

    Trask sat back uneasily.

    “There you go. Sweets for the sweet, Babydoll,” she said.

    The waitress walked away.

    George leaned forward, lowering his voice. Trask leaned forward so that their faces were closer together.

    “Should I be in a situation like the one you describe, I’d want to have some information that could do me some good, and that my nemesis might not want being bandied about, and I’d use it to get myself off the spot. The spot you are on, and want off of.”

    “What kind of information is that?” Trask asked.

    George couldn’t believe Trask was that dumb. Was he being set up? Was Trask suspicious of him and he was trying to trick him? No, Jack knew Trask was on the outs with Vogal. His story rang true.

    “You’ve spoken of a collaboration between you and the man you’re on the outs with. Knowledge is power, my friend. If you know something that hurts your nemesis, well, if you found a way to use it to remove the man in question, your problem would be solved, or so it seems to me, Mr. Trask.”

    “Anyway, he figures me for dropping a dime on him. We’ve been in it together for a couple of years. I wouldn’t do that. I don’t talk about jobs we pull. Not to strangers. Not to the heat,” Trask said, looking at George’s face again.

    George’s underarms were soaked. He felt the sweat running down his sides. The nylon shirt would hide the perspiration. It was all George could do not to bolt. This clown was about to remember that he told George about the music heist the week before. He needed to excuse himself and get out of there. He had an appointment. That was it. He was running late and he had to go.

    “You can’t explain? You must get along if you’re in business together,” George said in a business like fashion.

    George was ready to excuse himself, when Trask opened a door that put the conversation on the right track.

    “The cops pulled him in on that caper. No one knew who pulled it. No one but Jimmy and me. We agreed we’d keep it to ourselves.”

    “Does sound like you have yourself in a difficult spot,” George said.

    “You telling me. Jimmy’s got a temper, and there’s something else. I know he offed a guy. I drove the damn car. I’m an accessory. He’s going with the guys wife, you see. Between the wife and him, well this guy Stein, we lay for him one night, and Jimmy caps him.”

    “He is not a man who is going to forget who his driver was,” George said. “Now there’s this robbery?”

    “Yeah. That’s what I’m saying. He’s going to remember I drove him to do Max Stein. When he does, my life is over. I don’t know what to do. What would you do?”

    “I shouldn’t get into such a situation,” George offered before sipping from his original drink, which is below a half full by now.

    “How do I keep from getting my ass blown away?”

    “The driver role, and the killing, they don’t know who did it?”

    “The cops. No. They got nothing. It was a pop and go. He stepped out of the car. Walked up to him, bang, back in the car and we’re gone. No one was on the street. He worked in a business area. Everything closes early and Stein worked late. Nothing to it.”

    “That little caper will have Jimmy wanting to cap you, just in case. If he thinks your dropped a dime on him for a heist, he’s going to take no chances with a murder,” George said, talking too much and sweating even more.

    George sipped a little more of the Johnny Walker. What he wanted to do is throw both of them back and order more. He needed to cut and run before Trask recovered his memory.

    “I see what you’re saying. The cops got nothing. I give them Jimmy, and they let me slide on the accessory deal.”

    “You are way out ahead of me now. I said nothing about giving any one to any body, put I’d say your proposal is sound, should I be in your situation, I might think about what I know. Solid way to achieve what you’re after, but I don’t remember a thing about any one’s business. Not even if they tell me about it, and it’s a good lesson for you, Mr. Trask. Remember nothing you are told about someone else’s business. You’ll stay healthier that way.”

    “I got that. I don’t know a thing about a thing, but I do know enough to see that Jimmy don’t do to me what he did to Max. I mean cool as ice. Of course when there’s a babe involved, well, all bets are off. You sure don’t want no hoods dating your woman. I learned that lesson too,” Trask said.

    “Mr. Trask, doesn’t Jimmy drink at Loey’s. You’ve mentioned drinking here with him. Why are you putting yourself in a place where the man you want to avoid can get his hands on you,” George said, reaching for his drink to shut himself up.

    “Man, George, you’re a life saver. I knew you was smart. Yeah, you’re right, I need to split. I always do my drinking here,” Trask said.

    “I shouldn’t drink here until your problem is on ice, but that’s me, I’m a careful sort. I don’t visit establishments where I might cross paths with an adversary,” George said.

    “Good policey, George,” Trask said, laughing. “I shouldn’t either. I’m going to split,” Trask said, getting up and flagging the waitress.

    “Hey, here’s for our drinks. Is this enough to give him another round, babe?”

    “Yes, Sir. That’s plenty,” she said, taking a second five dollar bill out of Trask’s hand.

    Trask headed for the exit, and the waitress brought another shot for George. He hadn’t drunk all of his first shot yet, and if he drank any more he’d puke on the spot. The back of his Ban Lon was soaked. He was afraid his pants were wet. He’d never been that nervous.

    He needed to get to a phone. Not around here. He’d catch the bus back into center city. George hated leaving all that beautiful liquor on the table, but it was necessary.

    “Hey, Hon,” he tried. “Find a home for those, would you. I’ve got to go, and I wouldn’t get far if I drank those.”

    “I can help with that,” she said, finishing the nearly empty shot, she collected the other two to sell along the way.

    “Everybody must get get stoned,” he remembered from a Dylan song.

    As George neared the exit, he caught sight of a face he recognized, but from where. He wasn’t about to stop and find out which face was the face he thought he knew. He left Loey’s for what he hoped would be the last time.

    George decided to walk across the gravel lot to safe some steps to the bus stop. He wanted to get to a phone as fast as he could. He had Jack Carter’s number memorized. He wanted him to have the news as soon as he could get it to him.

    George heard something that he didn’t like. Someone had followed him out of the bar. The face he recognized? He wasn’t about to look back.

    George didn’t have time to look back. Georges time had run out.

    There was a voice, low, gravelly.

    Harold’s voice?

    And the lights went out on George’s world.

    Chapter 11

    Cat’s Out Of The Bag

    Purple mountain’s majesty, whirlwinds of color, followed by fire and brimstone. Lightning against a pitch black sky. Falling, falling, falling, fireflies lighting the way. To where?

    The path through the endless valley of death leads nowhere. Voices, voices, and too much light. Too bright, and more voices, voices, voices. Commotion all around, white light abounds. White light. Too much light. If this is not dying, what is it?

    George’s focus wasn’t what it once was his head was filled with confusion, and pain, there was plenty of pain.

    Images coming, and going, faces, talking, so much talking, and a long slow disappearance from whatever scene was playing itself out nearby. Nothing was where it should be, and the light was bright, too bright for nowhere. It was the super nova. End of everything or was this the beginning??

    The pain seemed to consume him. The pain.

    George tried but couldn’t get up. If he could sit up he’d be fine. He needed to find the desk with the good Smith Corona typewriter. He could make it make sense. He needed to find his typewriter. He needed to write. If he wrote about it he’d make it make sense.

    Confusion followed by silence. Where was he? George could not be sure of where he was. The noise had subsided. The chaos left behind on another plane. The bright light diminished.

    He was in a long corridor. Moving, moving, moving, and then quiet. So nice to hear the quiet, and no bright light.

    He was in the white room. The confusion was gone. This was better, except for the pain. George had the mother of all headaches. He didn’t get headaches. He was in a white room. He was alone.

    No! He wasn’t alone. One figure loomed over him.

    It was the Walrus.

    How did the Walrus get into this cockeyed dream

    “George. George. Time to wake up,” Mr. Warner said.

    “What are you doing here?” George asked.

    “When I get a call that one of my reporters is down, I usually respond. What happened? Do you remember what happened, George?”

    “I drank Johnny Walker. No, I didn’t drink it. I had glasses of the stuff in front of me, but I couldn’t drink it. Speaking of a nightmare, that qualifies. What happened?”

    “You’ve had maybe a drink. No more than that. You’re blood alcohol wasn’t much above normal. They gave you a good going over, once you arrived here. Do you remember what happened, George?”

    “Remember what happened? No. Why are you here? And where is here? Where am I? What happened?”

    George’s confusion hadn’t cleared. He reached behind his right ear and felt the bandage.

    “My head hurts,” George said. “Where’d you say I was?”

    “Sibley Hospital. An ambulance from here was a short distance away when the call came in that a man was down in the parking lot at Loey’s. You told me you had an appointment. Were you going to Loey’s, George?”

    George remained silent. He wanted to remember where he’d been, but his head hurt something fierce. Both eyes felt out of kilter. The world was out of kilter. What was the Walrus doing there?

    “Why are you here?” George asked, thinking he’d asked before.

    He got no answer.

    “Do you remember what happened, George?”

    “No,” George said, certain he’d answered the question before.

    “You need to know, the cat is out of the bag. Your clothing are in the chair over by the window. They put you in the gown you’re in. Do you understand what that means?”

    “What cat? What bag? I’m confused. Why are you in my dream? Get out. Go away. Isn’t dealing with you at work enough? Go away.”

    “I must confess, I’m confused myself, George. Imagine my surprise when the young man stringer I hired isn’t a young man at all. “I looked at your chart on the foot of the bed. A newsman’s prerogative. The file says that you are a Jane Doe. You had no identification on you. Once they got you out of your clothes, they were faced with the same dilemma as me. You aren’t a man, George.”

    “I’m as much a man as you are,” George insisted, being certain of those facts.

    George went to sleep in one dimension, waking in another one. That seemed obvious. He had nightmares like this for most of his life.

    The door opened and someone rushed into the room.

    “Oh, good. I heard voices. Is our patient awake? Yes,” she asked and answered her own question. “The doctor wanted to be called once you were awake. Dr. Knox was adamant. No other doctor is to be called, no matter the time of night or day. You’re lucky he was here. He’s one of the hospital’s best. Came in with a heart patient at the same time as you. I’ll be right back.”

    The nurse left as smoothly as she’d entered.

    The nurse left without Mr. Warner or George saying a thing.

    The nurse was back in two minutes.

    “He’s on his way. How do you feel?” she asked.

    “Did anyone manage to get the license number of the truck that hit me?” George asked.

    “We’ll give you something a little stronger now that you’re awake. The doctor didn’t want to retard your becoming conscious on your own. You don’t know how many head injuries we get in here, and the patient never wakes up, or he’s in a coma for weeks or even months. You probably weren’t hit hard enough to do that kind of damage. We stitched you up and the doctor ordered you put in a private room. He was to be called as soon as you were awake.”

    “Someone hit me? I feel like I’m awake but I feel like I’m dreaming? Who hit me?”

    “Being disoriented is par for the course,” a middle aged man in wire rimmed glass with flecks of gray in his hair said. “Nurse, you can step out. I want to speak to the patient. You are?” Dr. Knox asked Mr. Warner

    “The man paying the bill,” Mr. Warner advised the doctor.

    “Not good enough. Do you wish this man stay in the room while we discuss who you are and what condition you are in?” Dr. Knox asked George.

    “I think he’s a figment of my imagination. He’ll go away as soon as I wake up. He can stay.”

    Dr. Knox looked at Mr. Warner with suspicion.

    Mr. Warner saw a very cautious man and he liked him.

    “I already know, if you’re worried about me finding out my young stringer left the office as a boy and now we have what we have.”

    “Why doesn’t someone let me in on whatever it is you are sharing about me,” George said. “Who hit me?”

    “George, you’re in a hospital. They undressed you before sending you to your room,” Mr. Warner explained.

    “George,” Dr. Knox said. “You are at Sibley hospital. You’ve had a serious blow to the head. Your confusion is going to clear in a little while. Your injury isn’t as serious as it might be. Concussion maybe, almost probably, but no fracture and the wound was closed with five stitches. The man apparently didn’t hit you square on the head, or you most certainly wouldn’t be talking to me. Even if you aren’t making a lot of sense.”

    “Since you haven’t disappeared, I assume you are really here, Mr. Warner,” George said. “But Why?”

    “You’d be correct,” Mr. Warner said.

    “Oh, my head. Please tell them to stop tap dancing in there,” George said, holding the sides of his head. “If you’re a doctor, prove it. Give me something to stop the pain.”

    “I’ll order something up as soon as we talk. Do you know where you are, George?” Dr. Knox asked the same question over again.

    “You said Sibley Hospital. What hit me. My arms and legs are OK,” George said, moving his arms and legs. “Harold. Harold hit me. I was leaving Loey’s. I needed to call Carter. I got what he wanted.”

    “Harold Sizemore hit you?” Mr. Warner asked.

    “Yes. The mayor’s number one goon,” George said.

    “You’re sure, George? You aren’t confused? Your back was turned to your assailant,” Mr. Warner said.

    “I left Loey’s. There’s a gravel parking area on the south side of the building. I heard someone behind me. I was heading for the bus stop. I needed to call Jack Carter. I heard Harold’s voice and that son-of-a-bitch hit me and here I am.”

    “We have a witness to your mugging. It was Harold, George. Jack put a tail on you. He saw the whole thing.”

    “A tail. I knew someone was following me,” George said.

    “Let him speak. He sounds lucid,” Dr. Knox advised. “You can catch him up once I am done. We need to talk before you do something you might regret.”

    “I need you to make me your doctor. You’ve got to be lucid and Mr. Warner can witness that you asked me to be your doctor,” he said.

    “I’ve been hit in the head, doctor. I might be a little slow on the uptake at the moment. I thought you were my doctor. You aren’t?”

    “I took the case in the ER. I took the case after they decided you weren’t a John Doe. You became a Jane Doe. I was one curtain over with a heart patient. Once you make me your doctor, I can’t be forced to talk to anyone about your condition,” Dr. Knox said.

    George looked at Mr. Warner and back to Dr. Knox.

    “I want you to be my doctor, doctor,” George said. “Why do you want to my doctor?”

    “It’s a long story. I have been treated two men who are woman. I think that configuration is more common than yours. When I heard the jokes start behind the curtain, I took charge immediately. I told them I was your doctor. With someone being in charge it was all business after that. They won’t remember you after they finish a shift in the ER, and I can’t talk about it because I’m your doctor.”

    “Jack had a tail on me. I need to talk to him,” George said.

    “He was here. They said you wouldn’t be coming around for hours ad he left. He’s beside himself with guilt because he sent you into Loey’s,” Mr. Warner said. “He’ll be back later.”

    “My being hit had nothing to do with what I was doing for Jack. Once I covered the news conference, Harold was gunning for me. I knew by what he said I hadn’t seen the last of Harold,” George said.

    “Cover a news conference?” Dr. Knox asked.

    “I’m working on a story that concerns the mayor’s wife. I was sent to the mayor’s news conference to ask him about it,” George said, having no trouble with his memory now.

    “Oh, I know who you are. Editor-in-chief at the Daily News. We met once at a news conference about the Salk vaccine. It was maybe ten years ago. I’d been doing research on polio. You asked a couple of questions,” Dr. Knox said.

    “I remember the news conference on polio. I can’t say that I remember you,” Mr. Warner said. “I covered a thousand news conferences. I doubt I remember ten people I saw at one.”

    “I was green as fresh kale, Mr. Warner. I remember you asked the most intelligent questions. Look at you now.”

    “Excuse me. My head,” George said.

    “As soon as I talk to you about our condition, I’ll order something that will allow you to get some sleep. I need some information from you,” Dr. Knox said. “Might I ask, who is Harold?”

    “A long story, Dr. Knox. You’ll read all about it in tomorrow’s edition of the City News.”

    “I’ll look forward to it,” Dr. Knox said. “I read the Daily News when I get home in the evenings, if I get home.”

    “They arrested Harold, George. Jack Carter put a tail on you. He had misgivings about you going into Loey’s tonight, last night. He followed Harold out of the bar, after Harold followed you. He saw the whole thing. He flagged down a cop car on the street, and they took Harold into custody. There were a few bumps and bruises getting him in the backseat of the patrol car, but most were suffered by Harold.”

    ““Jack had me followed?”

    “Yes. He called me. He was here. He’s very upset. He was afraid something was going to happen to you. In a way he was right,” Mr. Warner said.

    “I need to talk to Jack, Mr. Warner. I got what he wanted. I know who killed Max Stein. Someone witnessed the murder. It’s why I was in Loey’s last night. Tell him not to give that story to anyone else. I earned an exclusive on solving the Max Stein murder.”

    “A City News exclusive. I won’t let him forget,” Mr. Warner said.

    “It had nothing to do with Jack or Loey’s, except that’s where Harold caught up with me. I had the feeling I was being followed after I left the news conference.”

    “By more than one guy apparently,” Mr. Warner said. “Harold had no other way of knowing that you were in Loey’s. He either followed you, or he had someone follow you. Which means the mayor has some questions to answer. There is a direct line from the mayor’s news conference to Loey’s.”

    “This is all very inside the news,” Dr. Knox said. “And you sound quite a bit more coherent than when I came into the room. I will assume you understand where you are and why you are here. That leaves only one issue to discuss. You’re lucky that I was in the ER at the same time as you. I saw you brought in. I checked on you after they stitched you up, took X-rays, and were sending you to a room.”

    “And I don’t suppose I can sneak out of here and pretend none of this happened,” George said. “I’ve got a story to write. Maybe two.”

    “Not today you don’t. Probably not tomorrow. Concussion isn’t anything to fool with. Complications can’t be ruled out,” Dr. Knox said. “My heart patient is next door. He’ll make it. If I hadn’t been there when I was, and heard them talking about a man coming into the ER and a woman leaving, well I heard them and I was sure I understood what they found so amusing.”

    George held his gown out from his chest.

    “Jesus Christ. I hurt my head. Did they need to undress me?” George complained, having just discovering his vulnerability.

    “The cat’s out of the bag?” George said, looking at Mr. Warner.

    He shrugged.

    “You’d be surprised how many people come in with a stab wound and they’ve also been shot or have other trauma. It’s protocol. Wouldn’t do to lose someone because we didn’t look him over. You’re lucky I was where I was when the jokes started,” Dr. Knox said.

    “I assessed the situation as critical, and I pushed the curtain aside to tell them I would be your. They shut up and did what good professionals do. They did their jobs quietly.”

    “I don’t remember any of it,” George said. “Tell me why you’re so interested in my condition?”

    “The right question to ask. I told them to put you in one of the private rooms where I attend to patients who benefit from a little extra privacy. My nurses attend to my patients. It protects them from idle gossip. My nurses and I are the only ones who have access to your chart. If you need to go for tests or to use hospital facilities one of my nurses is with you at all times and they don’t make jokes about my patients. They know I won’t tolerate it.”

    “Why do that?” George asked.

    “The why is a bit more circumspect. Let’s say I’m familiar with gender discrepancy. I haven’t scratched the surface. I stumbled on to one case and that led to a second case. As I mentioned, male to female. They live part of their life as males and another part they live as female, but they identify as female.”

    “In your case I decided to protect your interests before another doctor got involved. I understood they were saying you were female to male. I didn’t give any thought to there being a reverse of the male to female. It was obvious to me you were such a case. I’m fascinated by gender discrepancy. Our country isn’t very kind to people who are different. The less they know the better off you are. I can only protect my patients, but that doesn’t mean there aren’t hundreds, maybe thousand of people keeping the secret about gender discrepancy.”

    George hadn’t thought about it either. He was the only person he knew that was born with the wrong body. The doctor knew of at least two more cases. He thought there could be thousands.”

    “I have what you call gender discrepancy in my family,” Mr. Warner said, getting Dr. Knox’s attention.

    “You what?” the doctor asked.

    “I know of it first hand,” Mr. Warner said.

    “There you go. Do you know how significant that could be?”

    “I only know of one,” Mr. Warner said.

    “You know of one. I know of two and George has gender discrepancy. It boggles the mind,” Dr. Knox said. “We haven’t uncovered the tip of this iceberg.”

    “I thought you were surprisingly relaxed about it,” George said. “You know someone like me?”

    “I do,” Mr. Warner said. “I’d never have guessed the truth about you. For all practical purpose you are a man, George.”

    “I know that, Mr. Warner but thanks for the confirmation. I somehow never pictured us talking about this.”

    “I took my first gender discrepancy patient quite by accident. I didn’t know what I was seeing but James, Janet part-time, was willing to explain it to me. I was fascinated. James brought me Ronnie who lived much of his life as Rhonda. Coming to the doctors required them to assume their male identity because of the gender discrepancy. Now they have a doctor who will see them as a woman and not get excited about the discrepancy.”

    “I don’t go to see a doctor because of it,” George said.

    “You have a doctor that knows something about your condition. What I know isn’t enough to draw any conclusions. Your case proves that gender discrepancy goes in both directions. I didn’t know that but it is logical. Nature has a certain balance to it. You prove it.”

    George was suddenly out of focus. He laid back on his pillow and he closed his eyes. The room was moving under him. He felt exhausted and Light headed. The tap dancers had come back off break and were high kicking inside his head again.

    the first case quite by accident. James told me his story. He is Janet part of the time. He sent one of his girlfriends, Ronnie who is Rhonda part of the time. When I heard the jokes concerning the patient next to mine, it was clear what they had uncovered. I took charge to stop the jokes. It’s very unprofessional. It’s the ignorance our culture seems to cultivate. Because you were on the opposite side of the spectrum from he other side of the gender discrepancy issue. I wanted your case. I took your case,” he said.

    “And here we are.”

    “What did you call my condition?” George asked.

    “Gender discrepancy or gender dysphoria?” he said.

    “Dysphoria?” Mr. Warner asked.

    “Dysphoria is confusion,” Dr. Knox said. “In short, the gender you are born with is in disagreement with how you feel and think.”

    “Dr. Knox, I appreciate what you’ve done, but I’m not confused. I’m a man. My body parts don’t match who I am. I’m George all the time. Since I turned eighteen and left home, I left Georgia behind,” George said.

    “When is the last time you saw your family doctor?”

    “I don’t have a family doctor, and if I did, I’d still be George.”

    “Now you have a doctor, and I don’t care who you say you are. I’ll treat the whole you. I simply want to hear your story and be informed of any changes, should they occur,” Dr. Knox said.

    “Gender dysphoria is a confusion between your anatomy and your brain. You aren’t confused about it but one disagrees with the other. We need to call it something. I prefer that to some of the common slang used to describe a discrepancy. We can call it whatever you like, but you need a doctor who knows and understands your condition. I’ve applied for the job, George but it’s up to you. I’ve taken your case. You don’t need to take me. My lips are sealed.”

    “I didn’t know anyone else was like me. When you are born with the wrong body parts, you wing it,” George said. “You’re my doctor. We can agree on that for the time being. I’m still working on the idea I’m not the only one. I thought I was.”

    “There are. That’s what fascinates me. One day we’ll be more enlightened George, but for now, when it comes to the brain and our biology, we are still mostly in the dark. I’d like to turn on the light so people like you have any easier transition. As kids everything is governed by appearance. When differences are uncovered people make a joke out of the ugly duckling.”

    “We say we’re civilized, but many people are too uneducated to consider the idea we aren’t all just a like. They’d rather make tasteless jokes and laugh,” Mr. Warner said.

    “We might ask why so many people reject so many of their species because they are different. Ignorance explains a lot of it. I’m ignorant on this but I’d rather turn on the light than curse the darkness,” Dr. Knox said. “You can help me with that, George. One day, if you help me, children like you won’t be picked on and made fun of. Someone with your condition might be treated fairly and allowed to be themselves without needing to fight for that right. I suppose I get angry about it because these are real people dealing with a difficult life because other people enjoy make it more difficult than it has to be.” , but I know doctors who are ignorant about the mind and body connection. It’s all part of the anatomy, and it is all a piece of the puzzle that is human biology. Up until a hundred and fifty years ago, we were still bleeding people to get the poison out of them. It’s likely the father of our country was bled to death by the doctors of the day.”

    “For you it’s a science project,” George said.

    “Not a project. Part of science. Part of understanding the differences in people. I’ve had the opportunity to work with two male to female subjects. You are the the converse of them. Until last night, I didn’t realize there were people like you. It is logical. If nature works in one direction, it would naturally go in the other direction too. There is usually a balance to nature.”

    “I’m not a science project, doctor,” George said.

    “That’s what you think. You hold the key to something that I know exists, but that I know nothing about. You have opened the door to an entirely new condition for me. I am seeing it without having any idea why this is possible.”

    I’ve never had to think about it. I live it,” George said.

    “You can help me shine a light where light hasn’t been shined before, George. You can clear up some of the mystery. Put the light on what it’s like being you. Help make it easier for people like you.”

    “Don’t get me wrong, I’d like to help with that, but all I’ve managed to do so far is survive it. This is new for me,” George said.

    “You’ve been able to hold your own in a dog eat dog industry, George. Don’t sell yourself short,” Mr. Warner said.

    “Once you have time to think about it, you’ll see the wisdom in seeing a doctor who you don’t need to dress up for. I know who you are, George, and I want to get to know you better. That knowledge will not be shared with anyone else, not without your approval, but your anonymity will always be part of the deal,” Dr. Knox assured him.

    “My visit to Sibley?”

    “Your file is in the name of George Hitchcock. I’m listed as your doctor. That file reflects only what I say belongs in it. You’ll always come to me as George Hitchcock. Any other business we have together will be governed by doctor patient privilege. You are the only one who can violate that privilege,” Dr. Knox said.

    “You can do that? Make any record of what took place down stairs go away?”

    “I’m a doctor. I can do anything. Didn’t you know that?”

    George had to give it some thought before laughing. I knew some doctors thought they were God, but your version sounds right. I’ve never been in a situation like this before,” George said. “I’m healthy as a horse as far as I know. That’s before I met Harold.”

    “We’re lucky we came to the ER at the same time. There is so much confusion. The ER is so chaotic, few of the people there will remember you or what took place. If someone says something that isn’t what we want to hear, I’ll simply say they were mistaken, and because you’re my patient, only what I say matters.”

    “I feel better about it,” George said. “Thank you, Dr. Knox. I’m interested in anything you believe is pertinent. If I can help to gain some understanding about my condition, I’d like that. I’d like to think that gender in the terms that have always been accepted, are at best incomplete and woefully inadequate. There is a lot more out there than we’ve wrapped our brains around,” George said.

    “Change comes hard. Some tings, gender, sexual identity, and peculiarities we seldom see, need to be explored, whether or not people like it. Ignorance is rarely blissful, and it’s often destructive. I’d like to make it less so,” Dr. Knox said. “It’s my curiosity as a doctor that had me thinking ahead of myself when I encountered James. My treatment of him led to him telling Ronald about a doctor he could see without embarrassment. If you have me as your doctor you’ve got nothing to hide. If you want to talk to me about your gender discrepancy I’ll listen. You won’t feel out of place in my office.”

    “I’d like to sit down and talk with you about this subject,” Mr. Warner said. “There are questions I’d like to get the answers to. This situation with George brings to light something I experienced. Sooner or later you will need to write a paper on gender discrepancy. I’d like to be part of that. Whenever you have the time, maybe we can talk over a drink. I could come to your office if that works out for you.”

    “By all means, Mr. Warner. We can do that. Your experience was in what area?” Dr. Knox asked.

    “My Aunt Roberta is a post operative woman. I knew her as Uncle Robert for the early years of my life,” Mr. Warner said.

    “Post operative. I don’t imagine she’d be willing to talk to me?”

    “She doesn’t even talk to me about it. It’s not mentioned in my family. I didn’t have an aunt before,” Mr. Warner said. “As I said, it isn’t talked about.”

    “I’m dying for a cup of coffee. The cafeteria will be empty this time of night,” Dr. Knox said. “If you’d like a cup we can talk. I need to get George some medication. He’ll slip most of the morning away.”

    “Your talking my language. My head is killing me,” George said.

    “I have a heart patient next door. I’ll be here all night. They’ll page me if he takes a turn for the worse but I think he’ll be OK. If I want to stay awake I need coffee,” Dr. Knox said.

    “George, we need to talk. You let the doctor medicate you and get some sleep. That should help a lot,” Mr. Warner said. “I’ll be back in the morning.”

    “If you are going to fire me, fire me now. I don’t want to worry about that,” George said.

    “You are not going to be bothered by any of this, George. I might not be the most enlightened man on the planet, but I do know the difference between a reporter and a lamp post. You definitely are not a lamp post. Get some rest.”

    Mr. Warner followed Dr. Knox out of the room. About five minutes later, the same nurse returned to George’s room. She had a hypodermic syringe in her hand.

    “The Calvary has arrived, George. Dr. Knox wanted you to rest for a few hours. This will do the trick,” she said, plugging the syringe into the line that ran into George’s arm.

    The harsh pounding became a soft relaxing beat that helped George to drift away from Sibley Hospital. The lights went out again.

    Chapter 12

    Cause & Effect

    In the Sibley hospital cafeteria, Mr. Warner, editor-in-chief of the City News and Dr. Knox, a physician and research fellow at John Hopkins Hospital sat together. They had the cafeteria to themselves.

    The coffee pot, a gallon metal coffee pot had a tap at the bottom to access the brew. Cups on a table just inside the door were easy to reach and fill. After filling their cups the two men took seats at a table off to one side. Dr. Knox already had his inquiry ready for Mr. Warner.

    “Even if you are paying the bills, you don’t have a right to the information you’ve acquired because you were thoughtful enough to come to see an injured employee of the News,” Dr. Knox said. “I’d like your assurance that you will not act on any knowledge that has come to you because of your presence.”

    “As much of a tyrant as I am in the newsroom, I have no difficulty separating business and the rest of what constitutes life. George’s employment is safe. I’m not sure what to do at this point. He may not be comfortable with me knowing what I know. There’s a greater chance he’ll leave the News because I know the secret he’s kept away from everyone,” Mr. Warner said. “What would you suggest, Doctor? I don’t want to lose George.”

    “Reassure him. Your knowing and not freaking out over it tells him you’re safe with the information. As long as he’s doing the job, it shouldn’t come up. He’s not going to bring up something he has been hiding since he was a child. Remember, he’s suffered a head trauma. The best thing for George is to get back to work and do the things he’s been doing before the head injury. If there are any complications, they’ll show up early on, and then you call me if he’s acting strange.”

    “You obviously haven’t spent much time in a newsroom, Dr. Knox. Reporters aren’t exactly your ordinary Joe. Acting strange is their hallmark. I’ll keep an eye on George, though he’s one of the sanest reporters I have. If he doesn’t act true to form, I’ll call you.”

    “Good! That is all I’m asking. I have a heart patient I need to look in on,’ Dr. Knox said, sipping his coffee.

    “As I told you, I’m not without experience with the issue George has been facing alone. We have a post operative female that was once my Uncle Bob. My father, being a very intelligent man, said that he loved his brother enough to accept him as the sister he never had. Should I tell George that? I’m conflicted on issues like that. I’ve never discussed my uncle with anyone, but George is in the same boat, as I see it.”

    “He is. His boat is sailing in the opposite direction, but you’re right. By all means tell him that story. He’ll see that you have skin in the game. I don’t think he has thought about there being other men like him. As I mentioned, he’s my third gender discrepancy case. My first female to male, and that has to be a far more difficult adjustment to make,” Dr. Knox told Mr. Warner.

    “You now tell me you have personal knowledge of a case in your direct family. I once thought that the man I was seeing, who spent part of his time in drag, wasn’t at all common. Not only is George in the same boat, but your uncle is as well,” Dr. Knox said. “The reason nothing is known, our society simply has no interest in uniqueness. We don’t go there because we fear a negative reaction. Ignorance is no excuse to ignore people like this.”

    “It tells me there are many more gender discrepancy cases than I first believed. Meeting James was eye opening. From what he tells me there are dozens of men he knows of that are like him. Only one has come to me. Now you tell you you have a case in your family. Than we have George. Which leaves me to conclude this is far more common than I’d originally thought. This is amazing. We can’t rule out that some of the people James knows are men who like wearing woman’s clothing but these men know they aren’t women.”

    “You mean they know they’re men but they enjoy going out as a women?” Mr. Warner asked.

    “As I say, I would think far more are dealing with gender discrepancy, but I don’t rule out that some men like dressing up,” Dr. Knox said.

    “Can’t say I’ve ever had that urge,” Mr. Warner said.

    “Me either. I should have taken an interest in the process my Aunt Roberta went through, but we still don’t talk about it.”

    “Because of a society unwilling to deal with such conditions. Majority rule does not mean you rule someone who is different from you, because you don’t like them but hatred runs rampant in America,” Dr. Knox said. “I think George will be willing to talk to me about it. Would Aunt Roberta talk to me? Post operative is another angle on the gender scale. She not only dress like a female. She became a female. That is one solution to gender discrepancy. The courage that had to take.

    “She’s in Houston. Working on the lunar lander.”

    “Too busy to talk. She must be smart to be doing what she’s doing,” Dr. Knox said.

    “My father and his brother, now his sister, are the smartest people I’ve ever known. My Uncle Robert was a big dude in the federal government. He was in the scientific end of things. One day he took a leave of absence and he came back as Aunt Roberta. They wouldn’t give him his job back. Too disruptive they told Aunt Roberta. The following year NASA called her. Asked her to come to work for them. That was a long time ago. She fit right into the space program.”

    “I’d mention her to George. Don’t say anything that you’d be uncomfortable saying. It’s a sure indication you’ve experience with the subject at hand. I can’t see your Aunt Roberta would object to you mentioning her to someone that’s in the same shoes as her.”

    “No, she’d say to tell a person that might benefit from the information. As I said, she’s a very intelligent woman. I worry about George. One false step and here he is, uncovered. The people in the ER were just laughing. I don’t know how other people might react. Do you think he could be in danger, Dr. Knox?”

    “Mr. Warner, you run a metropolitan newspaper. People doing violence to each other for little or no reason couldn’t have escaped your notice. The violence people do to each other is done to people they regard to be not much different than themselves. Can you imagine the violence they’d do to someone they regard as a freak of nature? In their minds that would justify a violent attack. Let there be no doubt about it, many of your friends and neighbors would regard George as a freak of nature. We don’t know about people like George because he doesn’t dare reveal his secret, and that’s a sad commentary on mankind if you ask me, and you didn’t, and that makes me mad all over again. I want to protect George.”

    “Another aspect of this I hadn’t considered,” Mr. Warner said.

    They both were lost in thought, sipping their coffee, and being quite alone in the cafeteria at two thirty in the morning.

    “When you come down to it, I don’t know much,” Dr. Knox said. “I hadn’t considered female to male, until I heard them talking about the discrepancy in George’s dress and gender. I took charge right away. Most employees of the hospital know who I am. I spend a lot of time here, and the ER can become a madhouse. One doctor takes charge and everyone else follows his instructions. Instant calm.”

    “Sounds like my newsroom,” Mr. Warner said.

    Both men laughed.

    “Twenty-four hours ago, if you told me George was a biological female, I’d have called you a liar. George conducts himself the way most of my reporters have done it, and I’ve never had a female in the newsroom. It’s an all males club, if that tells you anything,” Mr. Warner said.

    “It tells me you need to recruit some women for your newsroom. I can’t conceive of reporting the news on the say so of men. We are a flawed gender, Mr. Warner. Our testosterone overrides our brains too much of the time. A woman has a slant on the world no man can duplicate. It’s half the human race you’re excluding from your newsroom,” Dr. Knox said.

    “The owner is a woman, Dr. Knox,” Mr. Warner said.

    “How’d a woman become owner of the Daily News?”

    “Her husband had the misfortune to get cancer and die. No board on a major metropolitan newspaper would tolerate a woman owner,” Mr. Warner said.

    “Your owner is tolerated why?”

    “Her husband dissolved the board and any idea anyone could tell him how to run his business,” Mr. Warner said.

    “Things are changing. Far too slowly, but with so much turmoil in the streets, and so little respect shown to the natural order of things, we can expect a lot more change than we’ve gotten up until now.”

    “Your lips to God’s ears, Dr. Knox. I’m merely a lowly newsman. We simply report the revolution. We don’t start it.”

    “Not so, Mr. Editor-in-chief. The news can be the source of the people’s discontent, if you are so inclined. The pen is mightier than the sword. Once our institutions begin to fail us, merely the recognition of it is enough to fire up the people. Your hand is on the tiller on the ship of state,” Dr. Knox said. “You are witnessing the birth of a generation who refuses to conform to the demands of the politicians. Don’t think that doesn’t scare them to death. It’s the thing revolution is made of,” Dr. Knox said. “The usual suspects will have trouble wiggling out of it this time. They’ve been found out as being happy to send other men’s sons to war, but heaven help you if you get one of their sons killed. Power, the ultimate corrupter of souls.”

    “I report it. I don’t direct it,” Mr. Warner said in different words this time around.

    “We’ll agree to disagree. I need to check in on my heart patient,” Dr. Knox said, draining his cup of coffee.

    “I have an article I need to go home and get for George. It should interest him, and for your information, it concerns the first woman journalist to get a byline on the front page of the New York Times. She died recently. I cut out an article that appeared in the Post. More or less the epitaph of a great newswoman.”

    “There is hope for our profession after all. Positive reinforcement is essential for George. Don’t sell it to George as someone that has gone before him. He doesn’t see himself as a female. You do understand that. No matter what his biology says, he believes he is a man. You can’t argue he isn’t. He deserves to be treated with respect and dignity. We all deserve that, and I’ve got to go,” Dr. Knox said, standing up and heading for the door. “It has been eye opening, Mr. Warner. I’ll look forward to seeing you again. I’ve never had a conversation like that with anyone.”

    With that, Dr. Knox disappeared into the halls of Sibley Hospital.

    Mr. Warner finished his coffee. He was heading for home, a nap, a shower, and a change of clothes. It had already been a long day.

    *****

    With assurances that all was running smoothly at the City News building, Mr. Warner fixed grits, eggs, and bacon for breakfast. His wife’s always tasted better than when he fixed it for himself. Probably the half hour he read the paper instead of cooking explained that.

    In a fresh suit and tie, he returned to Sibley Hospital, after buffing up the shine on his wing tips.

    George’s eyes fluttered open after ten that morning. The first thing he noticed was the sterile room. He was alone, except for his boss sitting at the foot of George’s bed reading the Post.

    “Can’t you get fired for that?” George asked.

    “Oh, you’re awake. I was just reading about you. It tells the story about an insistent reporter who wouldn’t be refused. They quote you asking about the mayor’s wife and Jon Delesandro using the new subway extension. No mention of what took place afterward.”

    “I made the Post,” George said dreamily. “Ain’t that a kick in the ass. I can retire now,” George said.

    “No, you can’t. You have the inside track on the story. Now, every other newspaper in and out of town know the question. It’s up to you to give them the answer, George,” Mr. Warner said.

    The fact Mr. Warner was still calling him George was a good sign, but what else was he going to call him? He’d been called worse.

    “How is your head?” Mr. Warner asked.

    “My head is great. Whatever they’re giving me, I’d be a frequent flier if I could,” George said.

    Mr. Warner laughed.

    “You look too fresh to have been in that suit all night,” George said.

    “I went home. I slept for a few hours, which is how I take my sleep. I freshened up and I stopped to get out an article that I plan to frame in my den at the house. I thought it might interest you, so I brought it back with me. Can you read, George?”

    “I could before I got hit in the head. Only one way to find out if I have retained that skill,” George said, holding out his hand.

    Mr. Warner took the news article to George’s bedside.

    “The Post. You’re going to frame a Post article. You are tempting fate. I can’t focus on this. You’ll need to read it to me,” George said.

    Mr. Warner retrieved the article and put it in a folder he’d placed on the windowsill.

    “I can tell you the story. The news article is worth keeping, but I don’t need it to remember who Lorena Hickok was. Hick, the name she preferred, was from the upper Midwest. Maybe it was Minnesota. She worked for local newspapers,” Mr. Warner said.

    “It’s a newspaper story,” George said. “I love newspaper stories.”

    “Hick bounced around the Midwest at different newspapers. She gained a reputation for getting interviews mere mortal reporters could never lock down. People who didn’t talk to the press talked to Hick. In 1928 while reporting on the sinking of a ship, she got a byline on the front page of the New York Times. The first woman to do that.”

    “Ah, a happy ending,” George said. “I like happy endings. You do know that I’m not a woman?”

    “It was just the beginning for Hick. That byline brought attention to what she wrote. It was 1928. If a woman worked at a daily newspaper she wrote a lovelorn column or the society page. or to offer homemaking tips. Several women made it big reporting on entertainment and celebrities. They didn’t get near hard news,” Mr. Warner said. ”In 1928, while Hick was covering a political gathering, she met and arranged an interview with Eleanor Roosevelt. Eleanor, dutiful wife of Franklin, was always at his side at political functions. It’s what a wife of a powerful politician was expected to do. It didn’t matter if there were difficulties in their marriage. Eleanor’s place was at Franklin’s side. Eleanor stood by her man you might say.”

    “The first lady of the land. Hick was a social climber?” George asked.

    “No, just the opposite. Hick was a journalist. It wasn’t unusual for powerful people to talk to Hick and not talk to anyone else. She had a reputation. She was somebody. While Eleanor Roosevelt was a big catch for any journalist, because she didn’t give interviews outside of what was expected to Promote FDR,” Mr. Warner said.

    “Hick and Eleanor hit it off on a level that had nothing to do with politics. They liked each other and Eleanor agreed to do the interview.

    I don’t doubt Hick saw it as an opportunity to sit down with the wife of the man who was on his way to becoming the 32nd president of the US. Hick was interested in Eleanor’s life. She wanted the people to know what Eleanor thought and said.”

    “The first lady,” George said.

    “Not yet she wasn’t. It’s 1928. FDR was elected in ’32. Hick liked Eleanor and the feeling was mutual. Until that time, Eleanor was FDR’s silent partner, but all was not well in the Roosevelt’ bedroom. Franklin was like most ambitious men. His appetites were huge, and Eleanor found out he was unfaithful. Afterward they were husband and wife in name only. Eleanor was very unhappy, but it was her duty to stand by FDR as he climbed the political ladder. It’s how it is often done, once the marriage has hit the skids, but Hick brought a new joy to Eleanor’s life. They became friends.”

    “This isn’t shaping up the way I thought it might,,” George said.

    “Hick encouraged Eleanor to speak out. As Eleanor would come to say about it, ‘I’m my husband’s legs.’”

    Eleanor and Hick traveled together and Eleanor became interested in the poor, the destitute, the workers who were treated so badly by employers. They weren’t paid a living wage. Their employers made and spent vast fortunes, while the people who made them rich couldn’t even make enough to feed their families,” Mr. Warner said.

    “Do I hear Mrs. Miles’ story in this yarn?” George asked.

    Mr. Warner laughed.

    “No, Mrs. Miles is spending her husband’s fortune. Eleanor Roosevelt became a voice for the voiceless and Hick reported stories about the places Eleanor was going and the people she wanted to bring attention to. While FDR was president, Hick reported for the Park Service. She went to remote locations to report on whatever was taking place out of sight of Washington DC.”

    “I recall a picture of Eleanor, face covered in coal dust as she came out of a West Virginia coal mine. Once Eleanor was the first lady, Lorena Hickok had an adjoining bedroom in the White House. That’s how close they had become.”

    “Sexually active one might ask,” George said.

    “I wouldn’t. It’s none of my business, and you didn’t ask such things at that time. It’s written that Hick was a lesbian. Letters between them have survived, mostly Eleanor’s to Hick, because Eleanor felt it necessary to destroy any evidence that could erupt in scandal. There was little known about homosexuality at that time. It’s clear Eleanor and Hick shared a loving relationship. Of that there is no doubt. Whether or not it was sexual, only the two of them knew. Since both are gone, we’ll never know,” Mr. Warner said. “Not that it’s anyone’s damn business what they did behind closed bedroom doors.”

    “Inquiring minds want to know,” George said.

    “By the way, Lorena Hickok died on May 1 of this year. She’d been sick for a while. After FDR’s death, Eleanor moved herself and Hick to Hyde Park, New York, into the Roosevelt estate there. They lived together there, until Eleanor died in 1962. Hick remained in the house they shared, and she just died. The article is her epitaph, as presented by the Post. It’s a fair article. No mention of romance. They were life long friends after they met. The biographers would have had a field day if Hick left any evidence behind. No doubt she had a cozy bonfire beside the house in Hyde Park before her death,” Mr. Warner said. “As a journalist, she’d have protected Eleanor’s reputation at all cost. She left nothing Eleanor’s enemies could use against her. She left no hint of scandal behind. She was a journalist and she knew what a vicious lot some journalists are.”

    “That’s harsh, coming from a newspaperman,” George said.

    “The truth often is, George. While there is revolution in our streets, we do not live in enlightened times. In some ways, our species hasn’t advanced much beyond Dark Ages thinking.”

    “Science, medicine, and education are far advanced from Mid-evil period thinking,” George said.

    “Ah, we do have an enlightened renaissance in all those areas, but one cannot equate educated men with the masses who believe in a spirit in the sky that controls everything. If that is true, he has one wicked sense of humor.”

    “You just split with half the human race,” George said, amused.

    “A race to where, I might ask,” Mr. Warner said. “Homosexuality, the uniqueness of men, isn’t to be tolerated by fools. They hate that which they are. One might ask why? I won’t. That was rhetorical. It’s but a symptom of the human condition. There is no interest in why.”

    “That’s one philosophical point of view. No matter how true it is,” George said with an understanding of uniqueness among men.

    “Thank you for telling me the story of Hick and Eleanor. I know there is love. I haven’t figured out how it applies to me though. I haven’t had the experience yet. I’m not sure in what context I should look for love. It was a rough road becoming who I am. I’m not sure love can fit into that equation.”

    “You’ve been busy, George. I imagine being you is a full time job. I’m not saying I understand. I don’t, but that’s not your problem. I do have another story. It’s a bit more personal,” Mr. Warner said.

    “I’m hungry,” George said. “Thirsty too. I don’t suppose they’ll let me have a cup of coffee. Do you mind if I buzz the nurse and see what they’ll let me have. I can’t believe they intend to starve me to death,” George said, feeling a bit more connected to his world.

    “By all means. I thought of bringing you coffee and donuts, but I remembered they had you on a rather bland diet earlier. They talked about releasing you today if you were feeling better,” Mr. Warner said, getting up to hand George the call button.

    “Yes,” the nurse said, sticking her head in the door.

    “I’m hungry,” George said.

    “That’s wonderful. Dr. Knox isn’t here at the moment. He said to phone him once you were awake this morning. He’ll be glad to hear that you are hungry. No nausea?” she asked.

    “No. Just my stomach growling. Can I have real food or do I still need to eat the plastic stuff I got last night?”

    “Real food, Hon. I’ll be back in a few minutes,” she said, leaving the doorway.

    “I remember Eleanor Roosevelt was an active woman. She was always bringing attention to one cause or another. I didn’t know about Hick, but that does bring up a question,” George said, not sure how he wanted to phrase what he had to say.

    “I’m all ears,” Mr. Warner said.

    “You know that I’m not a lesbian?” George asked. “If the other story you have is a lesbian story, I want you to know that I’m not a lesbian, but I loved the first story.”

    Mr. Warner had a little trouble finding the words he thought were appropriate. As a career news man, he seldom was at a loss for words, but not knowing anything about George, except that he was a good newspaper man, dealing with who and what George was had him unsure of how to say what he wanted to say.

    “George, I don’t have enough information on what you feel to give you an intelligent version of the story I want to tell you. If I offend you, let me know. It’s the only way I’ll learn, and I find myself wanting to understand who you truly are. For now, you’re still George, my newest staff reporter. I’ll do my best to sound intelligent, but the next story is right up your alley. I have a post operative male to female in my family. My Uncle Robert has become my Aunt Roberta.”

    George’s mouth dropped open as the door opened and the nurse brought George a tray with soft scrambled eggs, potatoes, orange juice, and a bowl of butter pecan ice cream.

    *****

    Chapter 13

    Uncles To Aunts

    At Sibley Hospital George wakes up after a difficult night but he wakes up alert and hungry. He finds Mr. Warner at the foot of his bed once more. He’s been home and returned by the time George opens his eyes on Saturday morning.

    “You can talk while I eat if you like,” George said.

    Even the hospital food tasted good to George. He felt better but not good. The medications weren’t as apparent and Mr. Warner was a surprisingly intelligent man. He seemed determine to see George through the crisis but George couldn’t be sure why.

    “You had another story I believe? I’d like to hear it.”

    “Yes, I do. I’ve never told anyone this story. We don’t talk about it at my parents’ house, and what we say at my house is limited by the knowledge I don’t have. I’m speaking with limitation still present. To make a long story short, I have an uncle who became my aunt.”

    George stopped eating. He looked up to see if Mr. Warner was serious. His face said that he was absolutely serious.

    “Your uncle?” George asked.

    “To answer your question, I doubt anyone has confused him for a lesbian, but you never know. As I said, we don’t talk about it. He’s my father’s brother. They were the only kids born to my grandparents on my father’s side. Both my father and my uncle are more intelligent than most people. No, I did not inherit their brain power. That’s why I am a newsman. I’m smart enough to get by, but nothing exceptional,” Mr. Warner said.

    “ Whatever was responsible for their intellect, both are well known for what they add to any discussion. Uncle Robert was a GS-18 on the scientific side of the federal government,” Mr. Warner said.

    “Uncle Robert took me to baseball games. He loved the New York Yankees. If the Yankees were in town, he’d come for me to go to at least one if not two games over a weekend,” Mr. Warner said.

    “When I was eleven or twelve, Uncle Robert was going to New York City to meet with men who were in his category as far as brain power was concerned. He met two afternoons with these fellows, and on the first day we were in New York City, before his meeting, he gave me twenty dollars and said, “Have a good time. Be back at the hotel by six. The Yanks are playing tonight. We are going to Yankee Stadium.”

    “He let you go off on your own?” George asked.

    “He did. Didn’t give it a second thought. If I was intimidated by the city, his confidence in me gave me confidence in myself. I started off trying to figure out the subway system. I went from one subway train to another. I ended up at the end of the line in Coney Island. It’s on the Atlantic Ocean. It was late in the summer. It wasn’t crowded. I went on the Cyclone, a roller coaster, five or six times,” he said.

    “I got off the subway in Brooklyn. People always cheer when someone says he’d from Brooklyn. I don’t know why. It’s a place where people live. It had its own bridge. Otherwise, it was just a neighborhood.”

    “Anyone try to sell you the bridge?” George asked with a laugh.

    “I must have been there before they came up with that con. I ate four hot dogs from a cart a guy was pushing around Times Square. By that time It was getting late, and I went back to the hotel. My uncle came in and we took the subway to the Bronx and we ended up at Yankee Stadium. We stood out front for a few minutes. I’d seen the Yankees play lots of times, but being there, it was inspiring. This was the house that Ruth built,” Mr. Warner said with awe in his voice.

    “It was before the war, WWII. The Babe had come and gone. Gehrig was in the midst of his Iron man run of consecutive games, and Joe DiMagoio joined the Yankees the year before. After he did, the Yanks won four consecutive World Series. It was great to be a Yankee’s fan,” he said. “It was the first time I saw the Yankees play at home. It wouldn’t be the last.”

    “We went in and ate hot dogs. It was like going to the circus and the Yanks were in the center ring,” Mr. Warner said.

    “You weren’t sick of hot dogs by then?” George asked.

    “No. It was a ball game. You must eat two or three to be able to call yourself a baseball fan. Besides, ball park franks are the best,” Mr. Warner said. “And I was eleven years old.

    “I’m not a big sports fan. It’s the flaw in my makeup. I never cared much for sports,” George said.

    “You have questions, ask Arnie Siegal. Man has an encyclopedic knowledge about sports. Doesn’t matter which sport. Arnie dominates the sport pages with his analysis,” Mr. Warner said.

    “That’s all there is about baseball. I was close to my uncle Robert. He treated me like a kid likes being treated. He gave me some freedom I wouldn’t have had otherwise. He wasn’t married. Didn’t have kids of his own,” Mr. Warner said. “He liked spoiling me.”

    “Fast forward to after I finished college and got married. My wife was pregnant with our second child. I was about thirty, and I was determined to become a newspaper man. My uncle dropped out of sight. We didn’t have any idea where Uncle Robert had gone. My father looked everywhere. The only clue my uncle left behind, he left his GS-18 job with the Navy Department. He took a one year leave of absence, knowing his job wouldn’t be there when he returned. He ran a program that was developing a new generation of secret weapons, and the government was worried he’d defected. The FBI came to my house and asked questions. When they said he could have defected, I laughed. He’s a Yankees fan, He’ll never stop going to Yankee games. He didn’t defect. It made perfect sense to me if not to them.”

    George sensed the mystery around the missing uncle.

    “By this time our first child was born and the second one was on the way. I went grocery shopping on Saturday, and before I went to the grocery store, I stopped at my parents’ for breakfast,” he said.

    “Uncle Robert had been missing for over a year by this time. My father was close to his brother. Few people were in the same league with either of them. They were genuinely fond of each other. If he didn’t call my father, I don’t know who he would have called. Even the FBI stopped watching our houses. After a year, you figure someone is gone for good. Who goes away for a year,” Mr. Warner said.

    “I could see the pain in my father’s eyes. His brother had never dropped out of sight before. My father always knew where his brother was until now. At work, he said he’d be gone a year. A year had passed the month before, and if we thought he might return then, we’d given up on that idea.”

    “I was still going to my parents’ house on Saturday mornings. My wife and I thought it gave them a feeling of continuity. They always knew where I was. It helped for them to see me on Saturday. I was sure I’d never see Uncle Robert again, but I didn’t tell my father that. There were any number of stories I knew about. Someone drops out of sight and isn’t seen again. It’s how I saw it at the time,” he said.

    “After breakfast one Saturday morning, someone knocked at the door. I’d been answering that door all my life, and I jumped up and yanked the door open, and came face to face with Aunt Roberta.”

    “Your mother’s sister? You said your father only had the one brother,” George questioned.

    “My mother was an only child. The woman stood there looking at my face. I looked at her face. Her expression told me she knew me but I didn’t know her. She obviously resembled my Uncle Robert, but I didn’t see it. It was a woman. My uncle was a man. At least he’d been a man. Neither of us said anything and my father came to find out who was at the door. My father said, “Robert.” How did he know? That threw me off balance. Like I said, my uncle Robert was male. I was confused and my father was hugging her saying, “Robert. Robert.” There was something wrong with that picture.”

    “What happened,” George said, losing interest in his food.

    “He was in a pink skirt and jacket with a white ruffled blouse. Her hair was the right color but shoulder length hair replaced Uncle Robert’s crew cut. There was no doubt we were looking at a woman.”

    “No one knew what to say. What do you say to your Uncle Robert, when he comes back as Aunt Roberta. How’s tricks didn’t seem appropriate. I tried to hide the embarrassment I felt. I couldn’t imagine anything worse. Why did he come back at all?” Mr. Warner said. “I wasn’t particularly enlightened at the time. I was stunned by the change in Uncle Robert.”

    “Uncle Robert had a sex change,” George said. “I don’t know that I could go there. Something about lopping off body parts that isn’t very appealing to me.”

    “My uncle was now my aunt. I had no clue that my uncle was anything but my uncle. All those years he kept that secret. Reading about the operation, he saw a way out of a life he had been forced to endure. Right away he began planning his leave of absence,” Mr. Warner said. “What courage he had to risk everything to make his dream come true.”

    He went to Sweden to have the operation. He took hormones for months and months. He learn how to walk, modulate his voice, and watch the way woman moved before they operated on him. It gave him months to consider whether or not to go through with it.

    Then there were months of therapy, and more lessons on his new body before we got to see the finished product. My uncle had become my aunt, and if my father didn’t like it, he never said a word.”

    “How did you break the ice,” George asked, trying to have some understanding of what Mr. Warner had told him.

    “My father hugged Uncle Robert. He called him by name a couple of times before Aunt Roberta corrected him. My father stepped back, took a long look at his brother for the last time. He hugged my Aunt Roberta, saying her name over and over. They both cried. My mother cried. I cried for Uncle Robert. I’d known him all my life. How could he do such a thing to himself?” Mr. Warner said. “As I said, I wasn’t too enlightened at the time.”

    “Difficult adjustment,” George said.

    “Nearly impossible for me. My father never missed a beat. He took Roberta to the table he asked my mom to fix her breakfast. That gave my mother something to do, while i stared. There they were. Siblings trying to adapt to a new wrinkle. My father took it as well as anyone could,” he said.

    “I’d quizzed my father on it every time we saw each other. If my father had any reservations, he showed none to me. One day he heard me ask the same question for the hundredth time, and he glared at me, “What you need to understand is, this is how it is. If this is what makes my brother happy, than I’m happy for her. I loved my brother and I love my sister. This is how it is. We don’t need to understand. We don’t get to second think what is done. As long as your Aunt Roberta knows who she is, Nothing else matters. Don’t you get it? My father never got angry with me but he was angry with me.”

    “You said he was smart. Smart enough to know he didn’t understand, but he didn’t need to understand,” George said. “What happened?”

    “I only saw Aunt Roberta at my parents’ house. Maybe three or four times over the next few months. It had been winter when she came home, and it had become spring. It was the middle of baseball season. My Aunt Roberta called me one evening. “The Yanks are in town this weekend. What time do you want me to pick you up tomorrow?” It was that simple. Both my Aunt Roberta and Uncle Robert loved the New York Yankees. After that, we were OK. My second child had been born and Aunt Roberta came to the house to see both of them for the first time. I hadn’t invited her over until she came to pick me up to go see the Yankees play.”

    “It was so simple,” George said. “She was obviously smart enough to know not to push it. In time she knew you’d be her nephew. There is wisdom in that as well. You can’t move too fast.”

    “Believe me, I didn’t. I was young and I had no understanding of how complex the world was, George. I was brought up in a world that went by the numbers. You did this. You did that, and you gave no thought to people who couldn’t do it that way. You either did it that way or you got yourself in trouble, or so I thought, until I met Aunt Roberta. I was forced to examine how things were. I needed to admit that everyone wasn’t just a like. Each person is different in his own way. It is that different that makes this country great. It doesn’t matter how arrogant and tiny some people’s minds are,” Mr. Warner said. “And that’s the reason I’m here, George.”

    “The day Mrs. Miles came to the City News. You called me into your office to reassure me that I was OK. I hadn’t seen that side of you before. I knew I had you all wrong. I knew I didn’t know you at all. I knew what you let me know. I’m learning, Mr. Warner.”

    “You’re young. The world does work in mysterious ways. You can’t always judge something by the way you first see it. As often as not, we find ourselves changing our minds, as we get smarter, George. I should have seen this coming. Mayor Packard is not a man you want to cross. I let you cross him. Luckily Jack Carter was smarter than I was. If he hadn’t had the feeling you were getting in over your head, you might still be lying in that field next to Loey’s. That’s another reason why I’m here. I did not see it coming and I should have. I know the mayor’s reputation.”

    “This is how it is,” George said.

    “Thank you. I like that story even better than I liked the Hick and Eleanor story. Where is Aunt Roberta?”

    “I haven’t seen her in a while. She’s working for NASA. She’s helping with the lunar landing that’s less than a year away. She hardly has time to call, she’s so busy. They wouldn’t give her the job she had as a man, but the Navy Department’s loss was NASA’s gain. Every one she works with knows her as Roberta.”

    “It’s a wonderful story,” George said, not wanting the breakfast that had grown cold, but his hunger had been satisfied.

    “What I’ve learned,” Mr. Warner said. “I’ve learned that this is how it is, George. You didn’t choose this. This is how it is, and no one else has to accept you, as long as you know who you are.”

    “You said your father was smart. He boiled it down into simple terms,” George said. “I’ll remember that, Mr. Warner.”

    “See that you do, George. I’ve done what I came to do, and now I need to go to see my parents. I can honestly say that your breakfast didn’t look that appetizing, but my mother’s breakfast will be fabulous in comparison,” Mr. Warner said, standing up and collecting the folder from the windowsill. “Take all the time you need, George. Don’t come back until you’re good and ready, but is there a chance you’ll make it to work on Monday? Continuity is important,” Mr. Warner said, remembering Dr. Knox’s advice.

    George laughed.

    “I don’t feel too shabby. I think I got off lucky. We’ll see,” George said, and Mr. Warner left his hospital room.

    George had free time on his hands for the first time since he went to work at the City News. He didn’t feel good, but he didn’t feel bad. He didn’t think he could stay away from the newsroom once Monday rolled around. He was a newspaper reporter, and he needed to do his job.

    *****

    George overslept Monday, once he was back in his room. Mildred brought him breakfast. She worried about him being gone the entire weekend. George almost always came home in the evening.

    George set his alarm Tuesday morning, and he walked into the newsroom a little after seven that morning. As a full-time reporter, he got his pick of desks that weren’t currently being used by staff reporters, and he took the one with the Smith Corona he liked. Pops brought a name plate with George Hitchcock etched on it, placing on the desk in front of George.

    “You feeling OK, George?” Pops asked. “Mr. Warner said you were assaulted Friday night. Spent the weekend at Sibley Hospital. You need time, son, you take it. I won’t give your stories to anyone else.”

    “I’m fine Pops. I might not stay twelve hours today, but I’ll be OK,” George told him.

    It was after ten and George had just come back with a fresh cup of coffee, when Pops called his name.

    “Hitch, you’re up. Can I trust you to get me the story?”

    “Since when can’t I get the story, Pops. Give it to me,” George said.

    “Since you got whacked in the skull. You sure you want this? I can put Sampson on it. Maybe stay in today. Make some phone calls,” Pops thought out loud.

    “Give me the damn story. I got hit in the head. My legs are fine.”

    “7th Street southeast. See the woman there. It’s Cyril’s Haberdasher. You think you can find it?”

    “How do I know which woman?”

    “Says her name is Norma Desmond. Sounds fishy to me. She’s the only woman there. Since the rest of the employees are men, you should be able to pick her out. Something about a woman bleeding in her doorway.”

    “What about the cops?” George asked, putting on his jacket.

    “Cops have been there. They’ve transported the woman. Go to Cyril’s and get the story. Maybe follow up at the hospital, but you need to talk to this Norma Desmond.”

    “I’m on it, Pops,” George said, heading for the stairs.

    George did catch a cab. He was a full-time City News reporter now. He could even think about buying a car.

    The taxi stopped in front of Cyril’s. A woman was scrubbing the sidewalk at the front door.

    “You Norma?”

    “Who wants to know?” she said, looking up with one knee on the concrete and a scrub brush in her hand.

    “George Hitchcock, City News. You called about a woman bleeding in front of this place,” George said. “You are cleaning up the blood,” he asked.

    “You sure you ain’t Sherlock Holmes? Damn fine piece of detecting if you ask me. Yes, this is her blood. Betsy Johnson,” Norma said.

    “Who’s Betsy Johnson?” George asked.

    “Her name. The woman bleeding. I sat with her after I called to get her some help. She said she was Betsy Johnson. I asked what happened, but she just said she didn’t feel good. A loss of blood can cause that, you know,” Norma said. “She lost a lot of blood. General Hospital. That’s where they took her. She was white as a sheet, and that’s a neat trick for a black woman. She was bleeding bad. You ask me, and because you didn’t, I’ll tell you. They do abortions back over there. I don’t know which building but rumor has it they do abortions.”

    “You tell the cops that?”

    “No. A woman needs an abortion, what she going to do? You might say call her attorney, but if she can’t afford no more kids, how she going to afford a lawyer? I heard about a place nearby. You ask me, and you didn’t, someone botched the job. She was bleeding bad when I called for help.”

    “What did you tell the cops?” George asked.

    “I told them she was bleeding. She collapsed in my doorway. Cyril’s doorway, not mine, but you get the idea. They looked at the blood, got a little pale. They were already white, so they were even more pale than poor Betsy Johnson. You need to go see what the story is with that woman, and then you need to come back here and find out which of those buildings is where they do the abortions. If you ask me, and you didn’t, but that’s what I’d do. Someone needs to know they did that woman wrong.”

    “You from around here, Norma?”

    “Yes, I’m actually a seamstress. I only clean up blood part-time.”

    George left Norma and her bucket behind, flagging down the first cab that he saw.

    *****

    “General Hospital,” George said, and the cab was a far better option than walking today.

    Going in General Hospital’s main entrance, he immediately saw Judy Carmichael at the receptionists desk. He detoured into her reception area, and she saw him coming. She gave him a big smile.

    “My word. If it ain’t lover boy. What can I do for you today?” Judy asked.

    “Hi, Love. They brought a woman in a little after ten. I was going to the ER. The cab dropped me in front. Figured it isn’t much after eleven. She wouldn’t be in a room this soon, would she?” George asked.

    “I told you about the six hour wait. I’ll bet she don’t make it to a room as fast as that kid did. No one looking out for us black ladies here abouts,” she said.

    “Well, my business here is done, Judy. Lovely to see you again,” George said.

    “Wait a minute, Honey. I’ll go with you. It might help. Go a name. All black women look a like to me,” she said. “I’m not looking at them. I’m looking at their husband.”

    “Betsy Johnson. Norma Desmond said it was a botched abortion, and I’m sure she knew more than she told me. Betsy had lost a lot of blood, according to Norma,” George said. “Left plenty on the sidewalk where she collapsed.”

    Judy moved ahead of George and went directly to the first nurse she saw in the ER.

    “Come on, Lover boy. She’s back here. They’re trying to get blood into her at the moment. Nothing they can do but stop the bleeding and give her transfusions,” Judy said.

    “Hey, Jill. This is a friend of mine. He wants to sit with Betsy. That OK with you. He’s safe, but he owes me five bucks,” Judy said, kissing George on the cheek. “I was kidding. You don’t owe me nothing, Sweetheart,” she said. “I got to get back to work.”

    “Thanks, Judy. I’ll come by to take you to lunch one afternoon,” George said.

    “That’s a date,” Judy said.

    “I’m monitoring her vitals. She’s doing a little better, but she lost an awful lot of blood, the doctor said. She’s quiet as a mouse. We’re giving her blood to replace what she lost. You a friend of hers?”

    “George Hitchcock, City News,” George said. “I want to tell her story. Tell how she got herself into this fix.”

    “Damn abortionists. She can’t come here to get an abortion. They go into those back alleys. Can’t afford no more kids. It’s a crime the way women are treated. She isn’t the first one I seen come in here this way,” the nurse said, her nostrils flaring. “It’s a crime the way they treat women. Make them have to do this to themselves. It’s criminal. As if us black girls don’t got enough to deal with.”

    “James,” Betsy Johnson said. “That you James. I’m sorry I did this. I don’t feel that good, James. Hold my hand. I’m so scared.”

    “Male voice. She thinks you’re her husband. You hold her hand,” Jill said. “I’m going to step out for a minute. The doctor wants to know as soon as she’s conscious. Try to comfort her, George.”

    George held Betsy’s hand in his. He immediately felt a connection to the struggling woman. She moved in small motions, like she couldn’t get comfortable.

    George thought that might be a good sign. She was waking up.

    “I can’t be here. I can’t afford this,” Betsy Johnson said. “I got three babies at home. I can’t afford no more. I got to do something. James is working two jobs. He can’t work no harder. We can’t afford no more kids. Not fair to bring kids into this sorry world. I couldn’t put no more on James. He don’t know I’m pregnant again.”

    “It will be OK Betsy. You’re going to be OK and James will understand. You are a good woman. Don’t be fretting about things you can’t control,” George said.

    “Who are you?” Betsy Johnson asked, looking square into George’s eyes.

    “Just a friend, Betsy. I’m a friend who is going to tell your story. You shouldn’t be in this fix. If things were different you wouldn’t be here. They’ll fix you up and you’ll be home in no time.”

    “You going to tell my story? I didn’t think anyone cared about me. My husband works so hard. I got good kids. They deserve better than we give them, but James can’t work no harder. I took to cleaning houses again. I don’t make much, but we can’t afford no more kids. Not fair to them. I got such good kids.”

    Betsy’s hand went limp, a buzzer started going off. The curtain was ripped out of the way and a half dozen doctors and nurses were all around Betsy as George moved back out of the way.

    “Clear,” the doctor in charge said, shocking Betsy.

    “Clear. Clear. Bag her. Now!”

    “Clear,” the doctor ordered, speaking in shorthand and four other people inside the curtain scurried around when he did.

    “What’s happening?” George asked the next person who passed. “She was just talking to me. What’s going on?”

    “Get him out of here. Someone get him out of here,” the doctor in charge roared, holding up paddles to shock Betsy’s bare chest again, again, and again.

    The curtain was used to close George out. They couldn’t shut out the sounds. The activity was frenetic. It continued for for about ten minutes. It suddenly went silent. There were no sounds except for heavy breathing and more silence. The loudest machine no longer beeped. There was one never ending buzz.

    “Time of death, 11:43,” a soft voice said as rubber gloves came off.

    All sounds behind the curtain ceased.

    George realized he’d stopped breathing.

    He gasped a deep breathe. The smell of alcohol, soap, and disinfectant permeated everything in the ER. One person after another rushed away from behind the curtain.

    Someone had put Betsy’s arms across her chest to cover her nakedness. The final person there stood staring into Betsy’s face. He held the useless paddles before putting them down. He pulled a sheet over the dead woman’s body. He looked drained and defeated. He turned and walked toward George, after remembering he was there.

    “We did all we could,” the man said.

    “I know,” George said.

    He lifted his head to look at George.

    “You knew her?” he asked.

    “Her name is Betsy Johnson. What happened,” George asked, wanting the doctor to know her name.

    “What happened? What happened? She just… Betsy just died,” he said, softening his tone from angry to sad.

    “She was just talking to me,” George said.

    “What happened. She went somewhere and got herself butchered, and they bring her in here and expecting me to patch her up. You can only pump so much blood into the human body at one time and Betsy lost too much blood. We couldn’t pump blood into her fast enough to keep her alive. She’d lost too much blood by the time they brought her in here but we had to try to save her. I did everything I knew how to do but she died anyway.”

    “Just like that,” George said, startled by how fast it happened.

    “Just like that,” the doctor said, looking George over. “Who are you?”

    “George Hitchcock, City News. You are?”

    “Dr. Spencer. You’re writing a story about this?” he asked.

    “That’s what I’m going to do,” George said.

    “Don’t write what I said about being butchered. Her family shouldn’t read that. I was pissed and sometimes I speak without considering my words,” Dr. Spencer said. I know you need to write something, but don’t write that.”

    “Yes, sir. I intend to tell Betsy’s story. That’s what I told her I’d do. I keep my word, Dr. Spencer,” George said.

    The doctor patted George’s shoulder.

    “Tell her story. Don’t quote the butchered comment. No matter how true it is,” Dr. Spencer said, turning to walk away.

    “Can I use your name, Doctor? I won’t if you say no,” George said. “I know you did what you could. I’ll say that too.”

    “Go ahead. Use my name, just not the butchered part. Can’t hurt. Maybe bring some sanity to the insane laws that force poor women to do this to themselves. Betsy Johnson should not be dead.”

    “Dr. Spencer, if Betsy came to you, instead of going into a dark alley to get an abortion, would you have helped her?” George asked.

    Dr. Spencer took a sudden interest in his shoes. He didn’t look up for a long minute or two.

    “I wouldn’t knowingly break the law. I can’t practice medicine if I loose my license to practice medicine,” Dr. Spencer said.

    “If Betsy Johnson asked you to help her, you wouldn’t have done it, knowing what you know now, knowing she’d die if you didn’t help.”

    “No!” he said, looking at his shoes again. “I won’t break the law even if it might save a life.”

    “Thank you,” George said. “At least you’re an honest man. That was for my edification. I won’t write that. You did your best doctor.”

    *****

    George felt like walking. The paper didn’t go to press for four hours. He had plenty of time. George cried while he walked. A woman with a husband and children was dead. All their lives were forever changed, and George wanted to know who killed Betsy Johnson? He’d write Betsy’s story. He’d come back to work to be a good reporter, and he’d tell Betsy Johnson’s story. He’d tell the world about what Betsy did, because she couldn’t afford any more kids.

    It took thirty-five minutes for him to be in front of the Smith Corona he liked. He typed through his tears. He typed everything Betsy said. He wrote what the doctor told him, not mentioning that she’d been butchered. There was only one title he could think of using. Who killed Betsy Johnson. He typed as the words drained out of him. This was a story that needed to be told.

    “George,” Pops said. “What’s wrong with you?”

    George ripped the copy out of the typewriter, handing it to Pops, after he’d said all he had to say.

    Pops stood beside George’s desk as he read. Before he finished, he put his hand on George’s shoulder.

    “You’ve had a tough day George. We all catch stories like this. You been knocked on the head and now you get a kick in the gut. Go home, George. Take the rest of the day. I’ll see to this now. You go home and have a drink, and be back here first thing in the morning, and we’ll hope for a better day.”

    George went home. He laid on the couch, putting all the pillows behind him so he could look out at the park. He’d cried himself out before he got home. Suddenly exhausted, he fell asleep.

    The phone’s ringing woke him a little before four.

    “Hello,” George said.

    “Mr. George Hitchcock please,” a sweet voice said.

    “This is George. How can I help you?”

    “You said I should call you George. This is Mrs. Delesandro. I have someone who wants to talk to you. Wait just a minute.”

    “Mr. Hitchcock, this is Jon. You remember telling me to call if I thought I might be getting in over my head?”

    “I remember, Jon,” George said.

    “I’d like to talk to you about getting my tennis career back on track. They told me I was preparing to turn pro, but when I ask my coach about it, he says I’m not ready to make that move yet. I’m getting rusty. I need to play against better competition.”

    “That’s what I’ve been told, Jon. With your skill set, you should be playing professional tennis players. It’s the only way you’ll become as good as your competition. Playing pushovers isn’t going to help you. Can we arrange a meeting? I’ll do some research and I’ll know what to tell you if we schedule a meeting for later this week.”

    “I’d like that,” Jon said. “Can I bring my mother?”

    “I can come there, Jon. I know where you live,” George said.

    “My mother will want to be here. Talk to her and she’ll tell you when she can be off from work,” Jon said.

    “Jon?” George said.

    “Yeah!”

    “I’m glad you called. I think I can help you,” George said.

    After hanging up the phone, George picked it back up and dialed the main switch board at the City News.

    “Arnie Siegal,” George said. “Tell him it’s George Hitchcock.”

    *****

    There was a soft knock on George’s door at about 6:30. George had fallen back to sleep, and he got up to answer the door.

    “Mildred, you’ve already cleaned. The place is spotless,” George said.

    “I know. I saw this in my paper a few minutes ago. I went out and bought you these. You looked so tired when you came in. I thought these might help,” she said, handing him five copies of that day’s City News.

    George opened the paper and saw the headline at the top of the front page. “Who Killed Betsy Johnson by George Hitchcock.”

    “Your a sweetheart, Mildred,” George said, kissing her cheek. “Thank you.”

    “It’s above the fold this time. That’s better, isn’t it? You’re coming up in the world, George. I read every word. It’s going to move people,” Mildred said, leaving George to enjoy the small victory in a very long day.

    *****

    Chapter 14

    Epilogue

    George Hitchcock let Arnie Siegal drive him to the Delesandros’ apartment. The top was down on Arnie’s 1968 Cadillac convertible. It was fire engine red. George liked going in style. Arnie’s car was impressive. The man in charge of the sports section at the City News knew how to go in style.

    After George knocked, Jon opened the door. He was surprised to see Arnie Siegal standing beside George.

    “Arnie! No one said you’d be coming,” Jon said.

    “Hi, Jon. He had to ask me first, after he got your call. When he said who he wanted me to talk to, I was happy to hear it. I’ve been waiting for you to hit the big time, Jon. He tells me you got yourself sidetracked. You should be in New York City practicing for the US Open. That’s where the real competition is. Why aren’t you there?”

    “I did get sidetrack. Randy, Detective Couch sat me down and gave me a good talking to. I have been acting like a kid, but I’m ready now. I’m ready to get on with my tennis career. Only have so many years to make the most of my God given talent, Arnie.”

    George was certain that the detective’s words were coming from Jon. Randy looked comfortable on the couch next to Mrs. Delesandro. His arm was stretched across Jane’s shoulder, leaving no doubt where he stood. She leaned against him for support. They both listened carefully to the exchanges. Neither said anything. Jane smiled.

    “Won’t you sit. I can make some coffee if you like,” Mrs. Delesandro said. “This is my friend, Detective Randy Couch. He was able to get Jon’s attention in a way I can’t.”

    “Don’t know nothing about tennis, but I do know kids,” Randy said. “I’ve raised four of my own.”

    “As I said, I don’t know anything about tennis either. I brought the man who has all the answers to any sports question.”

    “Nix on the coffee, Mrs. D,” Arnie said. “I’ll only be a couple of minutes. I have a message for Jon, and I wanted to deliver it in person. George filled me in on the situation, and I was able to reach out to one of the top tennis coaches on the circuit. Luckily, I knew where he’d be. In New York for the Open. It’s less than a month away. Any tennis player worth his salt will be at the Open.”

    “The US Open,” Jon said with reverence in his voice.

    “I haven’t got a lot of time, Jon. Do you know who Gunther Holt is?”

    “Yeah, he handles those British tennis players. He’s one of the best coaches around,” Jon said. “Gunther Holt!”

    “He is and one of his Brits has retired. I talked to him last night. He came here to see you play at the city championship this year. He couldn’t believe you weren’t under contract to someone. To cut to the chase, Gunther is interested in coaching you. What would you have me tell him, Jon? The man expects to hear something today.”

    “Yes! Yes! Arnie, yes. Are you kidding me?” Jon asked. “Gunther Holt wants me!”

    “I’ve got to warn you, he’s not an easy man to work with. He’ll hold your feet to the fire, and if you don’t do what you’re told, he’ll drop you like a hot rock, Jon. He asked me why you weren’t in New York. I simply told him you’d been in school. He wasn’t impressed, but he saw you play and he thinks you have potential if you can get with the right coach.”

    “This is what he told me. He’ll only sign on as your coach if you follow his instructions. That is all his instructions, not just the ones you like. Don’t be telling me you’re a go and Gunther calls me in a few weeks and tells me you’re dogging it. I don’t do this as a rule, but it’s hard to say no to George. He told me you needed my help. Not that many athletes I’d get involved with. Slants my perspective. A reporter needs to maintain his objectivity. A lesson George hasn’t learned yet, and since I know you, well, don’t fuck this up. Sorry about my French,” Arnie apologized.

    Randy laughed an approving laugh while nodding his head.

    “I do. I will. Gunther Holt! Where do I sign?” Jon asked.

    “I’ll tell Gunther you are a go. He’ll call you within a day or two. He’s going to want you in New York. Your city championship two years running qualifies you for the Open.”

    “The US Open,” Jon said. “Thank you, Mr. Hitchcock. Sorry about the way I acted. I was confused.”

    “Boy’s not confused any more,” Randy said. “I’ll want to go to New York to see him play. Take Mrs. Delesandro. Show her the city.”

    “Sounds like a plan,” George said. “All’s well that ends well, Jon.”

    “You can make whatever arrangements your mother thinks wise,”

    “And Randy,” Mrs. Delesandro said.

    “Gunther will be able to secure tickets for whatever matches you want to see. It’s a common courtesy given relatives.”

    “It’s so exciting,” Mrs. Delesandro said.

    “Absolutely is,” Arnie said. “I’ve got to get back to make sure my sports pages aren’t getting out of hand. When the cat’s away, those mice are likely to do all kinds of mischief, Jon. I’m saving a headline, ‘Delesandro knocks off top ranked player.’ Don’t let me down,” Arnie said, heading for the door with George behind him.

    *****

    George wasn’t sure of the time. He’d met Arnie at nine, and they spent less than fifteen minutes at the Delesandros’. It was probably a few minutes after ten when he walked into the newsroom.

    “George, where have you been?” Pops asked. “You’re always here early. I depend on you to be available. You’re a reporter now. You can’t be running around without letting me know how to get in touch with you. There’s been police called to that Jon Delesandro kid’s apartment. You need to get over there and cover it,” Pops said.

    “Just left there, Pops. Mrs. Packard raised a ruckus is my guess,” George said, not sounding that interested. “Arnie and I drove over to see Jon. A police detective was there. A friend of Jon’s mother. I wondered why a police detective was conveniently at her apartment during our meeting. They looked friendly, but he was there for a reason other than friendship. Nothing Arnie or I had to say required protection.”

    “There was a police car at the main entrance when we left. I suppose they were there for a reason. I covered the story that I thought needed to be told. The problem seems to have been resolved. If here’s a new development, I’ll cover it,” George said.

    “How can you be so sure?” Pops asked. “This just came across the wire. You left before the call went out to the police.”

    “Didn’t anyone tell you, Pops, I’m a reporter. I’m paid to know stuff like this. It is Mrs. Packard and she was expected, Pops. Your phone’s ringing,” George said.

    “How can you be so sure, Hitch?” Pops asked.

    “I told you, Arnie Siegal and I just left Jon Delesandro’s apartment. There was a police detective there. He was cozy with Jon’s mom, but I figured there was more to his being there than holding hands with Mrs. Delesandro. He was waiting for something, and now I know what he was waiting for.”

    Pop’s right eyebrow went up.

    “It was Mrs. Packard, but you had no way of knowing that. Her chauffeur, a Harold Sizemore, was arrested,” Pops said. “Why does that name sound so familiar to me.”

    “I wish I’d been there to see that. I missed him being arrested Friday night too. Harold is the one who tried to bash my brains out. He’s the mayor’s bodyguard. The guy I had a run in with at the mayor’s news conference,” George said.

    “Harold Sizemore?” Pops said. “There was a Harold Sizemore who played tackle on the city’s football team.”

    “That’s Harold,” George said.

    “For a rookie reporter, you sure as hell have your fingers in a lot of pies. You need to call Jack Carter. He is holding something for you. He needs your call by noon. The information he is holding will go public at one,” Pops said. What in the hell do you have to do with Det. Carter?”

    “He’s arresting the murderer of Max Stein this morning. You can read about it in the City News, the only afternoon newspaper hereabouts. I got to call Jack. Don’t worry, Pops. I got everything under control. You can trust me.”

    Pop’s eyebrow was stuck in the up position as he studied the City News’ newest full-time reporter. He went back to his desk, but he didn’t take his eyes off George, who was now on the phone and typing up a storm.

    “Jimmy Vogal and Mrs. Stein were in custody for the murder of Max Stein. Detective Jack Carter, with his usual diligence said, ‘I new who’d done it, but proving it and getting it to the D.A. took time and a little undercover work from a friend of the department.”

    In a half hour George took the story Carter gave him to Pops’ desk, dropping it into his in-basket. Pops reached into his in-basket to take George’s copy out.

    “Max Stein Murder Solved,” Pops said.

    George watched him reading.

    “Jimmy Vogal arrested,” Pops said, looking at George and than back to the copy.

    “Mrs. Stein in custody,” Pops said, looking at George again. “Material witness also in custody. Jack Carter does his usual,wrapping up a case that had gone unsolved. Are you certain? Where do you get this stuff, George?”

    “Jack Carter. I added the usual fine job line, because it’s true. I was getting that information from the material witness right before I got clobbered by Harold outside of Loey’s. Jack had to make sure he had Mrs. Stein covered before he arrested Vogal. He’s had the material witness in custody since Monday. He clued me in when he came to the hospital to see me on Saturday. All I had to do was wait for his call and get the final details.”

    “I suppose you’re the friend of the department mentioned here? I suppose you think all your stories are going to make the front page of the City News,” Pops growled.

    “That’s not for me to say, Pops. I write the stories, you guys decide where they go, don’t you?” George asked.

    “The murder of a prominent local businessman goes unsolved for a year. Of course solving the murder goes on the front page. The city will rest easier once we tell them the Stein murder has been solved,” Pops said with certainty.

    “Keep your eye on City Hall, George,” Pops said. “Jack Carter is going to interview the mayor after his news conference. He didn’t tell you that, did he? He told me,” Pops said triumphantly.

    No, Jack hadn’t mentioned that he would be going to interview the mayor after the news conference. There was a good reason why he hadn’t told him. Detective Jack Carter wanted to get to the bottom of why Harold Sizemore went to Loey’s to attack me. He knew what he’d be told by the mayor. I knew what he’d be told, but Jack would make it clear that what happened to me wasn’t acceptable to him, and Mayor Packard would get the message..

    It didn’t take long for Pops to have somewhere for George to go. It was lunch time. George was contemplating a stop at Jerry’s.

    “Hitch,” Pops called. “If you aren’t too busy saving the universe, mayor is having a press conference. Cort’s unavailable. Since you and Mayor Packard are old friends, figured you wouldn’t mind taking this. Still have your credentials for City Hall?”

    “Yes, I’d love to say hi to my favorite politician” George said, taking them out of his desk drawer. “What time.”

    “No time. Says this afternoon. Go now. Get lunch on the way.”

    “Don’t get in any trouble,” Pops yelled as George turned toward the stairs. “And don’t piss the mayor off this time.”

    “Me? Get in trouble? Never,” George said, whistling his way down the stairs.

    He turned toward City Hall once he stepped outside.

    There were five reporters standing near the podium on the raised platform in the room where the mayor held press conferences. The only light in the room came from two ceiling lights over the podium.

    George stood just to the right of the gathering, as reporters made small talk about the current stories they were working on. George stood far enough away to be easily seen by anyone standing at the podium.

    Man mountain two held the door. The mayor entered at twenty past one with no sign of Harold. George looked behind him to be sure. If the mayor noticed George, he didn’t let on.

    Everyone in the room was within ten feet of the mayor.

    “Thank you for coming. I am announcing my separation from my wife. We’ve been estranged for some time, and I’ve come to the conclusion that our marriage is over, and I am filing for divorce later this afternoon. I’ll take questions,” Mayor Packard said.

    There were two questions on why the mayor had decided to end his marriage. It was indefinite at best. He got up this morning and decided the marriage was over.

    He didn’t even have a cup of coffee before making the decision?

    George held his hand high, as Mayor Packard ignored him. When there were no more questions, George jumped in.

    “How did Mrs. Packard take the news, and does your decision when you got up this morning have anything to do with Harold Sizemore being arrested again. This time he was apparently arrested at the Delesandros’ apartment. Wasn’t Jon Delesandro the young man your wife was seeing? Does that have anything to do with the decision when you got up this morning? And what time do you get up?”

    “No and no,” Mayor Packard said, glaring at George.

    “Harold was your bodyguard, wasn’t he. Wasn’t he arrested Friday night at Loey’s bar in southeast?” George asked.

    “Yes, and yes,” Maryor Packard said, eyes blazing. “Mr. Sizemore is no longer in my employ.”

    “Does Harold know he’s been fired? He was driving your wife’s car a few hours ago, when he was arrested at the Delesandros’ apartment this time. The 1968 Mercedes is registered to you, Mr. Mayor. Harold Sizemore driving it is an indication he is still in your employee, wouldn’t you say?” George said.

    “No,” the mayor said, leaning into the microphone.

    “Is Mrs. Packard having more than a casual relationship with Jon Delesandro?” George concluded.

    Two other reporters raised their hand.

    “Thank you for coming. This concludes this news conference,” Mayor Packard said, heading for the door being held open by Man Mountain two.

    “What do you think of that,” one reporter said. “I knew he was looney tunes, but that went above and beyond looney.”

    “Who’s Jon Delesandro,” a reporter asked George.

    “Jon who? I don’t think I know him,” George said before leaving City Hall for the final time if he had anything to do with it..

    He left the room and City Hall, heading for the City News newsroom. He had absolutely nothing to report, but it had been fun.

    He told Pops the mayor had nothing to say, except he was divorcing his wife. George didn’t have anything to say about it. He’d give his notes to Cort, the man who reported on City Hall. It was up to him if he wanted to follow it up with questions the mayor wasn’t going to answer.

    As far as George was concerned, the less said about the reason for the divorce, the better off everyone would be. Nothing would be gained by digging out the details, which some other newspaper might decide to dig out. The stories George wrote covered everything he’d ever have to say on the Mrs. Packard and Jon Delesandro affair.

    *****

    On Saturday morning, with George taking the day off, he sat in the back of the church that was filled to the rafters. They sang and rocked and prayed and sang some more. George sat just inside the doors of the church in the last pew.

    Further along on the pew were two white couples. One couple was elderly. The other couple was young, having two elementary school age children with them. They’d be the families Betsy cleaned house for. He was glad to see that they thought enough of their maid to leave their well ordered lives to say goodbye.

    There were more prayers. The choir sang and swayed, swayed and sang. Women used white hankies to dab at their wet cheeks. Men sat tall and stoic in suits that only came out for weddings and funerals.

    After each prayer came silence. A cough, a sniffle, interrupted by the preacher’s booming voice. There was beauty in the ceremony. A lot of people knew and loved the Johnson family.

    Betsy looking too young to be gracing a casket, was a lovely shade of brown, little darker than a Hershey bar. Her face hadn’t changed, except for the shade of brown, which made Betsy Johnson look healthier in her casket than at the time of her death.

    George tried not to remember the face of the pale Betsy. The Betsy he sat with as death crept over her. George couldn’t think of a more senseless death.

    Who was it that sanctioned the death of a young mother in the prime of her life by denying her the proper healthcare that would have saved her life?

    George watched Betsy Johnson’s bronze coffin wheeled past him. Following the casket was a tall black man with pride in his anguished steps. In each hand was the hand of one of his two older children; his face a mask that hid his grief.

    Behind him a man and a woman walked together. In the woman’s arms, a child no more than two. She favored Betsy and she’d have been her mother. The man was her father. The child was Betsy’s youngest, and her mother would now help raise her daughter’s children. A burden thrust upon her in her golden years, but as Betsy’s mother, she’d have it no other way.

    Once they passed, people from the front of the church began to follow them. George stood and fell in line behind the group. The two couples sitting beside George fell in line behind him.

    The burial was behind the church. It was a shady spot. There were flowers planted along the path to her grave site. The lawns surrounding the burial plot were perfectly cut. Between clusters of graves were gardens. The flowers were in full bloom, giving off a sweet fragrance that scented the late morning air.

    George kept his distance. He had no connection to Betsy Johnson. He happened to be present when she died. No one would think that entitled him to barge into her funeral and start asking questions. “How do you feel about Betsy dying like that?’

    George cringed, hearing the voice of an annoying reporter poking a microphones into the face of someone in mourning.

    He did say a prayer for Betsy. These were the time George wanted to believe there was an god.

    George wasn’t a reporter today. He wasn’t there to get the story. He was with Betsy when she left the world. He needed to make sure she received a respectful burial. It became his responsibility to do that. There were so many people.

    It made him feel better to see all the people. He was glad Betsy had been so well thought of. It did make the entire affair easier for him, if not for them.

    It was early afternoon when the people returned to the church to eat. Each woman prepared her specialty, adding it to the food that was plentiful enough for everyone to eat their fill.

    George had no appetite. He returned to the church because everyone else did. The display of food was remarkable, and the men went first, filling their plates, and the women and children followed. Men always went first. George wondered whose idea that was.

    Mr. Johnson stood next to the food, greeting each person who had come to send Betsy off. He shook every hand and didn’t once waver. The children and their grandparents had gone. The day had already been too long for them.

    George watched Mr. Johnson return home. He was alone.

    George considered the task at hand. Did he really want to bring more pain to Betsy’s husband? It was his final obligation to Betsy and he saw no way to avoid it.

    Just before five, George knocked softly on the Johnsons’ door. Not an insistent knock. A polite notification someone was there.

    “Yes,” Mr. Johnson said, his eyes settling on George.

    “Mr. Johnson, I’m George Hitchcock, City News.”

    “I… I just buried my wife. I got nothing to say to you people. Don’t you have any respect at all?” the anger was clear, and his words were the heaviest words George had ever heard a man utter.

    He instantly regretted disturbing James Johnson’s mourning. What right did he have to be here?

    It was too late to turn back now.

    “Mr. Johnson, I was with Betsy when she died. Her last words were about you and your children,. I’m certain she’d expect me to tell you what she said” George said in a plea for understanding.

    Mr. Johnson came to attention. He regarded George differently.

    “You’re the one who wrote that article. You told my Betsy’s story to the world! Won’t you come in, Mr. Hitchcock. Can I get you a cup of coffee? I just now put a pot on the stove.”

    After stepping inside, the door closed behind George.

    The End Of Hitch


    Writer’s Note About Hitch:

    When I heard a description of Lorena Alice ‘Hick’ Hickok, it captivated me. It is said that Hick was a lesbian. I believe she was trans long before anything was known about being trans. She did the things men did. She did things woman weren’t allowed to do.

    A few years ago I met Virginia, who was male trans. She had come to tell me her story in 2002. I was captivated by him. Virginia looked and talked like a man, because he was a trans man.

    While I was coming out, I often ended up with hustlers and drag queens. They were the most fascinating people in the gay spectrum. They dressed up when they went out. They became different people.

    Gay men dressed up toe go out in the 1960s. Most used false names. Many had their gay persona. Their gay life was often as far from who they were in their straight lives as you could get, but that was the game you needed to play if you wanted to be out in the 60s..

    Some gay men in the 1960s got married to a woman, had families, distancing themselves from their homosexual feelings. They blended into the society that hated them. I mention this because I hear from “gay married men” more than I hear from any group I can identify. There are a large number of these men.

    Bisexual men in the 60s were gay men in denial, according to other gay men. The same men who assumed fake identities when going to a gay bar. What do you think about bisexuals?

    At the Stonewall bar in June 1969, drag queens dragged us kicking and screaming into the modern LGBTQ age. Were they men dressed as women? Were they trans dressing in a way that matched who they felt like they were? What do you think about drag queens? In the 1960s drag queens were the bane of gay men. People identified drag queens as gay men. In reality they weren’t gay or men. They were trans for the most part. No one knew what that was.

    In 1969 it was criminal for a man to go out in public in women’s clothing. Who were the drag queens in the Stonewall? Why were they angry enough to throw the police out of the Stonewall?

    Few people knew who trans people were in 1969. Certainly no one knew the word while Hick and Eleanor Roosevelt were friends.

    What do you know about the gay people who blazed the trail for us? Do you know who Frank Kameny is? Larry Kramer? They should be your heroes. They stood up while we hid in our closets.

    I created Hitch to write about what Hick might have been like if she entered journalism in the 1960s. I used a description of Lorena Alice ‘Hick’ Hickok that I heard on an NPR show to build George ‘Hitch’ Hitchcock, and it was the most difficult writing I’ve ever done.

    It’s time we rethink who we are as a people. How do you view bisexuals, lesbians, trans people? Are we a a people who respects everyone’s right to be who they are? We weren’t in the 1960s.

    We’ve rethought the idea that bisexuals are in denial. Gay men and lesbians had no use for each other at one time. AIDS created the need for the LGBTQ Nation to come together to help the sick and dying in every way possible, because no one else seemed to care. That’s how we became the LGBTQ Nation. It was out of necessity.

    We lost our invisibility. People began to see us because we were dying. Mothers, fathers, sisters, brothers, and people we worked with friends from high school were dying all around us. Dying of AIDS.

    Few of us know all the ways there are to be gay. I’ve been writing about it for 25 years now. I want to write a story for every way there is to be gay. I want to write stories about where gay people can be found.

    EVERYWHERE!.

    ‘Rick Beck Stories’ in a browser will get you to the gay literary sites where I post my stories. You will find wonderful gay authors at these sites, writing about the many ways there are to be gay. Reading their stories will tell you more about yourself.

    Happy reading!

    Peace & Love,

    Rick Beck

    [email protected]

  • Lars

    Lars and I met on a birthday party of a mutual friend. He caught my eye when he first entered the room.. with a girl on his side. The gaydar sounded loud and clear in my head.. this guy wasn’t girlfriend material if you know what I mean…

    However!

    At that party I couldn’t get my eyes off of him, he is so damn attractive!

    He is 6 feet tall, nicely toned body with a nice goofy face with blue eyes and a really nice smile. I could tell he had a good sense of style by the way he dressed himself. He wore a white shirt with a nice blue jacket and a really nice skinny jeans. In those skinny jeans his ass looked really good! What I liked most from the first minute I saw him, was his reddish hair. I have a big thing for ginger guys!

    During that night we had a few moments of eye contact. The way he smiled at me when he ran his fingers through his perfect hair, made me weak. His girlfriend was hopping around him like a nervous little bunny, clearly not getting the attention she wanted. 

    After a few beers I went outside for a smoke, cooling down a bit, getting some fresh air.

    I sat down on a bench when I’ve heard the back door closing right behind me.‘

    Ah I was hoping to find you here!’ I felt nervous because I recognized the sound of that voice and turned around to check if I was right. I remember he had a smirking smile on his face when he approached me. He sat down next to me and kept on smirking at me.‘ I usually don’t like parties like these, but there’s something about this party… don’t you agree?’ 

    I was totally out of words, I didn’t know how to react now that I’m alone with him. This guy is so hot, the way his voice sounds gave me itches in my belly! In the moonlight he looked even more sexy. The smell of his cologne was mesmerizing. All I could do was thinking about the things I wanted to do with him right about now….

    ‘Ahhh.. It’s nice outside..’ he said as he laid back with his hands at the back of his head. I looked down to his strong legs down to his big white sneakers. He wore Nike Air force, well worn and clearly his favorite ones. His ankles were shown, big and strong. By the look of his ankles you could tell his feet were big and strong. 

    ‘Nice puppies you have there! What size are they?’

    ‘Thanks man! Size 10.. These shoes are my favorites.. I could wear them all day and night!’ ‘Haha I could tell those are your favorites, they look well worn!’

    ‘Ha! I’m Lars, who are you?’

    ‘I’m Alan..’ as I shook his big strong hand. ‘Did you come alone to this party, Alan?’

    ‘Yes I did.. I know a few guys here, so it’s not that big of a deal!’

    ‘Do you have a girlfriend?’

    ‘No man, I’m not into girls.. how about you? I mean, the girl you came with.. is she your girlfriend?’

    ‘Ha! She wishes haha.. nah man.. she asked me on a date to this party.. but I don’t like her like that I guess.. she is not my type.’

    ‘What can you describe as your type?’

    ‘Independent, down to earth with a good sense of humor.. and romantic! I’m a hopeless romantic.. haha!’

    ‘Sounds like the perfect person to me haha!’ ‘Yeah well.. it’s not easy to find such a person!’ He winked and grabbed my knee. The way he touched my knee gave me tiny electric shocks through my body, I’ve never experienced something like this before.. is this what they call chemistry? ‘I’m going to grab another beer, you want some too?’ He didn’t wait for me to answer en got me a beer and sat down next to me again. 

    ‘So I’ve told you about my type, now I’m curious about yours.’

    ‘Ha! Good question.. I like it when a guy knows how to surprise me, I love romance, a good laugh. I’m easily satisfied as long as he is to be trusted!’

    ‘True, true.. I think trust is the most important thing in the world! If that doesn’t feel right, there is nothing to work for.’

    ‘Indeed!’

    We were sipping our beers and were talking for hours like we’ve known each other for years. It all felt so naturally.. and so good! I definitely want to explore more sides of him…

    ‘Ahh man.. this is so nice!’

    ‘Yea man.. I like talking to you.’ By saying that I grabbed Lars’ knee and tried to look into his eyes. ‘You are really nice, Lars.. I’m glad we’ve met.. ’‘Thanks, haha you make me shy by saying such nice things to me..’ 

    I haven’t seen this side earlier before.. it suits him well! Was I only imagining it.. or was he getting closer? I couldn’t tell for sure because I was a bit tipsy.. no.. he was getting closer for real!I slowly moved closer to him and certainly I felt his soft lips on mine. I felt electric shocks into my belly. His lips felt incredibly soft. I felt his tongue getting a way into my mouth, wanting to meet my tongue. Our tongues were twirling around each other. His tongue felt incredibly soft.. tasting so good. He softly moaned when I kissed him even deeper and harder, wanting to taste him even better.

    ‘Wow.. you’re a good kisser..’ he said as he gave me another soft kiss. ‘You too.. I want more of that haha!’

    We left the party and took a taxi to his place. We walked in into his apartment, took some beers and got down on the couch in the living room. The apartment smells like him, his cologne was everywhere! His place was decorated with robust furniture, warm manly elements allover.. it was picture perfect, just like him.

    ‘Nice place you have! Did you decorate it yourself? ’‘Thanks! Yes I did.. I love to decorate my apartment.. I like to change things up twice a year. It’s an expensive hobby of mine haha..’ ‘I really like your style.. it fits you well, so handsome!’

    I put my beer on the coffee table and got up onto his lap. ‘I’m so happy to be here with you..’ I said when I gave him a few soft kisses just like at the party. ‘Me too..’ he whispered. I felt his cock getting hard as we continued kissing each other. Our tongues were twirling around each other, soft and wet. I was riding onto his lap, feeling his boner push through the fabrics of our jeans. I slowly unbuttoned his shirt and helped him to get if off.

    His slightly hairy chest looked so good, his nipples were so perfect, I couldn’t resist licking them a bit.‘ I love your body, I love your kisses, I love how you smell..’ as I continued kissing and licking his ears down to his neck.

    Lars was breathing heavily; ‘you drive me crazy like that..’ He unbuttoned my shirt, pulled it off and kissed my neck. I felt his tongue gliding against the skin of my neck, feeling those electric shocks running through my body again.‘ I want to taste every little inch of you..’ I whispered in his ear as I kept on riding his lap.

    I pushed him back and slowly moved down, kissing and licking every inch of his neck, down to his chest and nipples. My tongue twirling around his hard nipples, softly nibbling on them to continue sniffing his armpit. ‘God.. you smell so good..’ I heard myself saying. My voice was moaning as I continued licking his armpit. Lars was heavily breathing, completely surrendered, letting me take care of him.

    I licked his bellybutton down to his pants, unbuttoned it and slowly pulling it down to reveal what’s underneath it. Red undies were showing, and a really big bulge underneath it. There was a wet spot right where his cockhead must have been all the time.

    I smelled his undies and licked the fabrics from the balls up to the wet spot. His crotch smelled so good, it made me hungry and craving for more.‘God.. you make me go crazy if you continue doing stuff like this..’ Lars moaned.I pulled his jeans further down, untied his shoes and pulled them off. His big socked feet were showing slightly sweaty spots on top and around his toes. I sniffed his shoes before I put them down on the floor.

    His shoes smelled so good, so manly.. the smell made me so horny. Craving for more. I pulled off his pants and pressed my nose against his socked feet. I took deep whiffs and licked his socked feet from the heel up to the toes to take them into my mouth and suck on the sweaty socks.‘Ahh man.. no one ever touched my feet before..’ I heard him whispering and moaning. I noticed he pulled down his undies and stroking his hard cock.

    His foreskin was going up and down, showing his big pink cockhead. It was wet from the precum oozing out as Lars slowly jerking his cock.I peeled off his socks to reveal his bare feet.The nails were perfectly groomed, his soles felt so soft but still so manly. They smelled a bit musky, but in a sexy way.‘Mhhmm you have nice big feet.. I love your feet..’ I heard my self moaning.. craving for a good taste.I sniffed his soles and toes, inhaling his manly aroma, feeling my cock pulsing against my jeans. I sucked his big toes one by one, licking in between, up and down and around to make sure I tasted every toe.

    The structure of his soles felt incredible on my tongue, making them moist with the saliva drooling out of my mouth because of all the good flavors. My cock was leaking like a fountain. I got up to his big hard cock and took it all in, balls deep into my mouth. I gagged on it, craving for his juicy cum. My tongue was twirling around his cockhead, tasting the precum, back down to the balls. ‘Oah man.. I’m going to blow my load. Be careful..’ he moaned as I sucked his cock. I kissed him, giving him a taste. ‘You drive me crazy..’ he whispered.‘ You are so sexy.. I can’t handle myself!’ 

    I whispered. I kissed and licked his neck, back down to his cock and took it all in my mouth again. I helped him pull off his undies and helped him roll over onto his belly. He pushed up his ass and pulled apart the cheeks. ‘Damn.. your ass looks so good..!’ ‘It’s all yours..’ I pressed my face between his cheeks, giving his tight pink hole a good licking. I pushed my tongue into his hole, eating his ass out. ‘Ahh don’t stop.. mhhmm’ I licked his hole, making it all wet, preparing him to take my cock. My cock was rock hard and oozing precum. There was a big wet spot showing through my jeans. I took off my jeans and undies and tapped my rock-hard cock against his tight hole. ‘I want you to fuck me silly, Alan.. fuck me..’ I spat onto his hole and pressed my cock onto his hole. First the tip, slowly in and out, deeper and deeper inch by inch until his hole sucked it in balls deep. ‘Fill me up with that big cock..’ he moaned.

    He backed up at my cock like a little slut wanting some more. I fucked his ass hard and deep, kissing his neck. Our tongues twirling around each other, feeling his hole stretching around my cock.‘Fuck yeah.. you know how to handle me.. don’t stop!’ He moaned. I pulled out and rolled him onto his back with his feet up. ‘You want some more?’ ‘Fuck yeah.. I want your babies..’ My cock slipped back in so easy, it felt so great.

    Lars eyes rolled back as my cock slided in balls deep. I felt his prostate pulsating against my cockhead. I sucked his toes one by one, licking every inch of those big sexy foot as I continued slamming my cock against his prostate. I felt I was not going to last any longer and speeded up my pace. ‘Oahhh fuck yeahh.. fucking breed me!’ Lars screamed.

    I felt my cock explode deep into his ass.My cock kept on spurting jizz.. I seriously never jizzed so hard. ‘Mhhmm.. you’ve fucked me so good…’I pulled out my cock and laid down next to him.. totally out of breath. Lars pulled up his legs and fingered his hole, licking his fingers, eating my cum .‘Mhhmm You taste great..’ ‘Haha you’re a dirty slut, aren’t you?’ ‘I told you you were driving me crazy…’He kissed me and whispered in my ear; ‘now it’s my time to cum..’ and demanded me to sit on my knees. He licked my hole.. absolutely eating my ass out, driving me crazy with his tongue. He shoved his cock up my ass, slowly, inch by inch.. deeper and deeper.

    He pulled out and shoved it back in balls deep a few times. He knew what he was doing, stretching my hole with his big cock. He spanked my ass as he continued fucking me hard and deep. ‘Fuck.. your ass feels amazing..’ He speeded up his pace and fucked my ass hard and deep.

    He kept on going and going.. my hole was getting sore.. but I didn’t want him to stop. I felt his cock slamming against my prostate.. making it produce some more cum. Lars pulled out his cock and demanded me to turn around. I laid down on my back with my feet up.

    He shoved his cock deep into my hole and sucked my toes.‘Mhhmm fuck yeah.. your feet taste great.. I’m going to blow soon!’ He speeded up his pace, sucking my toes.. breathing heavily until his cock exploded deep into my ass. I felt the cum oozing out of his cock, down my ass. ‘Fuck yeahh.. your ass feels amazing!’ He pulled out and licked my hole clean.. eating out my ass. My cock was rock hard again and I really needed to cum again.

    I pinned him down onto the couch and shoved my cock into his cummy hole. ‘Ahhh fuck yeahh! Fuck me!’ After a few deep and hard thrusts I shot a second load up his ass. I felt his hole stretching around my pulsating cock, sucking in every single drop of my cum. ‘Mhhmm.. I love how you breed my ass..’ I pulled out and laid down next to him. ‘Oah man.. I’ve never experienced sex like this before..’ ‘Me neither.. you really know what I need!’